Capital Allowances Act 2001

Part 1 U.K. Introduction

Chapter 1 U.K. Capital allowances: general

1 Capital allowances U.K.

(1) This Act provides for allowances in respect of capital expenditure (and for charges in connection with those allowances).

(2) The allowances for which this Act provides are those under—

(a) Part 2 (plant and machinery allowances);

(b) Part 3 (industrial buildings allowances);

(c) Part 4 (agricultural buildings allowances);

(d) Part 5 (mineral extraction allowances);

(e) Part 6 (research and development allowances);

(f) Part 7 (know-how allowances);

(g) Part 8 (patent allowances);

(h) Part 9 (dredging allowances);

(i) Part 10 (assured tenancy allowances).

(3) This Act also provides for allowances in respect of contributions to expenditure incurred on plant or machinery, industrial buildings or agricultural buildings, for the purposes of a mineral extraction trade or on dredging (see Part 11).

2 General means of giving effect to capital allowances U.K.

(1) Allowances and charges are to be given effect—

(a) for income tax purposes, in calculating income for a chargeable period, and

(b) for corporation tax purposes, in calculating profits for a chargeable period.

(2) For the meaning of “chargeable period”, see section 6.

(3) Subsection (1) needs to be read with the following provisions about giving effect to allowances and charges—

• sections 247 to 262 (plant and machinery allowances);

• sections 352 to 355 (industrial buildings allowances);

• sections 391 and 392 (agricultural buildings allowances);

• section 432 (mineral extraction allowances);

• section 450 (research and development allowances);

• section 463 (know-how allowances);

• sections 478 to 480 (patent allowances);

• section 489 (dredging allowances);

• section 529 (assured tenancy allowances).

(4) In subsection (1)(b) “profits” has the same meaning as in section 6 of ICTA.

3 Claims for capital allowances U.K.

(1) No allowance is to be made under this Act unless a claim for it is made.

(2) The claim must be included in a tax return.

(3) In this Act “tax return” means—

(a) for income tax purposes, a return required to be made under TMA 1970, and

(b) for corporation tax purposes, a company tax return required to be made under Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (company tax returns, assessments and related matters).

(4) Subsection (2) does not apply for income tax purposes to a claim for an allowance under—

(a) section 258 (claim for allowance in respect of special leasing of plant or machinery),

(b) section 355 (claim to carry back balance of allowance in respect of buildings for miners etc.), or

(c) section 479 (claim for patent allowance in respect of non-trading expenditure),

which is instead subject to section 42 of TMA 1970 (procedure for making claims and claims not included in returns).

(5) Subsection (2) does not apply for corporation tax purposes to a claim for an allowance under—

(a) section 260(3)(b) (claim to carry back allowance in respect of special leasing of plant or machinery), or

(b) section 355 (claim to carry back balance of allowance in respect of buildings for miners etc.),

which is instead subject to paragraphs 54 to 60 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (general provisions as to claims).

(6) This section is subject to section 42(6) and (7) of TMA 1970 (special provisions relating to partnerships).

4 Capital expenditure U.K.

(1) In this Act “capital expenditure” and “capital sums” are used in the sense given in this section.

(2) “Capital expenditure” and “capital sums” do not include, in relation to a person incurring the expenditure or paying the sums—

(a) any expenditure or sum that may be deducted in calculating the profits or gains of a trade, profession or vocation or property business carried on by the person, or

(b) any expenditure or sum that may be deducted in calculating the emoluments of an employment or office held by the person.

(3) “Capital expenditure” and “capital sums” do not include, in relation to a recipient of the expenditure or sums—

(a) any amounts that are to be added in calculating the profits or gains of a trade, profession or vocation or property business carried on by the recipient, or

(b) any amounts that are emoluments of an employment or office held by the recipient.

(4) “Capital expenditure” and “capital sums” do not include, in relation to—

(a) a person incurring the expenditure or paying the sums, or

(b) a recipient of the expenditure or sums,

any expenditure or sum in the case of which a deduction of income tax falls or may fall to be made under section 348 or 349(1) of ICTA (annual payments).

(5) Subsection (4) does not apply to any expenditure or sum in the case of which a deduction of income tax falls or may fall to be so made as a result of section 524(3)(b) of ICTA (receipts from sale of patent rights by person not resident in the UK).

5 When capital expenditure is incurred U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Act, the general rule is that an amount of capital expenditure is to be treated as incurred as soon as there is an unconditional obligation to pay it.

(2) The general rule applies even if the whole or a part of the expenditure is not required to be paid until a later date.

(3) There are the following exceptions to the general rule.

(4) If under an agreement—

(a) the capital expenditure is expenditure on the provision of an asset,

(b) an unconditional obligation to pay an amount of the expenditure comes into being as a result of the giving of a certificate or any other event,

(c) the giving of the certificate, or other event, occurs within the period of one month after the end of a chargeable period, and

(d) at or before the end of that chargeable period, the asset has become the property of, or is otherwise under the agreement attributed to, the person subject to the unconditional obligation to pay,

the expenditure is to be treated as incurred immediately before the end of that chargeable period.

(5) If under an agreement an amount of capital expenditure is not required to be paid until a date more than 4 months after the unconditional obligation to pay has come into being, the amount is to be treated as incurred on that date.

(6) If under an agreement—

(a) there is an unconditional obligation to pay an amount of capital expenditure on a date earlier than accords with normal commercial usage, and

(b) the sole or main benefit which might have been expected to be obtained thereby is that the amount would be treated, under the general rule, as incurred in an earlier chargeable period,

the amount is to be treated as incurred on the date on or before which it is required to be paid.

(7) This section—

(a) is subject to any provision of this Act which has the effect that expenditure is to be treated as incurred on a date later than would result from the application of this section, and

(b) does not apply to expenditure treated as incurred as a result of a person incurring an additional VAT liability.

6 Meaning of “chargeable period” U.K.

(1) In this Act “chargeable period” means—

(a) for income tax purposes, a period of account, or

(b) for corporation tax purposes, an accounting period of a company.

(2) “Period of account” means—

(a) in the case of a person entitled to an allowance or liable to a charge in calculating the profits of his trade, profession or vocation, a period for which accounts are drawn up for the purposes of the trade, profession or vocation, and

(b) in the case of any other person entitled to an allowance or liable to a charge, a tax year.

(3) Subsection (2)(a) is subject to subsections (4) to (6).

(4) If—

(a) two periods of account overlap, or

(b) one period of account includes another,

the period common to both is to be treated as part of the first period of account only.

(5) If there is a gap between two periods of account, the gap is to be treated as part of the first period of account.

(6) If a period of account would (apart from this subsection) be longer than 18 months, that period must be treated as divided into separate periods of account—

(a) the first beginning with the start date of the original period, and

(b) each subsequent one beginning with an anniversary of that date,

so as to ensure that none of the periods of account is longer than 12 months.

Chapter 2 U.K. Exclusion of double relief

7 No double allowances U.K.

(1) If an allowance is made under any Part of this Act to a person in respect of capital expenditure, no allowance is to be made to him under any other Part in respect of—

(a) that expenditure, or

(b) the provision of any asset to which that expenditure related.

(2) This section does not apply in relation to Parts 7 and 8 (know-how and patent allowances).

8 No double relief through pooling under Part 2 (plant and machinery allowances) U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) applies if, under Part 2—

(a) any capital expenditure has been allocated to a pool, and

(b) an allowance or charge has been made to or on any person in respect of the pool.

(2) The person to or on whom the allowance or charge has been made is not entitled to an allowance under any Part other than Part 2 in respect of—

(a) the expenditure allocated to the pool, or

(b) the provision of any asset to which the allocated expenditure related.

(3) Subsection (4) applies if under any Part other than Part 2 an allowance has been made to a person in respect of any capital expenditure.

(4) The person to whom the allowance has been made is not entitled to allocate to any pool—

(a) that expenditure, or

(b) any expenditure on the provision of any asset to which the expenditure mentioned in paragraph (a) related.

(5) This section does not apply in relation to Parts 7 and 8 (know-how and patent allowances).

9 Interaction between fixtures claims and other claims U.K.

(1) A person is not entitled to make a fixtures claim in respect of any capital expenditure relating to an asset if—

(a) any person entitled to do so has at any previous time claimed an allowance under any Part other than Part 2, and

(b) the claim was for an allowance in respect of capital expenditure relating, in whole or part, to the asset.

(2) Subsection (1) does not prevent a person making a fixtures claim in respect of capital expenditure if—

(a) the only previous claim was under Part 3 or 6 (industrial buildings and research and development allowances), and

(b) section 186(2) or 187(2) (limit on amount of expenditure that may be taken into account) applies to that expenditure.

(3) If a person entitled to do so has made a fixtures claim in respect of capital expenditure relating to an asset, no one is entitled to an allowance on a later claim under any Part other than Part 2 in respect of any capital expenditure relating to the asset.

(4) A person makes a fixtures claim in respect of expenditure if he makes a claim (in the sense given in section 202(3)) under Chapter 14 of Part 2 in respect of the expenditure as expenditure on the provision of a fixture.

10 Interpretation U.K.

(1) In this Chapter “capital expenditure” includes any contribution to capital expenditure.

(2) For the purposes of this Chapter—

(a) expenditure relates to an asset only if it relates to its provision, and

(b) the provision of an asset includes its construction or acquisition.

Part 2 U.K. Plant and machinery allowances

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C1 Pt. 2 (ss. 11-270) modified (prosp.) by Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (c. 29), ss. 448, 458(1), Sch. 10 para. 12 (with para. 17(1))

Chapter 1 U.K. Introduction

11 General conditions as to availability of plant and machinery allowances U.K.

(1) Allowances are available under this Part if a person carries on a qualifying activity and incurs qualifying expenditure.

(2) “Qualifying activity” has the meaning given by Chapter 2.

(3) Allowances under this Part must be calculated separately for each qualifying activity which a person carries on.

(4) The general rule is that expenditure is qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is capital expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery wholly or partly for the purposes of the qualifying activity carried on by the person incurring the expenditure, and

(b) the person incurring the expenditure owns the plant or machinery as a result of incurring it.

(5) But the general rule is affected by other provisions of this Act, and in particular by Chapter 3.

12 Expenditure incurred before qualifying activity carried on U.K.

For the purposes of this Part, expenditure incurred for the purposes of a qualifying activity by a person about to carry on the activity is to be treated as if it had been incurred by him on the first day on which he carries on the activity.

13 Use for qualifying activity of plant or machinery provided for other purposes U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person—

(a) brings plant or machinery into use for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by him, and

(b) on the date when he does so, owns the plant or machinery as a result of having incurred capital expenditure (“actual expenditure”) on its provision for purposes other than those of that qualifying activity.

(2) The person is to be treated—

(a) as having incurred capital expenditure (“notional expenditure”) on the provision of the plant or machinery for the purposes of the qualifying activity on the date on which it is brought into use for those purposes, and

(b) as owning the plant or machinery as a result as having incurred that expenditure.

(3) Subject to subsection (4), the amount of the notional expenditure is the market value of the plant or machinery on the date when it is brought into use for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

(4) If the market value is greater than the actual expenditure, the amount of the notional expenditure is the amount of the actual expenditure, less any amount required to be deducted under subsection (5).

(5) The amount to be deducted is any amount that under section 218 or 224 would have been left out of account in determining the person’s available qualifying expenditure if the actual expenditure had been incurred on the provision of the plant or machinery for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

(6) The question whether the provision of the plant or machinery is to be treated as wholly or only partly for the purposes of the qualifying activity is to be determined according to whether the use referred to in subsection (1)(a) is wholly or only partly for those purposes.

(7) This section is subject to section 161 (pre-trading expenditure on mineral exploration and access).

14 Use for qualifying activity of plant or machinery which is a gift U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person—

(a) is the owner of plant or machinery as a result of a gift, and

(b) brings the plant or machinery into use for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by him.

(2) The person is to be treated—

(a) as having incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery for the purposes of the qualifying activity on the date on which it is brought into use for those purposes, and

(b) as owning the plant or machinery as a result of having incurred that expenditure.

(3) The amount of that capital expenditure is to be treated as being the market value of the plant or machinery on the date when it was brought into use for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

(4) The question whether the provision of the plant or machinery is to be treated as wholly or only partly for the purposes of the qualifying activity is to be determined according to whether the use referred to in subsection (1)(b) is wholly or only partly for those purposes.

(5) This section is subject to section 161 (pre-trading expenditure on mineral exploration and access).

Chapter 2 U.K. Qualifying activities

15 Qualifying activities U.K.

(1) Each of the following is a qualifying activity for the purposes of this Part—

(a) a trade,

(b) an ordinary Schedule A business,

(c) a furnished holiday lettings business,

(d) an overseas property business,

(e) a profession or vocation,

(f) a concern listed in section 55(2) of ICTA (mines, transport undertakings etc.),

(g) the management of an investment company,

(h) special leasing of plant or machinery, and

(i) an employment or office,

but to the extent only that the profits or gains from the activity are, or (if there were any) would be, chargeable to tax.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to the following provisions of this Part.

(3) This section, in so far as it provides for—

(a) an ordinary Schedule A business,

(b) an overseas property business, or

(c) special leasing of plant or machinery,

to be a qualifying activity, needs to be read with section 35 (expenditure on plant or machinery for use in a dwelling-house not qualifying expenditure in certain cases).

(4) Also, subsection (1)(i) needs to be read with sections 36 (restriction on qualifying expenditure in case of employment or office) and 80 (vehicles provided for purposes of employment or office).

16 Ordinary Schedule A businesses U.K.

In this Part “ordinary Schedule A business” means a Schedule A business except in so far as it is a furnished holiday lettings business.

17 Furnished holiday lettings businesses U.K.

(1) In this Part “furnished holiday lettings business” means a Schedule A business in so far as it consists of the commercial letting of furnished holiday accommodation in the United Kingdom.

(2) All commercial lettings of furnished holiday accommodation made by a particular person or partnership or body of persons are to be treated as one qualifying activity.

(3) “Commercial letting of furnished holiday accommodation” has the meaning given by section 504 of ICTA.

(4) If there is a letting of accommodation only part of which is holiday accommodation, such apportionments are to be made for the purposes of this section as are just and reasonable.

18 Management of investment companies U.K.

(1) For the purposes this Part, the management of an investment company consists of pursuing those purposes expenditure on which would be treated as expenses of management within section 75 of ICTA.

(2) In this Part “investment company” has the meaning given by section 130 of ICTA.

19 Special leasing of plant or machinery U.K.

(1) In this Part “special leasing”, in relation to plant or machinery, means hiring out the plant or machinery otherwise than in the course of any other qualifying activity (and references to a lessor or lessee in the context of special leasing are to be read accordingly).

(2) A qualifying activity consisting of special leasing of plant or machinery begins when the plant or machinery is first hired out in the circumstances given in subsection (1).

(3) A qualifying activity consisting of special leasing of plant or machinery is permanently discontinued if the lessor permanently ceases to hire out the plant or machinery otherwise than in the course of any other qualifying activity.

(4) A person who has more than one item of plant or machinery that is the subject of special leasing has a separate qualifying activity in relation to each item.

(5) If a company carrying on any life assurance business—

(a) hires out plant or machinery which is an investment asset (as defined by section 545(2)), and

(b) does not do so in the course of a property business,

the company is to be treated for the purposes of subsection (1) as hiring out the plant or machinery otherwise than in the course of a qualifying activity.

20 Employments and offices U.K.

(1) In section 15(1)(i) “employment” does not include an employment the performance of the duties of which is treated as the carrying on of a trade under section 314 of ICTA (divers and diving supervisors in the North Sea etc.).

(2) Subsection (3) applies if the emoluments for any duties of an employment or office do not fall within Case I or II of Schedule E.

(3) This Part applies in relation to—

(a) those emoluments, or

(b) any other emoluments of the employment or office,

as if the performance of the duties did not belong to that employment or office.

Chapter 3 U.K. Qualifying expenditure

Buildings, structures and land U.K.

21 Buildings U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Act, expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery does not include expenditure on the provision of a building.

(2) The provision of a building includes its construction or acquisition.

(3) In this section, “building” includes an asset which—

(a) is incorporated in the building,

(b) although not incorporated in the building (whether because the asset is moveable or for any other reason), is in the building and is of a kind normally incorporated in a building, or

(c) is in, or connected with, the building and is in list A.

List A

Assets treated as buildings

1.	Walls, floors, ceilings, doors, gates, shutters, windows and stairs.
2.	Mains services, and systems, for water, electricity and gas.
3.	Waste disposal systems.
4.	Sewerage and drainage systems.
5.	Shafts or other structures in which lifts, hoists, escalators and moving walkways are installed.
6.	Fire safety systems.

(4) This section is subject to section 23.

22 Structures, assets and works U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Act, expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery does not include expenditure on—

(a) the provision of a structure or other asset in list B, or

(b) any works involving the alteration of land.

List B

Excluded structures and other assets

1.	A tunnel, bridge, viaduct, aqueduct, embankment or cutting.
2.	A way, hard standing (such as a pavement), road, railway, tramway, a park for vehicles or containers, or an airstrip or runway.
3.	An inland navigation, including a canal or basin or a navigable river.
4.	A dam, reservoir or barrage, including any sluices, gates, generators and other equipment associated with the dam, reservoir or barrage.
5.	A dock, harbour, wharf, pier, marina or jetty or any other structure in or at which vessels may be kept, or merchandise or passengers may be shipped or unshipped.
6.	A dike, sea wall, weir or drainage ditch.
7.	Any structure not within items 1 to 6 other than— (a) a structure (but not a building) within Chapter 2 of Part 3 (meaning of “industrial building”), (b) a structure in use for the purposes of an undertaking for the extraction, production, processing or distribution of gas, and (c) a structure in use for the purposes of a trade which consists in the provision of telecommunication, television or radio services.

(2) The provision of a structure or other asset includes its construction or acquisition.

(3) In this section—

(a) “structure” means a fixed structure of any kind, other than a building (as defined by section 21(3)), and

(b) “land” does not include buildings or other structures, but otherwise has the meaning given in Schedule 1 to the Interpretation Act 1978 (c. 30).

(4) This section is subject to section 23.

23 Expenditure unaffected by sections 21 and 22 U.K.

(1) Sections 21 and 22 do not apply to any expenditure to which any of the provisions listed in subsection (2) applies.

(2) The provisions are—

• section 28 (thermal insulation of industrial buildings);

• section 29 (fire safety);

• section 30 (safety at designated sports grounds);

• section 31 (safety at regulated stands at sports grounds);

• section 32 (safety at other sports grounds);

• section 33 (personal security);

• section 71 (software and rights to software);

• section 40D of F(No.2)A 1992 (election relating to tax treatment of films expenditure).

(3) Sections 21 and 22 also do not affect the question whether expenditure on any item described in list C is, for the purposes of this Act, expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery.

(4) But items 1 to 16 of list C do not include any asset whose principal purpose is to insulate or enclose the interior of a building or to provide an interior wall, floor or ceiling which (in each case) is intended to remain permanently in place.

List C

Expenditure unaffected by sections 21 and 22

1.	Machinery (including devices for providing motive power) not within any other item in this list.
2.	Electrical systems (including lighting systems) and cold water, gas and sewerage systems provided mainly— (a) to meet the particular requirements of the qualifying activity, or (b) to serve particular plant or machinery used for the purposes of the qualifying activity.
3.	Space or water heating systems; powered systems of ventilation, air cooling or air purification; and any floor or ceiling comprised in such systems.
4.	Manufacturing or processing equipment; storage equipment (including cold rooms); display equipment; and counters, checkouts and similar equipment.
5.	Cookers, washing machines, dishwashers, refrigerators and similar equipment; washbasins, sinks, baths, showers, sanitary ware and similar equipment; and furniture and furnishings.
6.	Lifts, hoists, escalators and moving walkways.
7.	Sound insulation provided mainly to meet the particular requirements of the qualifying activity.
8.	Computer, telecommunication and surveillance systems (including their wiring or other links).
9.	Refrigeration or cooling equipment.
10.	Fire alarm systems; sprinkler and other equipment for extinguishing or containing fires.
11.	Burglar alarm systems.
12.	Strong rooms in bank or building society premises; safes.
13.	Partition walls, where moveable and intended to be moved in the course of the qualifying activity.
14.	Decorative assets provided for the enjoyment of the public in hotel, restaurant or similar trades.
15.	Advertising hoardings; signs, displays and similar assets.
16.	Swimming pools (including diving boards, slides and structures on which such boards or slides are mounted).
17.	Any glasshouse constructed so that the required environment (namely, air, heat, light, irrigation and temperature) for the growing of plants is provided automatically by means of devices forming an integral part of its structure.
18.	Cold stores.
19.	Caravans provided mainly for holiday lettings.
20.	Buildings provided for testing aircraft engines run within the buildings.
21.	Moveable buildings intended to be moved in the course of the qualifying activity.
22.	The alteration of land for the purpose only of installing plant or machinery.
23.	The provision of dry docks.
24.	The provision of any jetty or similar structure provided mainly to carry plant or machinery.
25.	The provision of pipelines or underground ducts or tunnels with a primary purpose of carrying utility conduits.
26.	The provision of towers to support floodlights.
27.	The provision of— (a) any reservoir incorporated into a water treatment works, or (b) any service reservoir of treated water for supply within any housing estate or other particular locality.
28.	The provision of— (a) silos provided for temporary storage, or (b) storage tanks.
29.	The provision of slurry pits or silage clamps.
30.	The provision of fish tanks or fish ponds.
31.	The provision of rails, sleepers and ballast for a railway or tramway.
32.	The provision of structures and other assets for providing the setting for any ride at an amusement park or exhibition.
33.	The provision of fixed zoo cages.

(5) In item 19 of list C, “caravan” includes, in relation to a holiday caravan site, anything that is treated as a caravan for the purposes of—

(a) the Caravan Sites and Control of Development Act 1960 (c. 62), or

(b) the Caravans Act (Northern Ireland) 1963 (c. 17 (N.I.)).

24 Interests in land U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Act, expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery does not include expenditure on the acquisition of an interest in land.

(2) In this section “land” does not include—

(a) buildings or other structures, or

(b) any asset which is so installed or otherwise fixed to any description of land as to become, in law, part of the land,

but otherwise has the meaning given in Schedule 1 to the Interpretation Act 1978 (c. 30).

(3) Subject to subsection (2), “interest in land” has the meaning given by section 175 (definitions in connection with provisions about fixtures).

25 Building alterations connected with installation of plant or machinery U.K.

If a person carrying on a qualifying activity incurs capital expenditure on alterations to an existing building incidental to the installation of plant or machinery for the purposes of the qualifying activity, this Part applies as if—

(a) the expenditure were expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, and

(b) the works representing the expenditure formed part of the plant or machinery.

Demolition costs U.K.

26 Demolition costs U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) plant or machinery is demolished, and

(b) the last use of the plant or machinery was for the purposes of a qualifying activity.

(2) If the person carrying on the qualifying activity replaces the plant or machinery with other plant or machinery then, for the purposes of this Part, the net cost of the demolition to that person is treated as expenditure incurred on the provision of the other plant or machinery.

(3) If the person carrying on the qualifying activity does not replace the plant or machinery, the net cost of the demolition to that person is allocated to the appropriate pool for the chargeable period in which the demolition takes place.

(4) In subsection (3)—

• “the appropriate pool” means the pool to which the expenditure on the demolished plant or machinery has been or would be allocated in accordance with this Part, and

• “the net cost of the demolition” means the amount, if any, by which the cost of the demolition exceeds any money received for the remains of the plant or machinery.

(5) Subsection (3) is subject to section 164(4) (abandonment expenditure before cessation of ring fence trade: election for special allowance).

Expenditure on thermal insulation, safety measures, etc. U.K.

27 Application of Part to thermal insulation, safety measures, etc. U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) has effect in relation to expenditure if—

(a) it is expenditure to which any of sections 28 to 33 applies, and

(b) an allowance under Part 2 or a deduction in respect of the expenditure could not, in the absence of this section, be made in calculating the income from the qualifying activity in question.

(2) This Part (including in particular section 11(4)) applies as if—

(a) the expenditure were capital expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery for the purposes of the qualifying activity in question, and

(b) the person who incurred the expenditure owned plant or machinery as a result of incurring it.

28 Thermal insulation of industrial buildings U.K.

(1) This section applies to expenditure if a person carrying on a qualifying activity consisting of a trade has incurred it in adding insulation against loss of heat to an industrial building occupied by him for the purposes of the trade.

(2) This section also applies to expenditure if a person carrying on a qualifying activity consisting of an ordinary Schedule A business has incurred it in adding insulation against loss of heat to an industrial building let by him in the course of the business.

(3) “Industrial building” means a building or structure which is in use for the purposes of a qualifying trade (within the meaning of Chapter 2 of Part 3).

29 Fire safety U.K.

(1) This section applies to expenditure if a person carrying on a qualifying activity has incurred it in taking required fire precautions in respect of premises which he uses for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

(2) A person takes required fire precautions in respect of premises if—

(a) he has been served with a notice under section 5(4) of the Fire Precautions Act 1971 (c. 40) specifying steps to be taken in respect of the premises, and

(b) he takes the steps specified in the notice.

(3) A person also takes required fire precautions in respect of premises if—

(a) he has not been served with a notice by the fire authority under section 5(4) of the 1971 Act, but has been sent or given a document by or on behalf of the fire authority that specifies steps that might have been specified in respect of the premises in such a notice, and

(b) he takes the steps specified in the document.

(4) A person also takes required fire precautions in respect of premises if—

(a) he has been served with a prohibition notice under section 10 of the 1971 Act in respect of the premises specifying matters giving rise to a risk of a kind mentioned in subsection (2) of that section, and

(b) he takes steps to remedy the matters specified in the prohibition notice.

(5) This section has effect in relation to Northern Ireland subject to the modifications in subsection (6).

(6) The modifications are—

(a) for the references to section 5(4) of the 1971 Act substitute references to Article 26(4) of the Fire Services (Northern Ireland) Order 1984 (S.I.1984/1821 (N.I.11)),

(b) for the reference to section 10 of the 1971 Act substitute a reference to Article 33 of the 1984 Order, and

(c) for the references to a fire authority substitute references to the Fire Authority for Northern Ireland.

30 Safety at designated sports grounds U.K.

(1) This section applies to expenditure if a person carrying on a qualifying activity has incurred it in taking required safety precautions in respect of a sports ground which is—

(a) designated under section 1 of the Safety of Sports Grounds Act 1975 (c. 52) as requiring a safety certificate, and

(b) used by him for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

(2) A person takes required safety precautions in respect of the sports ground if—

(a) a safety certificate has been issued under the 1975 Act for the sports ground, and

(b) he takes steps necessary for compliance with the terms and conditions of the safety certificate.

(3) A person also takes required safety precautions in respect of the sports ground if—

(a) he has been sent or given a document by or on behalf of the local authority for the area in which the sports ground is situated,

(b) the document specifies steps which, if taken, would—

(i) be taken into account by the local authority in deciding what terms and conditions to include in a safety certificate to be issued under the 1975 Act for the sports ground, or

(ii) lead to the amendment or replacement of a safety certificate issued or to be issued under the 1975 Act for the sports ground, and

(c) he takes the steps specified in the document.

31 Safety at regulated stands at sports grounds U.K.

(1) This section applies to expenditure if a person carrying on a qualifying activity has incurred it in taking required safety precautions in respect of a stand at a sports ground—

(a) the use of which requires a safety certificate under Part III of the Fire Safety and Safety of Places of Sport Act 1987 (c. 27), and

(b) which he uses for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

(2) A person takes required safety precautions in respect of the stand at the sports ground if—

(a) a safety certificate has been issued under the 1987 Act for the stand, and

(b) he takes steps necessary for compliance with the terms and conditions of the safety certificate.

(3) A person also takes required safety precautions in respect of the stand at the sports ground if—

(a) he has been sent or given a document by or on behalf of the local authority for the area in which the sports ground is situated,

(b) the document specifies steps which, if taken, would—

(i) be taken into account by the local authority in deciding what terms and conditions to include in a safety certificate to be issued under the 1987 Act for the stand, or

(ii) lead to the amendment or replacement of a safety certificate issued or to be issued under the 1987 Act for the stand, and

(c) he takes the steps specified in the document.

32 Safety at other sports grounds U.K.

(1) This section applies to expenditure if a person carrying on a qualifying activity has incurred it in taking required safety precautions in respect of a sports ground—

(a) which is of a kind described in section 1(1) of the Safety of Sports Grounds Act 1975 (c. 52) but in respect of which no designation order under that section is in force at the time when he takes those precautions, and

(b) which he uses for the purposes of the qualifying activity,

and the expenditure is not incurred in respect of a sports ground stand which is within section 31(1)(a).

(2) A person takes required safety precautions in respect of the sports ground if he takes steps which the relevant local authority certify would have fallen within section 30(2) or (3) if—

(a) a designation order under section 1 of the 1975 Act had then been in force, and

(b) a safety certificate had then been issued or applied for under the 1975 Act.

(3) Any provision of regulations made under section 6(1)(b) of the 1975 Act (power of local authorities to charge fees) applies, with the necessary modifications, to the issue of a certificate for the purposes of subsection (2) as it applies to the issue of a safety certificate.

(4) In subsection (2)—

(a) “the relevant local authority” means the local authority for the area in which the sports ground is situated, and

(b) “local authority” has the same meaning as in the 1975 Act.

33 Personal security U.K.

(1) This section applies to expenditure if—

(a) it is incurred by an individual or partnership of individuals in connection with the provision for, or for use by, the individual, or any of the individuals, of a security asset,

(b) the individual or partnership is carrying on a relevant qualifying activity, and

(c) the special threat conditions are met.

(2) The special threat conditions are that—

(a) the asset is provided or used to meet a threat which—

(i) is a special threat to the individual’s personal physical security, and

(ii) arises wholly or mainly because of the relevant qualifying activity, and

(b) the person incurring the expenditure—

(i) has the sole object of meeting that threat in incurring that expenditure, and

(ii) intends the asset to be used solely to improve personal physical security.

(3) If—

(a) the person incurring the expenditure intends the asset to be used solely to improve personal physical security, but

(b) there is another use which is incidental to improving personal physical security,

that other use is ignored for the purposes of this section.

(4) The fact that an asset improves the personal physical security of any member of the family or household of the individual concerned, as well as that of the individual, does not prevent this section from applying.

(5) If—

(a) the asset is not intended to be used solely to improve personal physical security, but the expenditure incurred on it would otherwise be expenditure to which this section applies, and

(b) the person incurring the expenditure intends the asset to be used partly to improve personal physical security,

this section applies only to the proportion of the expenditure attributable to the intended use to improve personal physical security.

(6) In this section “security asset” means an asset which improves personal security; and here “asset”—

(a) does not include—

(i) a car, ship or aircraft, or

(ii) a dwelling or grounds appurtenant to a dwelling, but

(b) subject to paragraph (a), includes equipment, a structure (such as a wall) and an asset which becomes fixed to land.

(7) Section 81 (extended meaning of “car”) does not apply in relation to subsection (6)(a).

(8) In this section “relevant qualifying activity” means a qualifying activity consisting of—

(a) a trade,

(b) an ordinary Schedule A business,

(c) a furnished holiday lettings business,

(d) an overseas property business, or

(e) a profession or vocation.

Exclusion of certain types of expenditure U.K.

34 Expenditure by MPs and others on accommodation U.K.

(1) Expenditure is not qualifying expenditure if it is incurred by—

(a) a member of the House of Commons,

(b) a member of the Scottish Parliament,

(c) a member of the National Assembly for Wales, or

(d) a member of the Northern Ireland Assembly,

in or in connection with the provision or use of residential or overnight accommodation for the purpose given in subsection (2).

(2) The purpose is enabling the member to perform the duties of a member of the body in or about—

(a) the place where the body sits, or

(b) the constituency or region for which the member has been returned.

35 Expenditure on plant or machinery for use in dwelling-house not qualifying expenditure in certain cases U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person is carrying on a qualifying activity consisting of—

(a) an ordinary Schedule A business,

(b) an overseas property business, or

(c) special leasing of plant or machinery.

(2) The person’s expenditure is not qualifying expenditure if it is incurred in providing plant or machinery for use in a dwelling-house.

(3) If plant or machinery is provided partly for use in a dwelling-house and partly for other purposes, such apportionment of the expenditure incurred in providing that plant or machinery is to be made for the purposes of subsection (2) as is just and reasonable.

36 Restriction on qualifying expenditure in case of employment or office U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) applies in relation to a qualifying activity consisting of an employment or office.

(2) Expenditure is qualifying expenditure only if the plant or machinery is necessarily provided for use in the performance of the duties of the employment or office.

(3) Subsection (2) is subject to section 80 (vehicles provided for purposes of employment or office).

37 Exclusion where sums payable in respect of depreciation U.K.

(1) Expenditure incurred by a person in providing plant or machinery for the purposes of a qualifying activity is not qualifying expenditure if it appears—

(a) that during the period during which the plant or machinery will be used for the purposes of the qualifying activity sums are, or are to be, payable to that person directly or indirectly, and

(b) that those sums are in respect of, or take account of, the whole of the depreciation of the plant or machinery resulting from its use for those purposes.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the sums fall to be taken into account as income of the person or in calculating the profits of a qualifying activity carried on by him.

38 Production animals etc. U.K.

Expenditure is not qualifying expenditure if it is incurred on—

(a) animals or other creatures to which Schedule 5 to ICTA (treatment of farm animals etc. for purposes of Case I of Schedule D) applies, or

(b) shares in such animals or creatures.

Chapter 4 U.K. First-year qualifying expenditure

General U.K.

39 First-year allowances available for certain types of qualifying expenditure only U.K.

A first-year allowance is not available unless the qualifying expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure under—

section 40	expenditure incurred for Northern Ireland purposes by small or medium-sized enterprises,
section 44	expenditure incurred by small or medium-sized enterprises, or
section 45	ICT expenditure incurred by small enterprises.

Types of expenditure which may qualify for first-year allowances U.K.

40 Expenditure incurred for Northern Ireland purposes by small or medium-sized enterprises U.K.

(1) Expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is incurred on or before 11th May 2002,

(b) it is incurred by a small or medium-sized enterprise,

(c) it is incurred on the provision of plant or machinery for use primarily in Northern Ireland, and

(d) it is not excluded by—

(i) section 41 (miscellaneous exclusions from this section),

(ii) section 42 (plant or machinery partly for use outside Northern Ireland), or

(iii) section 46 (general exclusions).

(2) This section is subject to section 43 (effect of plant or machinery subsequently being primarily for use outside Northern Ireland).

41 Miscellaneous exclusions from section 40 (expenditure for Northern Ireland purposes etc.) U.K.

(1) Expenditure is not first-year qualifying expenditure under section 40 if—

(a) it is long-life asset expenditure,

(b) it is expenditure on the provision of an aircraft or hovercraft, or

(c) it is expenditure on the provision of a goods vehicle for the purposes of a trade which consists primarily of the conveyance of goods.

(2) Expenditure is not first-year qualifying expenditure under section 40 if it is incurred on the provision of plant or machinery for use primarily in—

(a) agriculture, fishing or fish farming, or

(b) any relevant activity carried out in relation to agricultural produce, fish or any fish product for the purpose of bringing it to market,

unless it is authorised for the purposes of this section by the Department of Agriculture and Rural Development in Northern Ireland.

(3) An authorisation given by the Department—

(a) may be given either generally or specially, and

(b) may in any case be absolute or conditional;

and, if the authorisation is given generally, it may be modified by the Department.

(4) An authorisation is given specially if it is given so as to apply only to a specified item of expenditure or a specified person; otherwise, it is given generally.

(5) In this section—

• “agriculture” and “agricultural produce” have the same meaning as in section 6 of the European Communities Act 1972 (c. 68),

• “fish” includes shellfish,

• “fish farming” means the intensive rearing, on a commercial basis, of fish intended for human consumption,

• “fishing” means a trade, or part of a trade, which consists of the catching or taking of fish,

• “goods vehicle” has the same meaning as in the Road Traffic (Northern Ireland) Order 1995 (S.I.1995/2994 (N.I.18)),

• “hovercraft” has the same meaning as in the Hovercraft Act 1968 (c. 59), and

• “relevant activity” means transportation, storage, preparation, processing or packaging.

42 Exclusion of plant or machinery partly for use outside Northern Ireland U.K.

(1) Expenditure on plant or machinery is not first-year qualifying expenditure under section 40 if—

(a) at the time when it is incurred, the person incurring it intends the plant or machinery to be used partly outside Northern Ireland, and

(b) the main benefit, or one of the main benefits, which could reasonably be expected to arise from the relevant arrangements is the obtaining of a first-year allowance, or a greater first-year allowance, in respect of the part of the expenditure that is attributable to that intended use outside Northern Ireland.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1)—

(a) “the relevant arrangements” means—

(i) the transaction under which the expenditure is incurred, and

(ii) any scheme or arrangements of which that transaction forms part, and

(b) the part of the expenditure that is attributable under subsection (1)(b) is to be determined on a just and reasonable basis.

43 Effect of plant or machinery subsequently being primarily for use outside Northern Ireland U.K.

(1) Expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery is to be treated as never having been first-year qualifying expenditure under section 40 if, at any relevant time—

(a) the primary use to which the plant or machinery is put is a use outside Northern Ireland, or

(b) the plant or machinery is held for use otherwise than primarily in Northern Ireland.

(2) In subsection (1) “relevant time” means a time which—

(a) falls within the relevant period, and

(b) is a time when the plant or machinery is owned by—

(i) the person who incurred the expenditure, or

(ii) a person who is, or at any time in that period has been, connected with that person.

(3) “The relevant period” means—

(a) if the expenditure concerned exceeds £3.5 million, the period of 5 years beginning with the date of the incurring of that expenditure;

(b) in any other case, the period of 2 years beginning with that date.

(4) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to subsection (1).

(5) If a person who has made a return becomes aware that, after making it, anything in it has become incorrect because of the operation of this section, he must give notice to the Inland Revenue specifying how the return needs to be amended.

(6) The notice must be given within 3 months beginning with the day on which the person first became aware that anything in the return had become incorrect because of the operation of this section.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C2 S. 43(3) modified by 1993 c. 34, s. 93A(6) (as inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 80(2) of the inserting Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 80, Sch. 24 para. 4 (with Sch. 23 para. 25))

44 Expenditure incurred by small or medium-sized enterprises U.K.

(1) Expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is incurred by a small or medium-sized enterprise, and

(b) it is not excluded by subsection (2) or section 46 (general exclusions).

(2) Long-life asset expenditure is not first-year qualifying expenditure under subsection (1).

45 ICT expenditure incurred by small enterprises U.K.

(1) Expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is incurred on or before 31st March 2003,

(b) it is incurred by a small enterprise,

(c) it is expenditure on information and communications technology, and

(d) it is not excluded by section 46 (general exclusions).

(2) “Expenditure on information and communications technology” means expenditure on items within any of the following classes.

Class A. Computers and associated equipment

This class covers—

(a) computers,

(b) peripheral devices designed to be used by being connected to or inserted in a computer,

(c) equipment (including cabling) for use primarily to provide a data connection between—

(i) one computer and another, or

(ii) a computer and a data communications network, and

(d) dedicated electrical systems for computers.

For this purpose “computer” does not include computerised control or management systems or other systems that are part of a larger system whose principal function is not processing or storing information.

Class B. Other qualifying equipment

This class covers—

(a) wireless application protocol telephones,

(b) third generation mobile telephones,

(c) devices designed to be used by being connected to a television set and capable of receiving and transmitting information from and to data networks, and

(d) other devices—

(i) substantially similar to those within paragraphs (a), (b) and (c), and

(ii) capable of receiving and transmitting information from and to data networks.

This is subject to any order under subsection (3).

Class C. Software

This class covers the right to use or otherwise deal with software for the purposes of any equipment within Class A or B.

(3) The Treasury may make provision by order—

(a) further defining the kinds of equipment within Class B, or

(b) adding further kinds of equipment to that class.

Yn ddilys o 11/05/2001

[F1 45A Expenditure on energy-saving plant or machinery U.K.

(1) Expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is expenditure on energy-saving plant or machinery that is unused and not second-hand,

(b) it is incurred on or after 1st April 2001, and

(c) it is not excluded by section 46 (general exclusions).

(2) Energy-saving plant or machinery means plant or machinery in relation to which the following conditions are met—

(a) when the expenditure is incurred, or

(b) when the contract for the provision of the plant or machinery is entered into.

(3) The conditions are that the plant or machinery—

(a) is of a description specified by Treasury order, and

(b) meets the energy-saving criteria specified by Treasury order for plant or machinery of that description.

(4) Any such order may make provision by reference to any technology list, or product list, issued by the Secretary of State (whether before or after the coming into force of this section).

Textual Amendments

F1 Ss. 45A-45C inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 65 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 65, Sch. 17 para. 2 (with Sch. 17 para. 6)

Yn ddilys o 11/05/2001

45B Certification of energy-saving plant and machinery U.K.

(1) The Treasury may by order provide that, in such cases as may be specified in the order, no section 45A allowance may be made unless a relevant certificate of energy efficiency is in force.

A “ section 45A allowance ” means a first-year allowance in respect of expenditure that is first-year qualifying expenditure under section 45A.

(2) A certificate of energy efficiency is one certifying that—

(a) particular plant or machinery, or

(b) plant or machinery constructed to a particular design,

meets the energy-saving criteria specified in relation to that description of plant or machinery by order under section 45A.

(3) A relevant certificate of energy efficiency means one issued—

(a) by the Secretary of State or a person authorised by the Secretary of State;

(b) in the case of plant or machinery used or for use in Scotland, by the Scottish Ministers or a person authorised by them;

(c) in the case of plant or machinery used or for use in Wales, by the National Assembly for Wales or a person authorised by it;

(d) in the case of plant or machinery used or for use in Northern Ireland, by the Department of Enterprise, Trade and Investment in Northern Ireland or a person authorised by it.

(4) If a certificate of energy efficiency is revoked—

(a) the certificate is to be treated for the purposes of this section as if it had never been issued, and

(b) all such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary as a result of the revocation.

(5) If a person who has made a tax return becomes aware that, as a result of the revocation of a certificate of energy efficiency after the return was made, the return has become incorrect, he must give notice to the Inland Revenue specifying how the return needs to be amended.

(6) The notice must be given within 3 months beginning with the day on which the person first became aware that anything in the tax return had become incorrect because of the revocation of the certificate.

Textual Amendments

F1 Ss. 45A-45C inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 65 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 65, Sch. 17 para. 2 (with Sch. 17 para. 6)

Yn ddilys o 11/05/2001

45C Energy-saving components of plant or machinery U.K.

(1) This section applies for the purpose of apportioning expenditure incurred on plant or machinery if one or more components of the plant or machinery (but not all of it) is of a description specified by Treasury order under section 45A(3).

(2) If—

(a) only one of the components is of such a description, and

(b) an amount is specified by the order in respect of that component,

the part of the expenditure that is section 45A expenditure must not exceed that amount.

(3) If—

(a) more than one of the components are of such a description, and

(b) an amount is specified by the order in respect of each of those components,

the part of the expenditure that is section 45A expenditure must not exceed the total of those amounts.

(4) If the expenditure is treated under this Act as incurred in instalments, the proportion of each instalment that is section 45A expenditure is the same as the proportion of the whole of the expenditure that is section 45A expenditure.

(5) If this section applies, the expenditure is not apportioned under section 562(3) (apportionment where property sold with other property).

(6) In this section “section 45A expenditure” means expenditure that is first-year qualifying expenditure under section 45A.]

Textual Amendments

F1 Ss. 45A-45C inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 65 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 65, Sch. 17 para. 2 (with Sch. 17 para. 6)

Yn ddilys o 24/07/2002

[F2 45D Expenditure on cars with low carbon dioxide emissions U.K.

(1) Expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is incurred in the period beginning with 17th April 2002 and ending with 31st March 2008,

(b) it is expenditure on a car which is first registered on or after 17th April 2002 and which is unused and not second-hand,

(c) the car—

(i) is an electrically-propelled car, or

(ii) is a car with low CO ₂ emissions, and

(d) the expenditure is not excluded by section 46 (general exclusions).

(2) For the purposes of this section a car with low CO ₂ emissions is a car which satisfies the conditions in subsections (3) and (4).

(3) The first condition is that, when the car is first registered, it is so registered on the basis of an EC certificate of conformity, or a UK approval certificate, that specifies—

(a) in the case of a car other than a bi-fuel car, a CO ₂ emissions figure in terms of grams per kilometre driven, or

(b) in the case of a bi-fuel car, separate CO ₂ emissions figures in terms of grams per kilometre driven for different fuels.

(4) The second condition is that the applicable CO ₂ emissions figure in the case of the car does not exceed 120 grams per kilometre driven.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (4) the applicable CO ₂ emissions figure in the case of a car other than a bi-fuel car is—

(a) where the EC certificate of conformity or UK approval certificate specifies only one CO ₂ emissions figure, that figure, and

(b) where the certificate specifies more than one CO ₂ emissions figure, the figure specified as the CO ₂ emissions (combined) figure.

(6) For the purposes of subsection (4) the applicable CO ₂ emissions figure in the case of a bi-fuel car is—

(a) where the EC certificate of conformity or UK approval certificate specifies more than one CO ₂ emissions figure in relation to each fuel, the lowest CO ₂ emissions (combined) figure specified, and

(b) in any other case, the lowest CO ₂ figure specified by the certificate.

(7) The Treasury may by order amend the amount from time to time specified in subsection (4).

(8) In this section any reference to a car—

(a) includes a reference to a mechanically propelled road vehicle of a type commonly used as a hackney carriage, but

(b) does not include a reference to a motorcycle.

(9) For the purposes of this section, a car is an electrically-propelled car only if—

(a) it is propelled solely by electrical power, and

(b) that power is derived from—

(i) a source external to the vehicle, or

(ii) an electrical storage battery which is not connected to any source of power when the vehicle is in motion.

(10) In this section—

• “ bi-fuel car ” means a car which is capable of being propelled by—

  (a)

  petrol and road fuel gas, or

  (b)

  diesel and road fuel gas;

• “ car ” has the meaning given by section 81 (extended meaning of “car");

• “ diesel ” means any diesel fuel within the definition in Article 2 of Directive 98/70/ EC of the European Parliament and of the Council;

• “ EC certificate of conformity ” means a certificate of conformity issued by a manufacturer under any provision of the law of a member State implementing Article 6 of Council Directive 70/156/ EEC , as amended;

• “ petrol ” has the meaning given by Article 2 of Directive 98/70/ EC of the European Parliament and of the Council;

• “ road fuel gas ” has the same meaning as in section 168AB of ICTA ;

• “ UK approval certificate ” means a certificate issued under—

  (a)

  section 58(1) or (4) of the Road Traffic Act 1988, or

  (b)

  Article 31A(4) or (5) of the Road Traffic (Northern Ireland) Order 1981.]

Textual Amendments

F2 S. 45D inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 59 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 59, Sch. 19 para. 3

Yn ddilys o 24/07/2002

[F3 45E Expenditure on plant or machinery for gas refuelling station U.K.

(1) Expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is incurred in the period beginning with 17th April 2002 and ending with 31st March 2008,

(b) it is expenditure on plant or machinery for a gas refuelling station where the plant or machinery is unused and not second-hand, and

(c) it is not excluded by section 46 (general exclusions).

(2) For the purposes of this section expenditure on plant or machinery for a gas refuelling station is expenditure on plant or machinery installed at a gas refuelling station for use solely for or in connection with refuelling vehicles with natural gas or hydrogen fuel.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) the plant or machinery which is for use for or in connection with refuelling vehicles with natural gas or hydrogen fuel includes—

(a) any storage tank for natural gas or hydrogen fuel,

(b) any compressor, pump, control or meter used for or in connection with refuelling vehicles with natural gas or hydrogen fuel, and

(c) any equipment for dispensing natural gas or hydrogen fuel to the fuel tank of a vehicle.

(4) For the purposes of this section—

• “ gas refuelling station ” means any premises, or that part of any premises, where vehicles are refuelled with natural gas or hydrogen fuel;

• “ hydrogen fuel ” means a fuel consisting of gaseous or cryogenic liquid hydrogen which is used for propelling vehicles;

• “ vehicle ” means a mechanically propelled road vehicle. ]

Textual Amendments

F3 S. 45E inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 61 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 61, Sch. 20 para. 3

Yn ddilys o 24/07/2002

[F4 45F Expenditure on plant and machinery for use wholly in a ring fence trade U.K.

(1) Expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is incurred on or after 17th April 2002,

(b) it is incurred by a company,

(c) it is incurred on the provision of plant or machinery for use wholly for the purposes of a ring fence trade, and

(d) it is not excluded by section 46 (general exclusions).

(2) This section is subject to section 45G (plant or machinery used for less than five years in a ring fence trade).

(3) In this section “ring fence trade” means a ring fence trade in respect of which tax is chargeable under section 501A of the Taxes Act 1988 (supplementary charge in respect of ring fence trades).]

Textual Amendments

F4 S. 45F inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 63 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 63, Sch. 21 para. 3

Yn ddilys o 24/07/2002

[F5 45G Plant or machinery used for less than five years in a ring fence trade U.K.

(1) Expenditure incurred by a company on the provision of plant or machinery is to be treated as never having been first-year qualifying expenditure under section 45F if the plant or machinery—

(a) is at no time in the relevant period used in a ring fence trade carried on by the company or a company connected with it, or

(b) is at any time in the relevant period used for a purpose other than that of a ring fence trade carried on by the company or a company connected with it.

(2) For the purposes of this section “ the relevant period ” means whichever of the following periods, beginning with the incurring of the expenditure, first ends, namely—

(a) the period ending with the fifth anniversary of the incurring of the expenditure, or

(b) the period ending with the day preceding the first occasion on which the plant or machinery, after becoming owned by the company which incurred the expenditure, is not owned by a company which is either that company or a company connected with it.

(3) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to subsection (1).

(4) If a person who has made a return becomes aware that, after making it, anything in it has become incorrect because of the operation of this section, he must give notice to the Inland Revenue specifying how the return needs to be amended.

(5) The notice must be given within 3 months beginning with the day on which the person first became aware that anything in the return had become incorrect because of the operation of this section.

(6) In this section “ ring fence trade ” has the same meaning as in section 45F. ]

Textual Amendments

F5 S. 45G inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 63 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 63, Sch. 21 para. 4

46 General exclusions applying to sections 40, 44 and 45 U.K.

(1) Expenditure within any of the general exclusions in subsection (2) is not first-year qualifying expenditure under—

• section 40 (expenditure incurred for Northern Ireland purposes by small or medium-sized enterprises),

• section 44 (expenditure incurred by small or medium-sized enterprises), or

• section 45 (ICT expenditure incurred by small enterprises).

(2) The general exclusions are—

General exclusion 1

The expenditure is incurred in the chargeable period in which the qualifying activity is permanently discontinued.

General exclusion 2

The expenditure is incurred on the provision of a car (as defined by section 81).

General exclusion 3

The expenditure is of the kind described in section 94 (ships).

General exclusion 4

The expenditure is of the kind described in section 95 (railway assets).

General exclusion 5

The expenditure would be long-life asset expenditure but for paragraph 20 of Schedule 3 (transitional provisions).

General exclusion 6

The expenditure is on the provision of plant or machinery for leasing (whether in the course of a trade or otherwise).

For this purpose, the letting of a ship on charter, or of any other asset on hire, is to be regarded as leasing (whether or not it would otherwise be so regarded).

General exclusion 7

The circumstances of the incurring of the expenditure are that—

(a) the provision of the plant or machinery on which the expenditure is incurred is connected with a change in the nature or conduct of a trade or business carried on by a person other than the person incurring the expenditure, and

(b) the obtaining of a first-year allowance is the main benefit, or one of the main benefits, which could reasonably be expected to arise from the making of the change.

General exclusion 8

Either of the following sections applies—

• section 13 (use for qualifying activity of plant or machinery provided for other purposes);

• section 14 (use for qualifying activity of plant or machinery which is a gift).

This is subject to section 161 (pre-trading expenditure on mineral exploration and access).

Expenditure of small or medium-sized enterprises U.K.

47 Expenditure of small or medium-sized enterprises: companies U.K.

(1) Use this section to decide whether expenditure incurred by a company is, for the purposes of this Chapter, incurred by—

(a) a small or medium-sized enterprise, or

(b) a small enterprise.

(2) The expenditure is incurred by a small or medium-sized enterprise if the company—

(a) qualifies (or is treated as qualifying) as small or medium-sized under the relevant companies legislation in relation to the financial year of the company in which the expenditure is incurred, and

(b) is not a member of a large group at the time when the expenditure is incurred.

(3) The expenditure is incurred by a small enterprise if the company—

(a) qualifies (or is treated as qualifying) as small under the relevant companies legislation in relation to the financial year of the company in which the expenditure is incurred, and

(b) is not a member of a large or medium-sized group at the time when the expenditure is incurred.

(4) Except in the case of a company formed and registered in Northern Ireland—

(a) “the relevant companies legislation” means section 247 of the Companies Act 1985 (c. 6), and

(b) “financial year” has the same meaning as in Part VII of the 1985 Act.

(5) In the case of such a company—

(a) “the relevant companies legislation” means Article 255 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986 (S.I.1986/1032 (N.I.6)), and

(b) “financial year” has the same meaning as in Part VIII of the 1986 Order.

(6) “Company” means—

(a) a company, or an oversea company, within the meaning of the 1985 Act, or

(b) a company, or a Part XXIII company, within the meaning of the 1986 Order.

48 Expenditure of small or medium-sized enterprises: businesses U.K.

(1) Use this section to decide whether expenditure incurred by a business is, for the purposes of this Chapter, incurred by—

(a) a small or medium-sized enterprise, or

(b) a small enterprise.

(2) In this section “business” means—

(a) an individual,

(b) a partnership of which all the members are individuals,

(c) a registered friendly society within the meaning of Chapter II of Part XII of ICTA, or

(d) a body corporate which is not a company but is within the charge to corporation tax.

(3) The expenditure is incurred by a small or medium-sized enterprise if—

(a) the expenditure is incurred for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by the business, and

(b) the business passes the hypothetical company test, in relation to that expenditure, as a small or medium-sized company.

(4) The expenditure is incurred by a small enterprise if—

(a) the expenditure is incurred for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by the business, and

(b) the business passes the hypothetical company test, in relation to that expenditure, as a small company.

(5) To apply the hypothetical company test, assume that—

(a) the qualifying activity is carried on by a company (“the hypothetical company”),

(b) every trade, business, profession or vocation carried on by the business is carried on by the business as part of that activity,

(c) the financial years of the hypothetical company coincide with the chargeable periods of the business, and

(d) accounts of the hypothetical company for any relevant chargeable period have been duly drawn up as if that period were a financial year of the company.

(6) The business passes the hypothetical company test as a small or medium-sized company in relation to the expenditure in question if, on the assumptions in subsection (5), the company would qualify (or be treated as qualifying) as small or medium-sized under the relevant companies legislation in relation to the financial year in which the expenditure is assumed to be incurred.

(7) The business passes the hypothetical company test as a small company in relation to the expenditure in question if, on the assumptions in subsection (5), the company would qualify (or be treated as qualifying) as small under the relevant companies legislation in relation to the financial year in which the expenditure is assumed to be incurred.

(8) Except in the case of a business carrying on a qualifying activity wholly or mainly in Northern Ireland—

(a) “the relevant companies legislation” means section 247 of the Companies Act 1985 (c. 6), and

(b) “financial year” has the same meaning as in Part VII of that Act;

and the reference in subsection (5)(d) to accounts being duly drawn up is to their being drawn up in accordance with that Act.

(9) In the case of such a business—

(a) “the relevant companies legislation” means Article 255 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986 (S.I.1986/1032 (N.I.6)), and

(b) “financial year” has the same meaning as in Part VIII of that Order;

and the reference in subsection (5)(d) to accounts being duly drawn up is to their being drawn up in accordance with that Order.

49 Whether company is a member of a large or medium-sized group U.K.

(1) Use this section to decide whether, for the purposes of section 47, a company is—

(a) a member of a large group, or

(b) a member of a large or medium-sized group.

(2) Subject to subsection (4), a company is a member of a large group at the time when any expenditure is incurred if—

(a) it is at that time the parent undertaking of a group which does not qualify as small or medium-sized in relation to the financial year of the parent undertaking in which that time falls, or

(b) it is at that time a subsidiary undertaking in relation to the parent undertaking of such a group.

(3) Subject to subsection (4), a company is a member of a large or medium-sized group at the time when any expenditure is incurred if—

(a) it is at that time the parent undertaking of a group which does not qualify as small in relation to the financial year of the parent undertaking in which that time falls, or

(b) it is at that time a subsidiary undertaking in relation to the parent undertaking of such a group.

(4) If, at the time when any expenditure is incurred by a company, any arrangements exist which are such that, had effect been given to them immediately before that time, the company or a successor of the company—

(a) would, at that time, have been a member of a large group, or

(b) would, at that time, have been a member of a large or medium-sized group,

the company incurring the expenditure is to be treated as a member of a large group or (as the case may be) a large or medium-sized group at that time.

(5) For the purposes of subsections (2) and (3), the question whether—

(a) a group qualifies as small or medium-sized, or

(b) a group qualifies as small,

is to be decided by reference to the relevant companies legislation (but reading references in that legislation to a parent company as references to a parent undertaking).

(6) In subsection (5) “the relevant companies legislation” means—

(a) except in the case of a company formed and registered in Northern Ireland, section 249 of the Companies Act 1985 (c. 6);

(b) in the case of such a company, Article 257 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986 (S.I.1986/1032 (N.I.6)).

(7) For the purposes of subsection (4) a company is the successor of another if—

(a) it carries on a trade which, in whole or in part, the other company has ceased to carry on, and

(b) the circumstances are such that section 343 of ICTA (company reconstructions without a change of ownership) applies in relation to the two companies as the predecessor and the successor within the meaning of that section,

and “arrangements” means arrangements of any kind (whether or not in writing or legally enforceable).

(8) In this section “financial year”, “group”, “parent undertaking” and “subsidiary undertaking” have the same meaning as in—

(a) except in the case of a company formed and registered in Northern Ireland, Part VII of the 1985 Act;

(b) in the case of such a company, Part VIII of the 1986 Order.

Supplementary U.K.

50 Time when expenditure is incurred U.K.

In determining whether expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure under this Chapter, any effect of section 12 on the time at which it is to be treated as incurred is to be disregarded.

51 Disclosure of information between UK tax authorities U.K.

(1) No obligation as to secrecy or other restriction on the disclosure of information imposed by statute or otherwise prevents—

(a) the Inland Revenue from disclosing information, for the purpose given in subsection (2), to the Department of Agriculture and Rural Development in Northern Ireland (“the Department”) or an authorised officer of the Department, or

(b) the Department or an authorised officer of the Department from disclosing information for that purpose to the Inland Revenue.

(2) The purpose is assisting—

(a) the Board of Inland Revenue, in carrying out its functions relating to allowances made because of section 40 (expenditure incurred for Northern Ireland purposes by small or medium-sized enterprises), or

(b) the Department, in carrying out its functions under this Chapter.

(3) Information obtained as a result of a disclosure authorised by this section must not be disclosed except—

(a) to the Inland Revenue, the Department or an authorised officer of the Department, or

(b) for the purposes of any proceedings connected with a matter in relation to which the Board of Inland Revenue or the Department carry out the functions mentioned in subsection (2)(a) or (b).

Chapter 5 U.K. Allowances and charges

First-year allowances U.K.

52 First-year allowances U.K.

(1) A person is entitled to a first-year allowance in respect of first-year qualifying expenditure if—

(a) the expenditure is incurred in a chargeable period to which this Act applies, and

(b) the person owns the plant or machinery at some time during that chargeable period.

(2) Any first-year allowance is made for the chargeable period in which the first-year qualifying expenditure is incurred.

(3) The amount of the allowance is a percentage of the first-year qualifying expenditure in respect of which the allowance is made, as shown in the Table—

Table

Amount of first-year allowances

Type of first-year qualifying expenditure	Amount
Expenditure qualifying under section 40 (expenditure incurred for Northern Ireland purposes by small or medium-sized enterprises)	100%
Expenditure qualifying under section 44 (expenditure incurred by small or medium-sized enterprises)	40%
Expenditure qualifying under section 45 (ICT expenditure incurred by small enterprises)	100%

(4) A person who is entitled to a first-year allowance may claim the allowance in respect of the whole or a part of the first-year qualifying expenditure.

(5) Subsection (1) needs to be read with section 236 (first-year allowances in respect of additional VAT liabilities) and is subject to—

• section 205 (reduction of first-year allowance if plant or machinery provided partly for purposes other than those of qualifying activity),

• section 210 (reduction of first-year allowance if it appears that a partial depreciation subsidy is or will be payable), and

• sections 217, 223 and 241 (anti-avoidance: no first-year allowance in certain cases).

Pooling U.K.

53 Pooling of qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) Qualifying expenditure has to be pooled for the purpose of determining a person’s entitlement to writing-down allowances and balancing allowances and liability to balancing charges.

(2) If a person carries on more than one qualifying activity, expenditure relating to the different activities must not be allocated to the same pool.

54 The different kinds of pools U.K.

(1) There are single asset pools, class pools and the main pool.

(2) A single asset pool may not contain expenditure relating to more than one asset.

(3) The following provide for qualifying expenditure to be allocated to a single asset pool—

• section 74 (car above the cost threshold);

• section 86 (short-life asset);

• section 127 (ship);

• section 206 (plant or machinery provided or used partly for purposes other than those of qualifying activity);

• section 211 (payment of partial depreciation subsidy);

• section 538 (contribution allowances: plant and machinery).

(4) A class pool is a pool which may contain expenditure relating to more than one asset.

(5) The following provide for qualifying expenditure to be allocated to a class pool—

• section 101 (long-life assets);

• section 107 (overseas leasing).

(6) Qualifying expenditure may be allocated to the main pool only if it does not fall to be allocated to a single asset pool or a class pool.

Writing-down and balancing allowances and balancing charges U.K.

55 Determination of entitlement or liability U.K.

(1) Whether a person is entitled to a writing-down allowance or a balancing allowance, or liable to a balancing charge, for a chargeable period is determined separately for each pool of qualifying expenditure and depends on—

(a) the available qualifying expenditure in that pool for that period (“AQE”), and

(b) the total of any disposal receipts to be brought into account in that pool for that period (“TDR”).

(2) If AQE exceeds TDR, the person is entitled to a writing-down allowance or a balancing allowance for the period.

(3) If TDR exceeds AQE, the person is liable to a balancing charge for the period.

(4) The entitlement under subsection (2) is to a writing-down allowance except for the final chargeable period when it is to a balancing allowance.

(5) The final chargeable period is given by section 65.

(6) Subsection (2) is subject to section 110(1) (overseas leasing: allowances prohibited in certain cases).

56 Amount of allowances and charges U.K.

(1) The amount of the writing-down allowance to which a person is entitled for a chargeable period is 25% of the amount by which AQE exceeds TDR.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to—

(a) section 102 (long-life asset expenditure: 6%), and

(b) section 109 (overseas leasing: 10%).

(3) If the chargeable period is more or less than a year, the amount is proportionately increased or reduced.

(4) If the qualifying activity has been carried on for part only of the chargeable period, the amount is proportionately reduced.

(5) A person claiming a writing-down allowance may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

(6) The amount of the balancing charge to which a person is liable for a chargeable period is the amount by which TDR exceeds AQE.

(7) The amount of the balancing allowance to which a person is entitled for the final chargeable period is the amount by which AQE exceeds TDR.

Available qualifying expenditure U.K.

57 Available qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) The general rule is that a person’s available qualifying expenditure in a pool for a chargeable period consists of—

(a) any qualifying expenditure allocated to the pool for that period in accordance with section 58, and

(b) any unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward in the pool from the previous chargeable period under section 59.

(2) A person’s available qualifying expenditure in a pool for a chargeable period also includes any amount allocated to the pool for that period under—

• section 26(3) (net costs of demolition);

• section 86(2) or 87(2) (allocation of expenditure in short-life asset pool);

• section 111(3) (overseas leasing: standard recovery mechanism);

• section 129(1), 132(2), 133(3) or 137 (provisions relating to operation of single ship pool and deferment of balancing charges in respect of ships);

• section 165(3) (abandonment expenditure incurred after cessation of ring fence trade);

• section 206(3) (plant or machinery used partly for purposes other than those of the qualifying activity);

• section 211(4) (partial depreciation subsidy paid).

(3) A person’s available qualifying expenditure does not include any expenditure excluded by—

• section 8(4) or 9(1) (rules against double relief);

• section 166(2) (transfers of interests in oil fields: anti-avoidance);

• section 185(2), 186(2) or 187(2) (restrictions where other claims made in respect of fixture);

• section 218(1), 224(1), 228(2), 242(2), or 243(2) (general anti-avoidance provisions).

(4) Subsection (1) is also subject to section 220 (allocation to chargeable periods of expenditure incurred on plant or machinery for leasing under finance lease).

58 Initial allocation of qualifying expenditure to pools U.K.

(1) The following rules apply to the allocation of a person’s qualifying expenditure to the appropriate pool.

(2) An amount of qualifying expenditure is not to be allocated to a pool for a chargeable period if that amount has been taken into account in determining the person’s available qualifying expenditure for an earlier chargeable period.

(3) Qualifying expenditure is not to be allocated to a pool for a chargeable period before that in which the expenditure is incurred.

(4) Qualifying expenditure is not to be allocated to a pool for a chargeable period unless the person owns the plant or machinery at some time in that period.

(5) If a first-year allowance is made in respect of an amount of first-year qualifying expenditure—

(a) subject to subsection (6), none of that amount is to be allocated to a pool for the chargeable period in which the expenditure is incurred, and

(b) the amount that may be allocated to a pool for any chargeable period is limited to the balance left after deducting the first-year allowance.

(6) If—

(a) a first-year allowance is made in respect of an amount of first-year qualifying expenditure,

(b) a disposal event occurs in respect of the plant or machinery in any chargeable period, and

(c) none of the balance left after deducting the first-year allowance has been allocated to a pool for an earlier chargeable period,

the balance (or some of it) must be allocated to a pool for the chargeable period in which the disposal event occurs.

(7) Subsection (6) applies even if the balance is nil (because of a 100% first-year allowance).

(8) “The appropriate pool” means whichever pool is applicable under the provisions of this Part apart from this section.

59 Unrelieved qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) A person has unrelieved qualifying expenditure to carry forward from a chargeable period if for that period AQE exceeds TDR.

(2) The amount of the unrelieved qualifying expenditure is—

(a) the excess less the writing-down allowance made for the period, or

(b) if no writing-down allowance is claimed for the period, the excess.

(3) No amount may be carried forward as unrelieved qualifying expenditure from the final chargeable period.

Disposal events and disposal values: general U.K.

60 Meaning of “disposal receipt” and “disposal event” U.K.

(1) In this Part “disposal receipt” means a disposal value that a person is required to bring into account in accordance with—

(a) sections 61, 62 and 63 (disposal events, disposal values and the general limit on the amount of a disposal value),

(b) any of the provisions of this Part listed in section 66, or

(c) paragraph 11 of Schedule 12 to FA 1997 (finance lease or loan: receipt of major lump sum) or any other enactment,

when read with sections 64 and 264(3) (cases in which no disposal value need be brought into account).

(2) In this Part “disposal event” means any event of a kind that requires a disposal value to be brought into account under this Part (whether under section 61(1) or otherwise).

(3) If—

(a) qualifying expenditure has been allocated to a pool, and

(b) more than one disposal event occurs in respect of the plant or machinery,

a disposal value is required to be brought into account in the pool in connection with the first event only.

(4) In subsection (3) “disposal event” does not include a disposal event arising under—

• section 72 (computer software),

• sections 140 and 143 (attribution of deferred balancing charge), or

• section 238(2) (additional VAT rebates).

61 Disposal events and disposal values U.K.

(1) A person who has incurred qualifying expenditure is required to bring the disposal value of the plant or machinery into account for the chargeable period in which—

(a) the person ceases to own the plant or machinery;

(b) the person loses possession of the plant or machinery in circumstances where it is reasonable to assume that the loss is permanent;

(c) the plant or machinery has been in use for mineral exploration and access and the person abandons it at the site where it was in use for that purpose;

(d) the plant or machinery ceases to exist as such (as a result of destruction, dismantling or otherwise);

(e) the plant or machinery begins to be used wholly or partly for purposes other than those of the qualifying activity;

(f) the qualifying activity is permanently discontinued.

(2) The disposal value to be brought into account depends on the disposal event, as shown in the Table—

Table

Disposal values: general

1. Disposal event	2. Disposal value
1. Sale of the plant or machinery, except in a case where item 2 applies.	The net proceeds of the sale, together with— (a) any insurance money received in respect of the plant or machinery as a result of an event affecting the price obtainable on the sale, and (b) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums.
2. Sale of the plant or machinery where— (a) the sale is at less than market value, (b) there is no charge to tax under Schedule E, and (c) the condition in subsection (4) is met by the buyer.	The market value of the plant or machinery at the time of the sale.
3. Demolition or destruction of the plant or machinery.	The net amount received for the remains of the plant or machinery, together with— (a) any insurance money received in respect of the demolition or destruction, and (b) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums.
4. Permanent loss of the plant or machinery otherwise than as a result of its demolition or destruction.	Any insurance money received in respect of the loss and, so far as it consists of capital sums, any other compensation of any description so received.
5. Abandonment of the plant or machinery which has been in use for mineral exploration and access at the site where it was in use for that purpose.	Any insurance money received in respect of the abandonment and, so far as it consists of capital sums, any other compensation of any description so received.
6. Permanent discontinuance of the qualifying activity followed by the occurrence of an event within any of items 1 to 5.	The disposal value for the item in question.
7. Any event not falling within any of items 1 to 6.	The market value of the plant or machinery at the time of the event.

(3) The amounts referred to in column 2 of the Table are those received by the person required to bring the disposal value into account.

(4) The condition referred to in item 2 of the Table is met by the buyer if—

(a) the buyer’s expenditure on the acquisition of the plant or machinery cannot be qualifying expenditure under this Part or Part 6 (research and development allowances), or

(b) the buyer is a dual resident investing company which is connected with the seller.

(5) In this section “mineral exploration and access” has the same meaning as in Chapter 13 (provisions affecting the mining and oil industries) and Part 5 (mineral extraction allowances).

62 General limit on amount of disposal value U.K.

(1) The amount of any disposal value required to be brought into account by a person in respect of any plant or machinery is limited to the qualifying expenditure incurred by the person on its provision.

(2) Subsection (3) applies if a person who is required to bring a disposal value into account has acquired the plant or machinery as a result of a transaction which was, or a series of transactions each of which was, between connected persons.

(3) The amount of the disposal value is limited to the amount of the qualifying expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery incurred by whichever party to the transaction, or to any of the transactions, incurred the greatest such expenditure.

(4) This section is subject to section 239 (limit on disposal value where additional VAT rebate or rebates has or have been made in respect of original expenditure).

63 Cases in which disposal value is nil U.K.

(1) If a person disposes of plant or machinery by way of gift in circumstances such that there is a charge to tax under Schedule E, the disposal value of the plant or machinery is nil.

(2) If a person carrying on a relevant qualifying activity makes a gift of plant or machinery used in the course of the activity—

(a) to a charity within the meaning of section 506 of ICTA (charities: qualifying and non-qualifying expenditure),

(b) to a body listed in section 507(1) of ICTA (various heritage bodies and museums), or

(c) for the purposes of a designated educational establishment within the meaning of section 84 of ICTA (gifts to educational establishments),

the disposal value of the plant or machinery is nil.

(3) In subsection (2) “relevant qualifying activity” means a qualifying activity consisting of—

(a) a trade,

(b) an ordinary Schedule A business,

(c) a furnished holiday lettings business,

(d) an overseas property business, or

(e) a profession or vocation.

(4) Subsection (2) needs to be read with sections 83A(4) and 84(4) of ICTA (which provide for a charge to tax if subsection (2) applies in circumstances in which the donor or a connected person receives a benefit attributable to the gift).

(5) If expenditure is treated under section 27(2) (expenditure on thermal insulation, safety measures, etc.) as having been incurred on plant or machinery, the disposal value of the plant or machinery is nil.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C3 S. 63(2) modifed (with effect as mentioned in s. 58(4) of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 58, Sch. 18 para. 9(3)(c)

64 Case in which no disposal value need be brought into account U.K.

(1) A person is not required to bring a disposal value into account in a pool for a chargeable period in respect of plant or machinery if none of the qualifying expenditure is or has been taken into account in a claim in determining the person’s available qualifying expenditure in the pool for that or any previous chargeable period.

(2) Subsection (3) applies if—

(a) a person (“C”) has incurred qualifying expenditure on plant or machinery,

(b) C acquired the plant or machinery as a result of a transaction which was, or a series of transactions each of which was, between connected persons,

(c) any connected person (apart from C) who was a party to the transaction, or one of the series of transactions, is or has been required to bring a disposal value into account as a result of the transaction,

(d) a disposal event (“the relevant disposal event”) occurs in respect of the plant or machinery at a time when it is owned by C, and

(e) none of C’s qualifying expenditure is or has been taken into account in a claim in determining C’s available qualifying expenditure for the chargeable period in which the relevant disposal event occurs or any previous chargeable period.

(3) If this subsection applies—

(a) subsection (1) does not apply in relation to the relevant disposal event, and

(b) C’s qualifying expenditure is to be treated as allocated to the appropriate pool for the chargeable period in which the relevant disposal event occurs.

(4) In subsection (3)—

(a) “qualifying expenditure” means, if a first-year allowance has been made to C, the amount (including a nil amount) remaining after deducting the allowance, and

(b) “the appropriate pool” means whichever pool is applicable in relation to C under the provisions of this Part.

(5) A person takes expenditure into account in a claim if he takes it into account—

(a) in a tax return;

(b) by giving notice of an amendment of a tax return;

(c) in any other claim under this Part.

The final chargeable period U.K.

65 The final chargeable period U.K.

(1) The final chargeable period for—

(a) the main pool, or

(b) a long-life asset pool,

is the chargeable period in which the qualifying activity is permanently discontinued.

(2) The final chargeable period for a single asset pool is the first chargeable period in which any disposal event given in section 61(1) occurs.

(3) Subsection (2) is subject to—

• sections 77(1) and 206(4) (no final chargeable period merely because plant or machinery begins to be used partly for purposes other than those of qualifying activity);

• sections 86(2) and 87(2) (ending of short-life asset pool at four-year cut-off without final chargeable period);

• section 132(2) (no final chargeable period for single ship pool).

(4) The final chargeable period for a class pool under section 107 (overseas leasing) is the chargeable period at the end of which the circumstances are such that there can be no more disposal receipts in any subsequent chargeable period.

List of provisions outside this Chapter about disposal values U.K.

66 List of provisions outside this Chapter about disposal values U.K.

The provisions of this Part referred to in section 60(1)(b) are—

section 68	hire-purchase etc.: disposal value on cessation of notional ownership
sections 72 and 73	grant of new software right: disposal value
section 79	cars: disposal value in avoidance cases
sections 88 and 89	short-life assets: disposal at under-value or to connected person
section 104	long-life assets: avoidance cases
sections 108, 111 and 114	overseas leasing: disposal values in various cases
sections 132 and 143	ships: ship used for overseas leasing etc.; attribution of amount where balancing charge deferred
section 171	oil production sharing contracts: disposal values on cessation of ownership
sections 196 and 197	fixtures: disposal values on cessation of notional ownership and in avoidance cases
section 208	effect of significant reduction in use of plant or machinery for purposes of qualifying activity
section 211	effect of payment of partial depreciation subsidy
section 222	anti-avoidance: limit on disposal value
section 229	hire-purchase: disposal values in finance leasing and anti-avoidance cases
sections 238 and 239	additional VAT rebates

Chapter 6 U.K. Hire-purchase etc. and plant or machinery provided by lessee

Hire-purchase and similar contracts U.K.

67 Plant or machinery treated as owned by person entitled to benefit of contract, etc. U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person carrying on a qualifying activity incurs capital expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery for the purposes of the qualifying activity, and

(b) the expenditure is incurred under a contract providing that the person shall or may become the owner of the plant or machinery on the performance of the contract.

(2) The plant or machinery is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as owned by the person (and not by any other person) at any time when he is entitled to the benefit of the contract so far as it relates to the plant or machinery.

(3) At the time when the plant or machinery is brought into use for the purposes of the qualifying activity, the person is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as having incurred all capital expenditure in respect of the plant or machinery to be incurred by him under the contract after that time.

(4) If a person—

(a) is treated under subsection (2) as owning plant or machinery,

(b) ceases to be entitled to the benefit of the contract in question so far as it relates to that plant or machinery, and

(c) does not then in fact become the owner of the plant or machinery,

the person is to be treated as ceasing to own the plant or machinery at the time when he ceases to be entitled to the benefit of the contract.

(5) This section is subject to section 69 (hire-purchase and fixtures) and subsection (3) is subject to section 229 (anti-avoidance).

68 Disposal value on cessation of notional ownership U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person—

(a) is treated under section 67(4) as ceasing to own plant or machinery, and

(b) is required to bring a disposal value into account as a result.

(2) If the plant or machinery has been brought into use for the purposes of the qualifying activity before the person ceases to own the plant or machinery, the disposal value is the total of—

(a) any relevant capital sums, and

(b) any capital expenditure treated under section 67(3) as having been incurred when the plant or machinery was brought into use but which has not in fact been incurred.

(3) If the plant or machinery has not been brought into use for the purposes of the qualifying activity before the person ceases to own the plant or machinery, the disposal value is the total of any relevant capital sums.

(4) “Relevant capital sums” means capital sums that the person receives or is entitled to receive by way of consideration, compensation, damages or insurance money in respect of—

(a) his rights under the contract, or

(b) the plant or machinery.

(5) This section is subject to section 229 (anti-avoidance).

69 Hire-purchase etc. and fixtures U.K.

(1) Section 67 does not—

(a) apply to expenditure incurred on plant or machinery which is a fixture, or

(b) prevent Chapter 14 (fixtures) applying in relation to expenditure on plant or machinery incurred under such a contract as is mentioned in section 67(1)(b).

(2) If—

(a) a person is treated under section 67(2) as owning plant or machinery,

(b) the plant or machinery becomes a fixture, and

(c) the person is not treated under Chapter 14 as being the owner of the plant or machinery,

the person is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as ceasing to own the plant or machinery at the time when it becomes a fixture.

(3) In this section “fixture” has the meaning given by section 173(1).

Plant or machinery provided by lessee U.K.

70 Plant or machinery provided by lessee U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) under the terms of a lease, a lessee is required to provide plant or machinery,

(b) the lessee incurs capital expenditure on the provision of that plant or machinery for the purposes of a qualifying activity which the lessee carries on,

(c) the plant or machinery is not so installed or otherwise fixed in or to a building or any other description of land as to become, in law, part of that building or other land, and

(d) the lessee does not own the plant or machinery.

(2) The lessee—

(a) is to be treated as being the owner of the plant or machinery, as a result of incurring the capital expenditure, for so long as it continues to be used for the purposes of the qualifying activity, but

(b) is not required to bring a disposal value into account because the lease ends.

(3) Subsection (4) applies if—

(a) the plant or machinery continues to be used for the purposes of the lessee’s qualifying activity until the lease ends,

(b) the lessor holds the lease in the course of a qualifying activity, and

(c) on or after the ending of the lease, a disposal event occurs in respect of the plant or machinery at a time when the lessor owns the plant or machinery as a result of the requirement under the terms of the lease.

(4) The lessor is required to bring a disposal value into account in the appropriate pool for the chargeable period in which the disposal event occurs.

(5) “The appropriate pool” means the pool which would be applicable under this Part in relation to the lessor’s qualifying activity if—

(a) the expenditure incurred by the lessee had been qualifying expenditure incurred by the lessor, and

(b) that qualifying expenditure were being allocated to a pool for the chargeable period in which the disposal event occurs.

(6) In this section “lease” includes—

(a) an agreement for a lease if the term to be covered by the lease has begun, and

(b) any tenancy,

but does not include a mortgage (and “lessee” and “lessor” are to be read accordingly).

Chapter 7 U.K. Computer software

71 Software and rights to software U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Part computer software is treated as plant (whether or not it would constitute plant apart from this section).

(2) If a person carrying on a qualifying activity incurs capital expenditure in acquiring, for the purposes of the qualifying activity, a right to use or otherwise deal with computer software, this Part applies as if—

(a) the right and the software to which it relates were plant,

(b) the plant were provided for the purposes of the qualifying activity, and

(c) so long as the person is entitled to the right, the person owned the plant as a result of incurring the capital expenditure.

72 Disposal values U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person—

(a) has incurred qualifying expenditure on the provision of plant consisting of computer software or the right to use or otherwise deal with computer software, and

(b) grants to another a right to use or otherwise deal with the whole or part of the computer software in circumstances in which the consideration for the grant—

(i) consists of a capital sum, or

(ii) would consist of a capital sum if the consideration were in money.

(2) The person is required to bring a disposal value into account unless—

(a) while the person owned the computer software or the right to use or otherwise deal with the computer software, and

(b) before the grant of the right referred to in subsection (1)(b),

there has been a disposal event falling within section 61(1)(e) (use for purposes other than those of the qualifying activity) or 61(1)(f) (permanent discontinuance of the qualifying activity).

(3) The disposal value to be brought into account under this section depends on the circumstances of the grant of the right, as shown in the Table—

Table

Disposal values: grant of software right

1. Circumstances of grant	2. Disposal value
1. The grant is for a consideration not consisting entirely of money.	The market value of the right granted at the time of the grant.
2. The grant is made where— (a) it is for no consideration or at less than market value, (b) there is no charge to tax under Schedule E, and (c) the condition in subsection (5) is met by the grantee.	The market value of the right granted at the time of the grant.
3. The grant is made in circumstances other than those given in item 1 or 2.	The net consideration in money received in respect of the grant, together with— (a) any insurance money received in respect of the computer software as a result of an event affecting the consideration obtainable on the grant, and (b) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums.

(4) The amounts referred to in column 2 of the Table are those received by the person required to bring the disposal value into account.

(5) The condition referred to in item 2 of the Table is met by the grantee if—

(a) the grantee’s expenditure on the acquisition of the plant cannot be qualifying expenditure under this Part or Part 6 (research and development allowances), or

(b) the grantee is a dual resident investing company which is connected with the grantor.

73 Limit on disposal values U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person is required to bring into account a disposal value in respect of—

(a) computer software, or

(b) the right to use or otherwise deal with computer software.

(2) For the purpose only of—

(a) determining whether the limit on the disposal value under section 62 is exceeded, and

(b) reducing the amount of that disposal value so that the limit is not exceeded,

the disposal value is to be taken to be increased by the amount given in subsection (3).

(3) The amount is the total of any disposal values which, in respect of that person and that plant, fall or have fallen to be brought into account under section 72.

Chapter 8 U.K. Cars, etc.

Cars above the cost threshold U.K.

74 Single asset pool U.K.

(1) Qualifying expenditure incurred on the provision of a car to which this section applies, if allocated to a pool, must be allocated to a single asset pool.

(2) This section applies to a car if—

(a) the car is not a qualifying hire car (as defined by section 82), and

(b) the capital expenditure incurred on its provision for the purposes of the qualifying activity exceeds £12,000.

(3) In this Chapter “car” has the meaning given by section 81 (extended meaning of “car”).

(4) The Treasury may by order increase or further increase the sums of money specified in subsection (2) and in sections 75 and 76.

75 General limit on amount of writing-down allowance U.K.

(1) The amount of the writing-down allowance to be made to a person for a chargeable period in respect of qualifying expenditure incurred on the provision of a car to which section 74 applies must not exceed £3,000.

(2) The limit under subsection (1) is proportionately increased or reduced if the chargeable period is more or less than a year.

(3) The amount of the writing-down allowance may be further limited under—

• section 76 (expenditure met by another person),

• section 77 (effect of use partly for other purposes), or

• section 78 (effect of partial depreciation subsidy).

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C4 S. 75(1) modified by 1993 c. 34, s. 93A(6) (as inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 80(2) of the inserting Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 80, Sch. 24 para. 4 (with Sch. 23 para. 25))

76 Limit where part of expenditure met by another person U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) applies if, as a result of section 532 (general rule excluding contributions), only part of the capital expenditure incurred on the provision of a car to which section 74 applies is treated as incurred by a person.

(2) The amount of the writing-down allowance to be made to that person for a chargeable period in respect of the qualifying expenditure on the car must not exceed—

where—

E is the amount of capital expenditure incurred on the provision of the car, and

X is the amount of the expenditure excluded by section 532.

(3) Subsection (4) applies if—

(a) capital expenditure exceeding £12,000 is incurred on the provision of a car to which section 74 applies, and

(b) a person (“the contributor”) is entitled to writing-down allowances as a result of section 538 (contribution allowances for plant and machinery).

(4) The amount of the writing-down allowance to be made to the contributor for a chargeable period in respect of his contribution to the expenditure on the car must not exceed—

where—

E is the amount of capital expenditure incurred on the provision of the car, and

C is the amount of the contribution.

(5) The limit under subsection (2) or (4) is proportionately increased or reduced if the chargeable period is more or less than a year.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C5 S. 76(2) modified by 1993 c. 34, s. 93A(6) (as inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 80(2) of the inserting Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 80, Sch. 24 para. 4 (with Sch. 23 para. 25))

C6 S. 76(3) modified by 1993 c. 34, s. 93A(6) (as inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 80(2) of the inserting Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 80, Sch. 24 para. 4 (with Sch. 23 para. 25))

C7 S. 76(4) modified by 1993 c. 34, s. 93A(6) (as inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 80(2) of the inserting Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 80, Sch. 24 para. 4 (with Sch. 23 para. 25))

77 Car used partly for purposes other than those of qualifying activity U.K.

(1) In the case of a single asset pool under section 74 there is no final chargeable period or disposal event merely because the car begins to be used partly for purposes other than those of the qualifying activity.

(2) For any chargeable period in which the car is used partly for purposes other than those of the qualifying activity—

(a) any writing-down allowance or balancing allowance to which the person is entitled, or

(b) any balancing charge to which the person is liable,

must be reduced to an amount which is just and reasonable having regard to the relevant circumstances.

(3) The relevant circumstances include, in particular, the extent to which the car is used in that chargeable period for purposes other than those of the qualifying activity.

(4) In calculating under section 59 the amount of unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward, a reduction of a writing-down allowance under this section is to be disregarded.

(5) If this section applies, Chapter 15 (plant or machinery provided or used partly for purposes other than those of the qualifying activity) does not apply.

78 Effect of partial depreciation subsidy U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a car to which section 74 applies is in use for the purposes of the qualifying activity,

(b) there is paid to the person carrying on that activity a sum in respect of, or which takes account of, part of the depreciation of the car resulting from that use, and

(c) the sum does not fall to be taken into account as income of that person or in calculating the profits of any qualifying activity carried on by him.

(2) The amount of—

(a) any writing-down allowance or balancing allowance to which the person is entitled, or

(b) any balancing charge to which the person is liable,

must be reduced to an amount which is just and reasonable having regard to the relevant circumstances.

(3) In calculating under section 59 the amount of unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward, a reduction of a writing-down allowance under subsection (2) is to be disregarded.

(4) This section has effect for the chargeable period in which any such sum as is mentioned in subsection (1)(b) is first paid and for any subsequent chargeable period.

(5) If this section applies, Chapter 16 (partial depreciation subsidies) does not apply.

79 Cases where Chapter 17 (anti-avoidance) applies U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a disposal value is required to be brought into account under section 61, and

(b) the disposal event is that the person concerned ceases to own a car to which section 74 applies because of—

(i) a sale, or

(ii) the performance of a contract,

which is a relevant transaction for the purposes of Chapter 17 (anti-avoidance).

(2) The disposal value to be brought into account is—

(a) the market value of the car at the time of the event referred to in subsection (1), or

(b) if less, the capital expenditure incurred, or treated as incurred, on the provision of the car by the person disposing of it.

(3) The person acquiring the car is to be treated as having incurred capital expenditure on its provision of an amount equal to the disposal value required to be brought into account under subsection (2).

Vehicles provided for purposes of employment or office U.K.

80 Vehicles provided for purposes of employment or office U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person who is carrying on a qualifying activity consisting of an employment or office (“the employee”)—

(a) incurs capital expenditure on the provision of a mechanically propelled road vehicle or a cycle, and

(b) owns the vehicle or cycle as a result of incurring that expenditure.

(2) References in this Part to qualifying expenditure include the employee’s expenditure on the provision of the vehicle or cycle if it is provided partly for use in—

(a) the performance of the duties of the employment or office, or

(b) the kind of travelling in respect of which expenses would be deductible as qualifying travelling expenses under section 198 of ICTA.

(3) The amount of any balancing allowance to which the employee is entitled for the final chargeable period is—

where—

AQE is the available qualifying expenditure in the pool for that period,

TDR is the total of any disposal receipts to be brought into account in that pool for that period,

A is the number of chargeable periods in the case of which the employee—

(a) has carried on the qualifying activity and owned the vehicle or cycle, and

(b) has claimed an allowance falling to be made to him by reference to expenditure incurred on the provision of the vehicle or cycle, and

B is the number of chargeable periods in the case of which the employee—

(a) has carried on the qualifying activity and owned the vehicle or cycle, and;

(b) has been entitled to an allowance by reference to expenditure incurred on the provision of the vehicle or cycle.

(4) In this section “cycle” has the meaning given by section 192(1) of the Road Traffic Act 1988 (c. 52).

Interpretation U.K.

81 Extended meaning of “car” U.K.

In this Part “car” means a mechanically propelled road vehicle other than one—

(a) of a construction primarily suited for the conveyance of goods or burden of any description, or

(b) of a type not commonly used as a private vehicle and unsuitable for such use.

References to a car accordingly include a motor cycle.

82 Qualifying hire cars U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Part a car is a qualifying hire car if—

(a) it is provided wholly or mainly for hire to, or the carriage of, members of the public in the ordinary course of a trade, and

(b) the case is within subsection (2), (3) or (4).

(2) The first case is where the following conditions are met—

(a) the number of consecutive days for which the car is on hire to, or used for the carriage of, the same person will normally be less than 30, and

(b) the total number of days for which it is on hire to, or used for the carriage of, the same person in any period of 12 months will normally be less than 90.

(3) The second case is where the car is provided for hire to a person who will himself use it—

(a) wholly or mainly for hire to, or for the carriage of, members of the public in the ordinary course of a trade, and

(b) in a way that meets the conditions in subsection (2).

(4) The third case is where the car is provided wholly or mainly for the use of a person in receipt of—

(a) a disability living allowance under—

(i) the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (c. 4), or

(ii) the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992 (c. 7),

because of entitlement to the mobility component,

(b) a mobility supplement under a scheme made under the Personal Injuries (Emergency Provisions) Act 1939 (c. 82),

(c) a mobility supplement under an Order in Council made under section 12 of the Social Security (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1977 (c. 5), or

(d) any payment appearing to the Treasury to be of a similar kind and specified by them by order.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (2) persons who are connected with each other are to be treated as the same person.

Chapter 9 U.K. Short-life assets

83 Meaning of “short-life asset” U.K.

Plant or machinery in respect of which qualifying expenditure has been incurred is a short-life asset if—

(a) its treatment as a short-life asset is not ruled out by section 84, and

(b) the person incurring the expenditure elects for the plant or machinery to be treated as a short-life asset.

84 Cases in which short-life asset treatment is ruled out U.K.

Treatment of plant or machinery as a short-life asset is ruled out in any of the cases listed in column 1 of the Table, unless an exception listed in column 2 applies.

Table

Short-life asset treatment

1. Short-life asset treatment ruled out	2. Exception (if any)
1. The expenditure is treated as incurred for the purposes of a qualifying activity under— (a) section 13 (use for qualifying activity of plant or machinery provided for other purposes), or (b) section 14 (use for qualifying activity of plant or machinery which is a gift).
2. The plant or machinery is the subject of special leasing (as defined by section 19).
3. The plant or machinery is a car (as defined by section 81).	The car is within section 82(4) (cars hired out to persons receiving disability allowances etc.).
4. The expenditure is long-life asset expenditure (see Chapter 10).
5. The plant or machinery is provided for leasing.	The plant or machinery is a car which is within section 82(4) (cars hired out to persons receiving disability allowances etc.). The plant or machinery will be used within the designated period (as defined by section 106) for a qualifying purpose (as defined by sections 122 to 125).
6. Section 109 provides only a 10% writing-down allowance in respect of expenditure on the plant or machinery.
7. The plant or machinery is leased to two or more persons jointly in circumstances such that section 116 applies.
8. The plant or machinery is a ship.
9. The expenditure was incurred partly for the purposes of a qualifying activity and partly for other purposes (see Chapter 15).
10. The expenditure is required to be allocated to a single asset pool under section 211 (partial depreciation subsidy).

85 Election for short-life asset treatment: procedure U.K.

(1) An election under section 83 must specify—

(a) the plant or machinery which is the subject of the election,

(b) the qualifying expenditure incurred in respect of it, and

(c) the date on which the expenditure was incurred.

(2) An election under section 83 must be made by notice given to the Inland Revenue—

(a) for income tax purposes, on or before the normal time limit for amending a tax return for the tax year in which the relevant chargeable period ends;

(b) for corporation tax purposes, no later than 2 years after the end of the relevant chargeable period.

(3) “The relevant chargeable period” means—

(a) the chargeable period in which the qualifying expenditure was incurred, or

(b) if the qualifying expenditure was incurred in different chargeable periods, the first chargeable period in which any of the qualifying expenditure was incurred.

(4) An election under section 83 is irrevocable.

(5) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to the election.

86 Short-life asset pool U.K.

(1) Qualifying expenditure in respect of a short-life asset, if allocated to a pool, must be allocated to a single asset pool (a “short-life asset pool”).

(2) If the final chargeable period for the short-life asset pool has not occurred before the four-year cut-off—

(a) the pool ends at the four-year cut-off without a final chargeable period,

(b) the available qualifying expenditure in the pool is allocated to the main pool for the first chargeable period ending after the four-year cut-off, and

(c) the asset ceases to be a short-life asset.

(3) In this Chapter “the four-year cut-off” means the fourth anniversary of the end of—

(a) the chargeable period in which the qualifying expenditure was incurred on the provision of the short-life asset, or

(b) if the qualifying expenditure was incurred in different chargeable periods, the first chargeable period in which any of the qualifying expenditure was incurred.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (2), the final chargeable period occurs before the four-year cut-off only if it ends on or before it.

87 Short-life assets provided for leasing U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) plant or machinery is a short-life asset on the basis that it has been provided for leasing but will be used within the designated period for a qualifying purpose (see item 5 of the Table in section 84),

(b) in a chargeable period ending on or before the four-year cut-off, the short-life asset begins to be used otherwise than for a qualifying purpose, and

(c) the time when it begins to be so used falls within the first 4 years of the designated period.

(2) If this section applies—

(a) the short-life asset pool ends without a final chargeable period,

(b) the available qualifying expenditure in the pool is allocated to the main pool for the chargeable period in which the asset begins to be used otherwise than for a qualifying purpose, and

(c) the asset ceases to be a short-life asset.

88 Sales at under-value U.K.

If—

(a) a short-life asset is disposed of at less than market value,

(b) the disposal is not one in respect of which an election is made under section 89(6), and

(c) there is no charge to tax under Schedule E,

the disposal value to be brought into account for the purposes of Chapter 5 is the market value of the asset.

89 Disposal to connected person U.K.

(1) This section applies if, at any time before the four-year cut-off, a person (“the transferor”) disposes of a short-life asset to a connected person.

(2) Subject to subsection (6)—

(a) the transferor is to be treated as having sold the short-life asset to the connected person for an amount equal to the available qualifying expenditure in the short-life asset pool for the chargeable period in which the disposal occurs, and

(b) the connected person is to be treated as having incurred qualifying expenditure of the same amount in buying the short-life asset.

(3) Subject to subsection (6)—

(a) sections 217 and 218 (restrictions on first-year and other allowances in the case of certain transactions between connected persons, to obtain a tax advantage etc.), and

(b) sections 222 to 225 (further restrictions in the case of sale and finance leaseback),

do not apply to the disposal.

(4) Immediately after the disposal of the short-life asset, the connected person is to be taken to have made an election under section 83 (so that the plant or machinery is a short-life asset in his hands).

(5) In relation to the connected person, “the four-year cut-off” means the date that would have been the four-year cut-off in relation to the transferor.

(6) Subsections (2) and (3) apply in relation to a disposal only if—

(a) the transferor, and

(b) the connected person,

elect that they should apply.

(7) An election under subsection (6) must be made by notice given to the Inland Revenue no later than 2 years after the end of the chargeable period in which the disposal occurred.

Chapter 10 U.K. Long-life assets

Long-life asset expenditure U.K.

90 Long-life asset expenditure U.K.

“Long-life asset expenditure” means qualifying expenditure—

(a) incurred on the provision of a long-life asset for the purposes of a qualifying activity, and

(b) not excluded from being long-life asset expenditure by any of sections 93 to 100.

91 Meaning of “long-life asset” U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Chapter “long-life asset” means plant or machinery which—

(a) if new, can reasonably be expected to have a useful economic life of at least 25 years, and

(b) if not new, could reasonably have been expected when new to have a useful economic life of at least 25 years.

(2) “New” means unused and not second-hand.

(3) The useful economic life of plant or machinery is the period—

(a) beginning when it is first brought into use by any person for any purpose, and

(b) ending when it is no longer used or likely to be used by anyone for any purpose as a fixed asset of a business.

92 Application of Chapter to part of expenditure U.K.

(1) If, under any of the following provisions of this Chapter, this Chapter applies to part only of the capital expenditure on plant and machinery—

(a) the part to which this Chapter applies, and

(b) the part to which it does not,

are to be treated for the purposes of this Act as expenditure on separate items of plant or machinery.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), all such apportionments are to be made as are just and reasonable.

Expenditure excluded from being long-life asset expenditure U.K.

93 Fixtures etc. U.K.

(1) Expenditure is not long-life asset expenditure if it is incurred on the provision of plant or machinery which is a fixture in, or is provided for use in, any building used wholly or mainly—

(a) as a dwelling-house, hotel, office, retail shop or showroom, or

(b) for purposes ancillary to the use referred to in paragraph (a).

(2) In this section—

• “fixture” has the meaning given by section 173(1);

• “retail shop” includes any premises of a similar character where a retail trade or business, including repair work, is carried on.

94 Ships U.K.

(1) Expenditure is not long-life asset expenditure if—

(a) it is incurred before 1st January 2011 on the provision of a ship of a sea-going kind, and

(b) each of the conditions in subsection (2) is met.

(2) The conditions are that—

(a) the ship is not an offshore installation,

(b) the ship would not be an offshore installation if the activity for the carrying on of which it is, or is to be, established or maintained were carried on in or under controlled waters, and

(c) the primary use to which ships of the same kind are put by their owners (or, if their use is made available to others, those others) is a use otherwise than for sport or recreation.

(3) “Offshore installation” and “controlled waters” have the same meaning as in the Mineral Workings (Offshore Installations) Act 1971 (c. 61).

95 Railway assets U.K.

(1) Expenditure is not long-life asset expenditure if it is incurred before 1st January 2011 on the provision of a railway asset used by any person wholly and exclusively for the purposes of a railway business.

(2) “Railway asset” means—

(a) a locomotive, tram or other vehicle, or a carriage, wagon or other rolling stock designed or adapted for use on a railway;

(b) anything which is, or is to be, comprised in any railway station, railway track or light maintenance depot or any apparatus which is, or is to be, installed in association with such a station, track or depot.

(3) “Railway business” means a business so far as carried on to provide a service to the public for carrying goods or passengers by means of a railway in the United Kingdom or the Channel Tunnel.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (1), a railway asset of a kind described in subsection (2)(a) is not to be treated as used otherwise than wholly and exclusively for the purposes of a railway business merely because it is used to carry goods or passengers—

(a) from places inside the United Kingdom to places outside the United Kingdom, or

(b) from places outside the United Kingdom to places inside the United Kingdom.

(5) In subsections (2) and (3), “railway” has the same meaning as in section 81(2) of the 1993 Act (“railway” includes tramways and other modes of guided transport).

(6) In this section—

• “the 1993 Act” means the Railways Act 1993 (c. 43);

• “goods” has the same meaning as in Part I of the 1993 Act;

• “railway station” and “railway track” include—

  (a)

  anything included in the definitions of “station” and “track” in section 83 of the 1993 Act, and

  (b)

  anything else that would be included if in section 83 “railway” had the meaning given in section 81(2) of the 1993 Act;

• “light maintenance depot” means—

  (a)

  any light maintenance depot within the meaning of Part I of the 1993 Act, and

  (b)

  any land or other property which is the equivalent of such a depot in relation to anything which is a railway only when “railway” has the meaning given by section 81(2) of the 1993 Act.

96 Cars U.K.

Expenditure is not long-life asset expenditure if it is incurred on the provision of a car (as defined by section 81).

97 Expenditure within the relevant monetary limit: general U.K.

Expenditure is not long-life asset expenditure if it is—

(a) expenditure to which the monetary limits apply, and

(b) incurred in a chargeable period for which the relevant monetary limit is not exceeded.

98 Expenditure to which the monetary limits apply U.K.

(1) The monetary limits apply to expenditure incurred by an individual for a chargeable period if—

(a) the expenditure was incurred by him for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by him,

(b) the whole of his time is substantially devoted in that period to the carrying on of that qualifying activity, and

(c) the expenditure is not within subsection (4).

(2) The monetary limits apply to expenditure incurred by a partnership for a chargeable period if—

(a) all of the members of the partnership are individuals,

(b) the expenditure was incurred by the partnership for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by it,

(c) at all times throughout that period at least half the partners for the time being devote the whole or a substantial part of their time to the carrying on of that qualifying activity, and

(d) the expenditure is not within subsection (4).

(3) The monetary limits apply for the purposes of corporation tax to any expenditure incurred by a company for a chargeable period other than expenditure within subsection (4).

(4) Expenditure is within this subsection if it is—

(a) incurred on the provision of a share in plant or machinery,

(b) treated as a result of section 538 (contribution allowances: plant and machinery) as incurred on the provision of plant or machinery, or

(c) incurred on the provision of plant or machinery for leasing (whether or not the leasing is in the course of a trade).

99 The monetary limit U.K.

(1) The monetary limit in the case of a chargeable period of 12 months is £100,000.

(2) If, in the case of an individual or partnership, the chargeable period is longer or shorter than 12 months, the monetary limit is the amount given by a proportional increase or reduction of £100,000.

(3) If, in the case of a company, the chargeable period is shorter than 12 months, the monetary limit is the amount given by a proportional reduction of £100,000.

(4) If, in a chargeable period, a company has one or more associated companies, the monetary limit for that period is—

where—

L is the monetary limit applicable under subsection (1) or (3), and

N is the number of the associated companies.

(5) Section 13(4) and (5) of ICTA (companies which count as associated companies for the purposes of section 13(3)) applies for the purposes of subsection (4).

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C8 S. 99(1) modified by 1993 c. 34, s. 93A(6) (as inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 80(2) of the inserting Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 80, Sch. 24 para. 4 (with Sch. 23 para. 25))

C9 S. 99(2) modified by 1993 c. 34, s. 93A(6) (as inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 80(2) of the inserting Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 80, Sch. 24 para. 4 (with Sch. 23 para. 25))

C10 S. 99(3) modified by 1993 c. 34, s. 93A(6) (as inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 80(2) of the inserting Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 80, Sch. 24 para. 4 (with Sch. 23 para. 25))

100 Exceeding the monetary limit U.K.

(1) The monetary limit for a chargeable period is exceeded if the total expenditure in that period that meets the conditions in subsection (2) exceeds that limit.

(2) The conditions are that the expenditure—

(a) is long-life asset expenditure, or would be long-life asset expenditure in the absence of section 97 (expenditure within monetary limit), and

(b) is expenditure to which the monetary limits apply.

(3) Subsection (4) applies if, in the case of any contract for the provision of plant or machinery, the capital expenditure which is (or is to be) incurred under the contract is (or may fall to be) treated for the purposes of this Act as incurred in different chargeable periods.

(4) All of the expenditure falling to be incurred under the contract on the provision of the plant or machinery is to be treated for the purposes of this section as incurred in the first chargeable period in which any of the expenditure is incurred.

Rules applying to long-life asset expenditure U.K.

101 Long-life asset pool U.K.

(1) Long-life asset expenditure to which this section applies, if allocated to a pool, must be allocated to a class pool (“the long-life asset pool”).

(2) This section applies to long-life asset expenditure if—

(a) it is incurred on the provision of long-life assets wholly and exclusively for the purposes of a qualifying activity, and

(b) it is not expenditure which is required to be allocated to a single asset pool.

102 Writing-down allowances at 6% U.K.

(1) The amount of the writing-down allowance to which a person is entitled for a chargeable period in respect of expenditure which is long-life asset expenditure is 6% of the amount by which AQE exceeds TDR (see Chapter 5).

(2) Subsection (1) applies even if the long-life asset expenditure is in a single asset pool.

(3) In the case of expenditure which is within section 107(2)(a) and (b) (overseas leasing which is not protected leasing), this section is subject to sections 110, 114 and 115 (allowances prohibited in certain cases etc.).

(4) Subsections (3) and (4) of section 56 (proportionate increases or reductions in amount in certain cases) apply for the purposes of subsection (1) of this section as they apply for the purposes of subsection (1) of that section.

Anti-avoidance provisions U.K.

103 Later claims U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) applies if—

(a) a person entitled to do so has made a Part 2 claim in respect of expenditure incurred on the provision of plant or machinery, and

(b) the expenditure fell to be treated as long-life asset expenditure for the purposes of the claim.

(2) If—

(a) at any time after making the Part 2 claim, that claimant or another person makes a Part 2 claim in respect of any qualifying expenditure incurred at any time (including a time before the incurring of the expenditure to which the earlier claim relates) on the provision of the same plant or machinery, and

(b) the expenditure to which the later claim relates—

(i) would not (but for this subsection) be treated for the purposes of the later claim as long-life asset expenditure, and

(ii) is not prevented from being long-life asset expenditure by any of sections 93 to 96,

this Part has effect in relation to the later claim as if the expenditure to which it relates were long-life asset expenditure.

(3) A person makes a Part 2 claim in respect of any expenditure if he—

(a) makes a tax return in which the expenditure is taken into account in determining his available qualifying expenditure for the purposes of this Part;

(b) gives notice of an amendment of a tax return which provides for the expenditure to be so taken into account;

(c) makes a claim in any other way for the expenditure to be so taken into account.

104 Disposal value of long-life assets U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) section 102 (writing-down allowances at 6%) has had effect in relation to any long-life asset expenditure incurred by a person (“the taxpayer”),

(b) any disposal event occurs in relation to the long-life asset,

(c) the disposal value to be brought into account by the taxpayer would (but for this section) be less than the notional written-down value of the long-life asset, and

(d) the disposal event is part of, or occurs as a result of, a scheme or arrangement the main purpose or one of the main purposes of which is the obtaining by the taxpayer of a tax advantage under this Part.

(2) The disposal value that the taxpayer must bring into account is the notional written-down value of the long-life asset.

(3) The notional written-down value is—

where—

QE is the taxpayer’s expenditure on the plant or machinery that is qualifying expenditure, and

A is the total of all allowances which could have been made to the taxpayer in respect of that expenditure if—

(a) that expenditure had been the only expenditure that had ever been taken into account in determining his available qualifying expenditure,

(b) that expenditure had not been prevented by the application of a monetary limit from being long-life asset expenditure, and

(c) all allowances had been made in full.

Chapter 11 U.K. Overseas leasing

Basic terms U.K.

105 “Leasing”, “overseas leasing” etc. U.K.

(1) In this Chapter—

(a) “leasing” includes letting a ship or aircraft on charter or letting any other asset on hire, and

(b) references to a lease include a sub-lease (and references to a lessor or lessee are to be read accordingly).

(2) Plant or machinery is used for overseas leasing if it is used for the purpose of being leased to a person who—

(a) is not resident in the United Kingdom, and

(b) does not use the plant or machinery exclusively for earning profits chargeable to tax.

(3) In this Chapter “profits chargeable to tax”—

(a) includes profits chargeable under section 830(4) of ICTA (profits from exploration and exploitation of the seabed etc.), but

(b) excludes profits arising to a person who, under double taxation arrangements, is afforded or is entitled to claim any relief from the tax chargeable on those profits.

(4) “Double taxation arrangements” means arrangements specified in an Order in Council making any such provisions as are referred to in section 788 of ICTA.

(5) “Protected leasing” of plant or machinery means—

(a) short-term leasing of the plant or machinery (as defined in section 121), or

(b) if the plant or machinery is a ship, aircraft or transport container, the use of the ship, aircraft or transport container for a qualifying purpose under section 123 or 124 (letting on charter to UK resident etc.).

(6) In this Chapter “qualifying activity” includes (subject to any provision to the contrary) any activity listed in section 15(1) even if any profits or gains from it are not chargeable to tax.

106 The designated period U.K.

(1) Subject to subsection (2), the designated period, in relation to expenditure incurred by a person on the provision of plant or machinery, is the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which he first brought the plant or machinery into use.

(2) If the person who incurred the expenditure ceases to own the plant or machinery before the end of the 10 year period, the designated period ends on the date when he ceases to own it.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), a person is to be treated as continuing to own plant or machinery so long as it is owned by a person who—

(a) is connected with him, or

(b) acquired it from him as a result of one or more disposals on the occasion of which, or each of which, the qualifying activity carried on by the person making the disposal was treated as continuing under one of the relevant provisions of ICTA.

(4) “The relevant provisions of ICTA” means section 113(2) or 114(1) (effect of change in persons carrying on a trade etc.).

Certain expenditure to be pooled U.K.

107 The overseas leasing pool U.K.

(1) Qualifying expenditure to which this section applies, if allocated to a pool, must be allocated to a class pool (“the overseas leasing pool”).

(2) This section applies to qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is incurred on the provision of plant or machinery for leasing,

(b) the plant or machinery is at any time in the designated period used for overseas leasing which is not protected leasing, and

(c) the expenditure is not—

(i) long-life asset expenditure, or

(ii) expenditure that is required to be allocated to a single asset pool.

108 Effect of disposal to connected person on overseas leasing pool U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person who has incurred qualifying expenditure which has been allocated to an overseas leasing pool disposes of the plant or machinery to a connected person,

(b) the disposal is not an occasion on which the qualifying activity is treated as continuing under any of the relevant provisions of ICTA, and

(c) a disposal value is required to be brought into account on that occasion under this Part.

(2) The disposal value to be brought into account is—

(a) the market value of the plant or machinery at the time of the disposal, or

(b) if less, the qualifying expenditure incurred by the person disposing of the plant or machinery.

(3) The person acquiring the plant or machinery is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as having incurred expenditure on its provision of an amount equal to the disposal value given by subsection (2).

(4) “The relevant provisions of ICTA” means section 113(2), 114(1) or 343(2) (effect of change in persons carrying on a trade etc. or of company reconstruction).

Allowances reduced or, in certain cases, prohibited U.K.

109 Writing-down allowances at 10% U.K.

(1) The amount of the writing-down allowance to which a person is entitled for a chargeable period in respect of expenditure to which this section applies is 10% of the amount by which AQE exceeds TDR (see Chapter 5).

(2) This section applies to expenditure incurred on the provision of plant or machinery for leasing if—

(a) the plant or machinery is at any time in the designated period used for overseas leasing which is not protected leasing, and

(b) the expenditure is not long-life asset expenditure.

(3) Subsection (2) applies to expenditure even if the expenditure is in a single asset pool.

(4) Subsections (3) and (4) of section 56 (proportionate increases or reductions in amount in certain cases) apply for the purposes of subsection (1) of this section as they apply for the purposes of subsection (1) of that section.

110 Cases where allowances are prohibited U.K.

(1) A person is not entitled to any writing-down or balancing allowances in respect of qualifying expenditure which is within subsection (2).

(2) Expenditure is within this subsection if—

(a) it is incurred on the provision of plant or machinery for leasing,

(b) the plant or machinery is at any time in the designated period used for overseas leasing which is not protected leasing,

(c) the plant or machinery is used otherwise than for a qualifying purpose (see sections 122 to 125), and

(d) the lease is within any of the items in the list below.

List

Leases in relation to which allowances are prohibited

1.	The lease is expressed to be for a period of more than 13 years.
2.	The lease, or a separate agreement, provides for— (a) extending or renewing the lease, or (b) the grant of a new lease,making it possible for the plant or machinery to be leased for a period of more than 13 years.
3.	There is a period of more than one year between the dates on which any two consecutive payments become due under the lease.
4.	Any payments are due under the lease or a collateral agreement other than periodical payments.
5.	If payments due under the lease or a collateral agreement are expressed as monthly amounts due over a period, any payment due for that period is not the same as any of the others. But, for this purpose, ignore variations made under the terms of the lease which are attributable to changes in— (a) the rate of corporation tax or income tax, (b) the rate of capital allowances, (c) any rate of interest where the changes are linked to changes in the rate of interest applicable to inter-bank loans, or (d) the premiums charged for insurance of any description by a person who is not connected with the lessor or the lessee.
6.	The lessor or a person connected with the lessor will, or may in certain circumstances, become entitled at any time to receive from the lessee or any other person a payment, other than a payment of insurance money, which is— (a) of an amount determined before the expiry of the lease, and (b) referable to a value of the plant or machinery at or after the expiry of the lease. For this purpose, it does not matter whether the payment relates to a disposal of the plant or machinery.

(3) In items 4 and 5 of the list “collateral agreement” means an agreement which might reasonably be construed as being collateral to the lease.

Recovery of excess allowances U.K.

111 Excess allowances: standard recovery mechanism U.K.

(1) If—

(a) expenditure incurred by a person in providing plant or machinery has qualified for a first-year allowance or a normal writing-down allowance, and

(b) at any time in the designated period, the plant or machinery is used for overseas leasing which is not protected leasing,

the following provisions of this section have effect in relation to the person who is the owner of the plant or machinery when it is first so used.

(2) For the chargeable period in which the plant or machinery is first used as described in subsection (1)(b), the owner is—

(a) liable to a balancing charge of an amount given by subsection (4), and

(b) required to bring into account a disposal value of an amount given by that subsection.

(3) For the chargeable period following that in which the plant or machinery is first used as described in subsection (1)(b), an amount given by subsection (4) is to be allocated to whatever pool is appropriate for plant or machinery which is of that description and is provided for leasing and used for overseas leasing.

(4) The amounts are—

The balancing charge

The amount, if any, by which F + N exceeds T, where—

F is the amount of any first-year allowance made in respect of the qualifying expenditure referred to in subsection (1)(a) (“E”),

N is the total of any normal writing-down allowances made in respect of E for the relevant chargeable periods, and

T is the total of the allowances that could have been made for the relevant chargeable periods if no first-year allowance or normal writing-down allowances had been or could have been made.

The disposal value

The amount, if any, by which E exceeds (F + N), where E, F and N have the meaning given in relation to the amount of the balancing charge.

The amount to be allocated to the pool

The aggregate of the balancing charge and the disposal value.

(5) For the purpose of calculating N, the normal writing-down allowances that were made in respect of expenditure on an item of plant or machinery are to be determined as if that item were the only item of plant or machinery in relation to which Chapter 5 had effect.

(6) “The relevant chargeable periods” means the chargeable period in which the qualifying expenditure was incurred and any subsequent chargeable period up to and including the one in which the plant or machinery was first used as described in subsection (1)(b).

112 Excess allowances: connected persons U.K.

(1) Section 111 applies with the modifications in subsections (2) to (4) in a case in which—

(a) the owner acquired the plant or machinery as a result of a transaction between connected persons (or a series of transactions each of which was between connected persons),

(b) none of the relevant provisions of ICTA under which the qualifying activity might have been treated as continuing has applied in respect of the transaction (or transactions), and

(c) any of the connected persons is a person to whom—

(i) a first-year allowance or a normal writing-down allowance has been made in respect of expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, or

(ii) a balancing allowance has been made in respect of such expenditure without a first-year allowance or normal writing-down allowance having been claimed.

(2) For the purposes of section 111(2) and (3)—

• E is the amount of the expenditure in respect of which an allowance within subsection (1)(c) has been made,

• F is the amount of any first-year allowance within subsection (1)(c), and

• N is the amount of any normal writing-down allowance or balancing allowance within subsection (1)(c).

(3) For the purposes of section 111(2) and (3), any consideration paid or received on a disposal of the plant or machinery between the connected persons is to be disregarded.

(4) If a balancing allowance or a balancing charge has been made in respect of any of the transactions, the amount representing F + N is to be adjusted in a just and reasonable manner.

(5) “The relevant provisions of ICTA” means section 113(2), 114(1) or 343(2) (effect of change in persons carrying on a trade etc. or of company reconstruction).

113 Excess allowances: special provision for ships U.K.

(1) If the plant or machinery referred to in section 111 is a ship—

(a) no allowance is to be made in respect of the ship under section 131(3) (postponed allowances) for the first chargeable period of overseas use or any subsequent chargeable period,

(b) nothing in section 132(2) (disposal events and single ship pool) restricts the operation of section 111, and

(c) the amount of any first-year or writing-down allowance in respect of the ship which has been postponed under section 130 and not made is to be allocated to a long-life asset pool or an overseas leasing pool for the chargeable period following the first chargeable period of overseas use.

(2) “The first chargeable period of overseas use” means the chargeable period in which the plant or machinery is first used for overseas leasing which is not protected leasing.

Recovery of allowances given in cases where prohibition applies U.K.

114 Prohibited allowances: standard recovery mechanism U.K.

(1) If—

(a) a first-year allowance, a writing-down allowance or a balancing allowance has been made in respect of expenditure incurred in providing plant or machinery, and

(b) at any time in the designated period, an event occurs such that the expenditure is brought within section 110(2) (cases where allowances are prohibited),

the following provisions have effect in relation to the person owning the plant or machinery immediately before that event.

(2) For the chargeable period in which the event occurs, the owner is—

(a) liable to a balancing charge of an amount equal to A — R, and

(b) required to bring into account a disposal value of an amount equal to E - (A - R).

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2)—

• A is the amount of any allowances within subsection (1)(a),

• R is any amount previously recovered under section 111 or 112 (recovery of excess allowances), and

• E is the amount of the expenditure referred to in subsection (1)(a).

(4) For the purpose of calculating A, the amount of the allowances made in respect of expenditure on an item of plant or machinery is to be determined as if that item were the only item of plant or machinery in relation to which Chapter 5 had effect.

115 Prohibited allowances: connected persons U.K.

(1) Section 114 applies with the modifications in subsection (2) in a case in which—

(a) an amount falls to be treated as a balancing charge under that section,

(b) the person on whom the balancing charge is to be imposed acquired the plant or machinery in question as a result of a transaction between connected persons (or a series of transactions each of which was between connected persons),

(c) none of the relevant provisions of ICTA under which the qualifying activity might have been treated as continuing has applied in respect of the transaction (or transactions), and

(d) a first-year allowance, a writing-down allowance or a balancing allowance in respect of expenditure on the provision of that plant or machinery has been made to any of those persons.

(2) For the purpose of calculating the balancing charge—

(a) A is the amount of any allowances within subsection (1)(d),

(b) any consideration paid or received on a disposal of the plant or machinery between the connected persons is to be disregarded, and

(c) if a balancing allowance or a balancing charge has been made in respect of any of the transactions, A is to be adjusted in a just and reasonable manner.

(3) “The relevant provisions of ICTA” means section 113(2), 114(1) or 343(2) (effect of change in persons carrying on a trade etc. or of company reconstruction).

Application of Chapter in relation to joint lessees U.K.

116 Mitigation of regime U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) plant or machinery is leased to two or more persons jointly,

(b) at least one of them is a person who—

(i) is not resident in the United Kingdom, and

(ii) does not use the plant or machinery exclusively for earning profits chargeable to tax, and

(c) the leasing is not protected leasing.

(2) Subsection (3) applies if, at any time when the plant or machinery is leased as described in subsection (1), the lessees use the plant or machinery for the purposes of a qualifying activity or activities but not for leasing.

(3) The expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery is to be treated as not subject to sections 107, 109 and 110 if, and to the extent to which, it appears that the profits of the qualifying activity or activities will be chargeable to tax throughout—

(a) the designated period, or

(b) if shorter, the period of the lease.

(4) Subsection (5) applies if, under subsection (3), part of the expenditure is treated as not subject to section 107, 109 or 110.

(5) Whether or not the plant or machinery continues to be leased as described in subsection (1), Chapters 5 (allowances and charges) and 10 (long-life assets) and this Chapter have effect as if—

(a) the part of the expenditure that is not subject to section 107, 109 or 110 were expenditure on the provision of a separate item of plant or machinery, and

(b) the rest were expenditure which has been incurred on the provision of another item of plant or machinery (and which is subject to those sections).

(6) All such apportionments are to be made as are necessary as a result of subsection (5).

117 Recovery of allowances in case of joint lessees U.K.

(1) If—

(a) expenditure is incurred on the provision of plant or machinery which is leased as described in section 116(1),

(b) the whole or a part of the expenditure has qualified for a normal writing-down allowance under section 116(3),

(c) at any time in the designated period while the plant or machinery is so leased, no lessee uses the plant or machinery for the purposes of a qualifying activity or activities the profits of which are chargeable to tax, and

(d) section 114 (recovery of prohibited allowances) does not apply at that time and has not applied at any earlier time,

sections 111 and 112 (recovery of excess allowances) apply as if the plant or machinery or (as the case may be) the separate item of plant or machinery referred to in section 116(5)(a) had at that time begun to be used for overseas leasing which is not protected leasing.

(2) If—

(a) the whole or a part of any expenditure has qualified for—

(i) a normal writing-down allowance otherwise than as a result of section 116(3), or

(ii) a first-year allowance,

(b) subsequently, but during the designated period, the plant or machinery is leased as described in section 116(1),

(c) at any time in the designated period while the plant or machinery is so leased, no lessee uses the plant or machinery for the purposes of a qualifying activity or activities the profits of which are chargeable to tax, and

(d) section 114 (recovery of prohibited allowances) does not apply at that time and has not applied at any earlier time,

sections 111 and 112 (recovery of excess allowances) apply as if the plant or machinery (and not any separate item of plant or machinery referred to in section 116(5)(a)) had at that time begun to be used for overseas leasing which is not protected leasing.

(3) Subsections (4) and (5) apply if—

(a) expenditure is incurred on the provision of plant or machinery which is leased as described in section 116(1),

(b) the whole or a part of the expenditure has qualified for a normal writing-down allowance under section 116(3),

(c) at the end of the designated period, the plant or machinery is leased as described in section 116(1) but subsection (1) has not had effect, and

(d) it appears that the extent to which the plant or machinery has been used for the purposes of a qualifying activity or activities the profits of which are chargeable to tax is less than the extent of such use taken into account in determining the amount of the expenditure which qualified for a normal writing-down allowance.

(4) Sections 111 and 112 (recovery of excess allowances) apply as if—

(a) a part of the expenditure corresponding to the reduction in the extent of use referred to in subsection (3)(d) were expenditure on the provision of a separate item of plant or machinery, and

(b) the separate item of plant or machinery had been used, on the last day of the designated period, for overseas leasing which is not protected leasing.

(5) Any disposal value subsequently brought into account under this Part in respect of the plant or machinery must be apportioned by reference to the extent of its use (determined at the end of the designated period) for the purposes of a qualifying activity or activities the profits of which are chargeable to tax.

(6) If an apportionment is made under subsection (5), section 116(6) does not apply.

Duties to supply information U.K.

118 Certificate relating to protected leasing U.K.

(1) If—

(a) expenditure is incurred on the provision of plant or machinery, and

(b) before the expenditure has qualified for a normal writing-down allowance, the plant or machinery is used for overseas leasing which is protected leasing,

a claim for a writing-down allowance which takes account of that expenditure must be accompanied by a certificate.

(2) The certificate must specify—

(a) the description of protected leasing,

(b) the person to whom the plant or machinery has been leased, and

(c) if the certificate is given by reference to a chargeable period, all the items of plant or machinery (if more than one) relevant to that period.

(3) Subsection (1) applies, for the purposes of claims to first-year allowances, as if the references to a normal writing-down allowance and to a writing-down allowance included a first-year allowance.

(4) But nothing in subsection (3) prevents subsection (1) from continuing to apply if the use for protected leasing occurs after the expenditure has qualified for one allowance and before it qualifies for another.

119 Notice of change of use of plant or machinery U.K.

(1) If—

(a) any expenditure on plant or machinery has qualified for a first-year allowance or a normal writing-down allowance, and

(b) the plant or machinery is subsequently used at any time in the designated period for overseas leasing which is not protected leasing,

the person who then owns the plant or machinery must give notice of the fact to the Inland Revenue.

(2) The notice must specify—

(a) the person who is not resident in the United Kingdom to whom the plant or machinery has been leased, and

(b) if the notice is given by reference to a chargeable period, all the items of plant or machinery (if more than one) relevant to that period.

(3) The notice must be given—

(a) no later than 3 months after the end of the chargeable period in which the plant or machinery is first used for overseas leasing which is not protected leasing, or

(b) if at the end of the 3 months the person required to give the notice does not know and cannot reasonably be expected to know that the plant or machinery is being so used, within 30 days of coming to know of it.

120 Notice and joint lessees U.K.

(1) If expenditure is incurred on the provision of plant or machinery which is leased as described in section 116(1) (joint lessees: mitigation of regime), the lessor must give notice to the Inland Revenue.

(2) A notice under subsection (1) must specify—

(a) the names and addresses of the persons to whom the asset is jointly leased,

(b) the part of the expenditure properly attributable to each of them, and

(c) which of them (so far as the lessor knows) is resident in the United Kingdom.

(3) If circumstances occur such that section 117(1) or (2) (recovery of allowances) applies, the person who is then the lessor must give notice of the fact to the Inland Revenue.

(4) A notice under subsection (3) must specify—

(a) any of the joint lessees who is not resident in the United Kingdom to whom the plant or machinery has been leased, and

(b) if it is given by reference to a chargeable period, all the items of plant or machinery (if more than one) relevant to that period.

(5) A notice under this section must be given—

(a) no later than 3 months after the end of the chargeable period in which the plant or machinery is first leased as described in section 116(1) or (as the case may be) in which the circumstances referred to in subsection (3) occur, or

(b) if at the end of the 3 months the person required to give the notice does not know and cannot reasonably be expected to know that the plant or machinery is being so used, within 30 days of coming to know of it.

Qualifying purposes U.K.

121 Meaning of “short-term leasing” U.K.

(1) Leasing of plant or machinery is short-term leasing if—

(a) the number of consecutive days for which it is leased to the same person will normally be less than 30, and

(b) the total number of days for which it is leased to that person in any period of 12 months will normally be less than 90.

(2) Leasing of plant or machinery is also short-term leasing if—

(a) the number of consecutive days for which the plant or machinery is leased to the same person will not normally exceed 365, and

(b) the total length of the periods for which it is leased in any consecutive period of 4 years within the designated period to lessees in circumstances not falling within section 125(4) (other qualifying purposes: non-leasing use) will not exceed 2 years.

(3) If any plant or machinery is leased as a number of items which—

(a) form part of a group of items of the same or a similar description, and

(b) are not separately identifiable,

all items in the group may be treated as used for short-term leasing if substantially the whole of the items in the group are so used.

(4) For the purposes of subsections (1) and (2) persons who are connected with each other are to be treated as the same person.

122 Short-term leasing by buyer, lessee, etc. U.K.

(1) Plant or machinery is used for a qualifying purpose at any time when any of the persons listed in subsection (2) uses it for short-term leasing (as defined by section 121).

(2) The persons are—

(a) the person (“X”) who incurred expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery;

(b) a person who is connected with X;

(c) a person who acquired the plant or machinery from X as a result of—

(i) a disposal on the occasion of which, or

(ii) two or more disposals on the occasion of each of which,

the qualifying activity carried on by the person making the disposal was treated as continuing under one of the relevant provisions of ICTA;

(d) a person to whom the plant or machinery is leased and who is resident in the United Kingdom;

(e) a person to whom the plant or machinery is leased, who is carrying on a qualifying activity in the United Kingdom and who uses the plant or machinery for the short-term leasing in the course of that activity.

(3) “The relevant provisions of ICTA” means section 113(2) or 114(1) (effect of change in persons carrying on a trade etc.).

123 Ships and aircraft U.K.

(1) A ship is used for a qualifying purpose at any time when it is let on charter in the course of a trade which consists of or includes operating ships by a person who is—

(a) resident in the United Kingdom or carries on the trade there, and

(b) responsible for navigating and managing the ship throughout the period of the charter and for defraying—

(i) all expenses in connection with the ship throughout that period, or

(ii) substantially all such expenses other than those directly incidental to a particular voyage or to the employment of the ship during that period.

(2) Subsection (1) applies, with the necessary modifications, in relation to aircraft as it applies in relation to ships.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1)(b) a person is responsible for something if he—

(a) is responsible as principal, or

(b) appoints another person to be responsible in his place.

(4) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply if the main object, or one of the main objects—

(a) of the letting of the ship or aircraft on charter,

(b) of a series of transactions of which the letting of the ship or aircraft on charter was one, or

(c) of any of the transactions in such a series,

was to obtain a writing-down allowance determined without regard to section 109 (writing-down allowances at 10%) in respect of expenditure incurred by any person on the provision of the ship or aircraft.

124 Transport containers U.K.

(1) A transport container is used for a qualifying purpose at any time when it is leased in the course of a trade which is carried on by a person who—

(a) is resident in the United Kingdom, or

(b) carries on the trade there,

and either of the conditions given below is met.

(2) The first condition is that—

(a) the person’s trade consists of or includes the operation of ships or aircraft, and

(b) the container is at other times used by that person in connection with the operation of the ships or aircraft.

(3) The second condition is that the container is leased under a succession of leases to different persons who are not, or most of whom are not, connected with each other.

125 Other qualifying purposes U.K.

(1) Plant or machinery is used for a qualifying purpose at any time when subsection (2) or (4) applies.

(2) This subsection applies if any of the persons listed in subsection (3) uses the plant or machinery for the purpose of a qualifying activity without leasing it.

(3) The persons are—

(a) the person (“X”) who incurred expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery;

(b) a person who is connected with X;

(c) a person who acquired the plant or machinery from X as a result of—

(i) a disposal on the occasion of which, or

(ii) two or more disposals on the occasion of each of which,

the qualifying activity carried on by the person making the disposal was treated as continuing under one of the relevant provisions of ICTA.

(4) This subsection applies if—

(a) a lessee uses the plant or machinery for the purposes of a qualifying activity without leasing it, and

(b) if he had incurred expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery at that time, the expenditure would have fallen to be included, in whole or in part, in his available qualifying expenditure for a chargeable period.

(5) “The relevant provisions of ICTA” means section 113(2) or 114(1) (effect of change in persons carrying on a trade etc.).

Minor definitions U.K.

126 Minor definitions U.K.

(1) In this Chapter “normal writing-down allowance” means a writing-down allowance of an amount determined without regard to sections 102 and 109 (reduced rates).

(2) In this Chapter any reference, in relation to any person, to expenditure having qualified for a normal writing-down allowance is to—

(a) the expenditure, or part of it, having fallen to be included in that person’s available qualifying expenditure for any chargeable period, and

(b) that available qualifying expenditure being expenditure which is not subject to section 102 or 109.

(3) Any reference in this Chapter to a person’s expenditure having qualified for a first-year allowance is to such an allowance having fallen to be made in respect of the whole or any part of the expenditure.

Chapter 12 U.K. Ships

Pooling and postponement of allowances U.K.

127 Single ship pool U.K.

(1) Qualifying expenditure incurred on the provision of a ship for the purposes of a qualifying activity, if allocated to a pool, must be allocated to a single asset pool (a “single ship pool”).

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to the exceptions given in section 128 and any election under section 129 to use the appropriate non-ship pool.

(3) In this Chapter “the appropriate non-ship pool”, in relation to a ship, means the pool to which the expenditure incurred on the provision of the ship would be allocated, or would have been allocated, apart from this Chapter.

128 Expenditure which is not to be allocated to single ship pool U.K.

(1) The expenditure is not to be allocated to a single ship pool if the ship is provided for leasing unless—

(a) the ship is not used for overseas leasing at any time in the designated period, or if it is, is used only for protected leasing, and

(b) it appears that the ship will be used for a qualifying purpose in the designated period and will not be used for any other purpose at any time in that period.

(2) The expenditure is not to be allocated to a single ship pool if the qualifying activity for the purposes of which the ship is provided is special leasing of plant or machinery.

(3) In subsection (1) “leasing”, “overseas leasing”, “protected leasing”, “qualifying purpose” and “designated period” have the same meaning as in Chapter 11 (overseas leasing).

129 Election to use the appropriate non-ship pool U.K.

(1) A person who has incurred qualifying expenditure on the provision of a ship may, by an election made for a chargeable period, allocate to the appropriate non-ship pool—

(a) all or a part of any qualifying expenditure that would otherwise be allocated to a single ship pool, or

(b) all or a part of the available qualifying expenditure in a single ship pool.

(2) An election under this section must be made by notice given to the Inland Revenue—

(a) for income tax purposes, on or before the normal time limit for amending a tax return for the tax year in which the relevant chargeable period ends;

(b) for corporation tax purposes, no later than 2 years after the end of the relevant chargeable period.

(3) “The relevant chargeable period” means the chargeable period for which the election is made.

130 Notice postponing first-year or writing-down allowance U.K.

(1) A person who is entitled to a first-year allowance for a chargeable period in respect of qualifying expenditure on the provision of a ship may, by notice, postpone all or part of the allowance.

(2) A person who is entitled to a writing-down allowance for a chargeable period in respect of qualifying expenditure allocated to a single ship pool may, by notice, postpone all or part of the allowance.

(3) A notice under this section must specify the amount postponed.

(4) A notice under this section must be given to the Inland Revenue—

(a) for income tax purposes, on or before the normal time limit for amending a tax return for the tax year in which the relevant chargeable period ends;

(b) for corporation tax purposes, no later than 2 years after the end of the relevant chargeable period.

(5) “The relevant chargeable period” means the chargeable period for which the person is entitled to the allowance.

(6) If a person entitled to a first-year allowance in respect of qualifying expenditure on the provision of a ship claims the allowance in respect of part of the expenditure, subsection (1) applies to the allowance claimed.

(7) If a person entitled to a writing-down allowance in respect of qualifying expenditure allocated to a single ship pool requires the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount, subsection (2) applies to the allowance as so reduced.

131 Effect of postponement U.K.

(1) If a person gives notice in respect of a chargeable period under section 130—

(a) the allowance is withheld or withdrawn to the extent that it is postponed, but

(b) sections 57 to 59 (calculation of available qualifying expenditure) apply as if the allowance had been made to the person without any postponement.

(2) On making a claim, the person is entitled to have all or part of a postponed first-year allowance made to him as a first-year allowance for one or more subsequent chargeable periods in which he is carrying on the qualifying activity.

(3) On making a claim, the person is entitled to have all or part of a postponed writing-down allowance made to him as a writing-down allowance for one or more subsequent chargeable periods in which he is carrying on the qualifying activity.

(4) The total amount of any first-year allowances made under subsection (2) or writing-down allowances made under subsection (3) must not exceed the amount of the postponed allowance in question.

(5) A writing-down allowance made under subsection (3) is ignored for the purposes of section 59 (unrelieved qualifying expenditure).

(6) The fact that a postponed writing-down allowance is claimed for a chargeable period does not affect entitlement to, or the amount of, any other writing-down allowance to which the person is otherwise entitled for that chargeable period.

(7) A postponed allowance is not, merely because of the postponement, included in the reference in section 403ZB(2) of ICTA (group relief) to an allowance or amount carried forward from an earlier period.

132 Disposal events and single ship pool U.K.

(1) A person is required to bring a disposal value into account in a single ship pool if the ship—

(a) is provided for leasing, and

(b) begins to be used otherwise than for a qualifying purpose within the first 4 years of the designated period.

(2) If any disposal event (including one under subsection (1)) occurs in relation to a single ship pool—

(a) the available qualifying expenditure in the single ship pool is allocated, for the chargeable period in which the event occurs, to the appropriate non-ship pool,

(b) the disposal value must be brought into account as a disposal value for that chargeable period in the appropriate non-ship pool, and

(c) the single ship pool ends without a final chargeable period and without any liability to a balancing charge arising.

(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply even if, as a result of an election under section 129, some of the qualifying expenditure on the provision of the ship has been allocated to the appropriate non-ship pool.

(4) In subsection (1) “leasing”, “qualifying purpose” and “designated period” have the same meaning as in Chapter 11 (overseas leasing).

133 Ship not used U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person has incurred qualifying expenditure on the provision of a ship for the purposes of a qualifying activity, and

(b) the ship ceases to be owned by the person without having been brought into use for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

(2) Any writing-down allowances that have previously been made in respect of qualifying expenditure in the single ship pool (or which have been postponed) must be withdrawn.

(3) The amount of any writing-down allowances withdrawn under subsection (2) is allocated, for the chargeable period in which the person ceases to own the ship, to the appropriate non-ship pool.

(4) Any adjustments required by this section are in addition to any adjustments required under section 132 (disposal events and single ship pool).

Deferment of balancing charges U.K.

134 Deferment of balancing charges: introduction U.K.

(1) Sections 135 to 156 enable a balancing charge that arises when there is a disposal event in respect of a ship to be deferred and attributed to qualifying expenditure on another ship.

(2) In this Chapter “the deferment rules” means sections 135 to 156.

135 Claim for deferment U.K.

(1) A person (“the shipowner”) who is liable to a balancing charge for a chargeable period may claim deferment of all or part of the charge if—

(a) in the chargeable period there is a disposal event (“the relevant disposal event”) in respect of a ship (“the old ship”),

(b) the old ship—

(i) was provided for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by the shipowner, and

(ii) was owned by the shipowner at some time in the chargeable period, and

(c) the conditions in section 136 are met.

(2) The amount which may be deferred is subject to the limit in section 138.

(3) For income tax purposes, a claim for deferment must be made on or before the normal time limit for amending a tax return for the tax year in which the relevant chargeable period ends.

(4) “The relevant chargeable period” means the chargeable period for which the shipowner is liable to the balancing charge.

(5) For corporation tax purposes, Part IX of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 applies in relation to the making of a claim for deferment as it applies in relation to the making of a claim for an allowance.

136 Further conditions for deferment U.K.

The conditions referred to in section 135(1)(c) are that—

(a) the relevant disposal event is of a kind mentioned in section 61(1)(a) to (d) (cessation of ownership, loss, abandonment, destruction etc. of ship),

(b) the old ship was a qualifying ship immediately before the relevant disposal event,

(c) the shipowner has not incurred a loss in respect of the qualifying activity for the chargeable period for which he is liable to the balancing charge, and

(d) no amount in respect of the old ship has been allocated to—

(i) the overseas leasing pool,

(ii) a single asset pool under section 206 (plant or machinery provided or used partly for purposes other than those of the qualifying activity),

(iii) a single asset pool under section 211 (payment of partial depreciation subsidy), or

(iv) a pool for a qualifying activity consisting of special leasing.

137 Effect of deferment U.K.

A claim for deferment is given effect by allocating the amount deferred, for the chargeable period in respect of which the claim is made, to the appropriate non-ship pool.

138 Limit on amount deferred U.K.

(1) The amount deferred must not exceed the smallest of the following amounts—

(a) the amount of any balancing charge which, if the claim for deferment had not been made, would have been made for the chargeable period for which deferment is claimed in the appropriate non-ship pool;

(b) the amount given by section 139 (amount taken into account in respect of the old ship);

(c) the amount which is, or is expected to be, the amount of expenditure on new shipping incurred—

(i) by the shipowner or, if the shipowner is a company, by another company which is a member of the same group at the time when the expenditure is incurred, and

(ii) within the period of 6 years beginning with the relevant disposal event;

(d) the amount of the shipowner’s profits or income from the qualifying activity for the chargeable period for which deferment is claimed.

(2) In determining profits or income for the purposes of subsection (1)(d)—

(a) any other amounts deferred under section 135 are to be taken into account, and

(b) any amounts brought forward under section 385 or 393 of ICTA (losses) are to be disregarded.

139 Amount taken into account in respect of old ship U.K.

(1) The amount taken into account in respect of the old ship for the purposes of section 138(1)(b) is—

(a) amount A, if no election has been made under section 129 (election to use appropriate non-ship pool) in respect of any of the qualifying expenditure incurred on the provision of the ship, or

(b) amount B, in any other case.

(2) Amount A is the amount which falls to be brought into account as a disposal value in the appropriate non-ship pool under section 132(2)(b) as a result of the relevant disposal event, less the available qualifying expenditure allocated to the appropriate non-ship pool under section 132(2)(a).

(3) Amount B is—

where—

DV is the amount of the disposal value required to be brought into account in respect of the old ship,

QE is all the qualifying expenditure incurred in respect of the old ship,

WDA is the maximum amount of any writing-down allowances which (on the assumptions in subsection (4)) could have been made in respect of that qualifying expenditure for chargeable periods up to (but not including) the one in respect of which the claim for deferment is made, and

FYA is the total of any first-year allowances actually made or postponed in respect of the old ship.

(4) The assumptions are that—

(a) all the qualifying expenditure in respect of the old ship is (and has always been) allocated to the appropriate non-ship pool, and

(b) no other qualifying expenditure has been allocated to that pool.

(5) If an election is made under section 129 (election to use appropriate non-ship pool) after the determination under this section of the amount taken into account in respect of the old ship, the amount is, and is treated as always having been, amount B and not amount A.

Attribution of deferred amounts U.K.

140 Notice attributing deferred amounts to new expenditure U.K.

(1) The shipowner may, by notice to the Inland Revenue, attribute all or part of an amount deferred under section 135 to expenditure on new shipping.

(2) An amount attributed under this section is attributed to an equal amount of the expenditure on new shipping.

(3) Subsection (1) is subject to subsections (4) and (5) and section 141 (deferred amounts attributed to earlier expenditure first).

(4) Subsection (1) applies only if the expenditure on new shipping is incurred—

(a) by the shipowner or, if the shipowner is a company, by another company which is a member of the same group at the time when the expenditure is incurred, and

(b) within the period of 6 years beginning with the relevant disposal event.

(5) An amount may be attributed to expenditure on new shipping only to the extent that amounts have not already been attributed to it under this section.

(6) A notice given in respect of expenditure incurred by another company does not have effect unless the other company joins the shipowner in giving it.

141 Deferred amounts attributed to earlier expenditure first U.K.

(1) No part of an amount deferred under section 135 is to be attributed to the whole or a part of any expenditure on new shipping (“the current expenditure”) if there is other expenditure (“the earlier expenditure”) which—

(a) was incurred before the current expenditure but at the same time as or after the relevant disposal event,

(b) was incurred by the shipowner or, if the shipowner is a company, by another company which was a member of the same group at the time the earlier expenditure was incurred, and

(c) is expenditure on new shipping, or would be treated as such but for an election under section 129 (election to use appropriate non-ship pool),

unless the condition in subsection (2) is met in relation to the earlier expenditure.

(2) The condition is that—

(a) amounts have been attributed to all the earlier expenditure under section 140, and

(b) the attributions have been made in the case of the amount deferred and any other amounts deferred under section 135 as a result of disposal events occurring at the same time as or before the relevant disposal event.

142 Variation of attribution U.K.

(1) The shipowner may, by notice, vary an attribution under section 140 (notice attributing deferred amounts to new expenditure).

(2) The notice must be given to the Inland Revenue on or before the time limit for the shipowner to make a claim for deferment in respect of the relevant chargeable period.

(3) For the time limit for making a claim for deferment, see section 135(3) to (5).

(4) For the purposes of subsection (2), it is to be assumed that—

(a) the shipowner is liable to a balancing charge for the relevant chargeable period, and

(b) a claim for deferment of that balancing charge can be made for the relevant chargeable period.

(5) “The relevant chargeable period” means the earliest chargeable period in which expenditure to which the variation relates is incurred.

(6) If the person to whose expenditure the notice relates is not the shipowner, a notice under subsection (1) does not have effect unless the person joins the shipowner in giving it.

143 Effect of attribution U.K.

(1) This section applies if a notice is given under section 140 attributing an amount to expenditure on new shipping.

(2) The amount must be brought into account as a disposal value—

(a) for the chargeable period in which the expenditure is incurred, and

(b) in the single ship pool to which the expenditure is allocated.

144 Amounts which cease to be attributable U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) an amount has been deferred under section 135, and

(b) circumstances arise in which any part of the amount ceases (otherwise than by being attributed) to be attributable.

(2) The shipowner is assumed not to have been entitled to defer so much of the amount as ceases to be attributable.

(3) For the purposes of this section an amount is attributable if it may be attributed to expenditure on new shipping in accordance with section 140.

145 Requirement to notify where no entitlement to defer amounts U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) an amount has been deferred under section 135, and

(b) circumstances arise that require the shipowner to be treated as if he was not entitled to defer all or part of the amount.

(2) The shipowner must give notice of the fact to the Inland Revenue, specifying the circumstances.

(3) The notice must be given no later than 3 months after the end of the chargeable period in which the circumstances first arise.

(4) An assessment to tax chargeable as a result of the circumstances may be made at any time in the period which—

(a) begins when those circumstances arise, and

(b) ends 12 months after the shipowner gives notice of them to the Inland Revenue.

(5) Subsection (4) applies in spite of any limitation on the time for making assessments.

Expenditure on new shipping U.K.

146 Basic meaning of expenditure on new shipping U.K.

(1) For the purposes of the deferment rules, expenditure on the provision of a ship is expenditure on new shipping if the conditions in subsection (3) are met.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to sections 147 to 150.

(3) The conditions are that—

(a) the expenditure is qualifying expenditure incurred by a person wholly and exclusively for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by him,

(b) when the expenditure is incurred, it appears that the ship will—

(i) be brought into use for the purposes of the qualifying activity as a qualifying ship, and

(ii) continue to be a qualifying ship for at least 3 years after that, and

(c) the expenditure is allocated to a single ship pool.

147 Exclusions: ship previously owned U.K.

(1) Expenditure on the provision of a ship is not expenditure on new shipping if the person who incurred the expenditure—

(a) has already owned the ship in the period of 6 years ending with the time when he first owns it as a result of incurring the expenditure, or

(b) was connected at a material time with a person who owned the ship at any time during that period.

(2) For this purpose a material time is—

(a) the time when the expenditure was incurred, or

(b) any earlier time in the 6 year period beginning with the relevant disposal event.

148 Exclusions: object to secure deferment U.K.

Expenditure on the provision of a ship is not expenditure on new shipping if the object, or one of the main objects, of—

(a) the transaction by which the ship was provided for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by the person who incurred the expenditure,

(b) any series of transactions of which that transaction was one, or

(c) any transaction in such a series,

was to secure the deferment of a balancing charge under section 135.

149 Exclusions: later events U.K.

(1) Expenditure on the provision of a ship is not, and is treated as never having been, expenditure on new shipping if—

(a) at a time during the period mentioned in subsection (2), the ship is not a qualifying ship,

(b) the expenditure is allocated to a pool as a result of an election under section 129 (election to use appropriate non-ship pool), or

(c) section 107 applies in relation to the expenditure (overseas leasing).

(2) The period referred to in subsection (1)(a) is—

(a) the period of 3 years beginning with the time when the ship is first brought into use for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on—

(i) by the person (“A”) who incurred the expenditure, or

(ii) if earlier, by a person connected with A, or

(b) if shorter, the period beginning with that time and ending when neither A nor a person connected with A owns the ship.

150 Exclusions where expenditure not incurred by shipowner U.K.

(1) Expenditure on the provision of a ship is not, and is treated as never having been, expenditure on new shipping if—

(a) it is incurred by a company which is a member of the same group as the shipowner at the time when the expenditure is incurred, and

(b) subsection (2) or (4) applies.

(2) This subsection applies (subject to subsection (3)) if—

(a) the ship ceases to be owned by the company before it has been brought into use for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by the company, or

(b) a disposal event occurs in respect of the ship within 3 years of its first being brought into use for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by the company.

(3) But subsection (2) does not apply if the event which would otherwise result in that subsection applying is, or is the result of, the total loss of the ship or irreparable damage to it.

(4) This subsection applies if—

(a) after the expenditure is incurred, there is a time when the company and the shipowner are not members of the same group, and

(b) if the ship is brought into use for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by the company, that time is within 3 years of the ship first being so brought into use.

(5) A time falling after the total loss of the ship or irreparable damage to it is to be disregarded for the purposes of subsection (4).

(6) In this section “irreparable damage”, in relation to a ship, means damage that puts it in a condition in which it is impossible, or not commercially worthwhile, to undertake the repairs required for restoring it to its previous use.

Qualifying ships U.K.

151 Basic meaning of qualifying ship U.K.

(1) For the purposes of the deferment rules, a ship is a qualifying ship if it is—

(a) of a sea-going kind, and

(b) registered as a ship with a gross tonnage of 100 tons or more in a register of shipping established and maintained under the law of any country or territory.

(2) This is subject to sections 152 to 154.

152 Ships under 100 tons U.K.

(1) This section applies if the relevant disposal event is, or results from—

(a) the total loss of the old ship, or

(b) damage to the old ship that puts it in a condition in which it is impossible, or not commercially worthwhile, to undertake the repairs required for restoring it to its previous use.

(2) A registered ship may be a qualifying ship for the purposes of—

(a) section 136(b) (further conditions for deferment), or

(b) sections 146(3)(b) and 149(1)(a) (expenditure on new shipping),

even if it is not registered as a ship with a gross tonnage of 100 tons or more.

(3) In subsection (2) “registered ship” means a ship registered in a register of shipping established and maintained under the law of any country or territory.

153 Ships which are not qualifying ships U.K.

(1) A ship is not a qualifying ship if the primary use to which ships of the same kind as that ship are put—

(a) by the persons who own them, or

(b) by others to whom they are made available,

is use for sport or recreation.

(2) A ship is not a qualifying ship at any time when—

(a) it is an offshore installation, or

(b) it would be such an installation if the activity for which it is to be established or maintained were carried on in or under controlled waters.

(3) “Offshore installation” and “controlled waters” have the same meaning as in the Mineral Workings (Offshore Installations) Act 1971 (c. 61).

154 Further registration requirement U.K.

(1) If—

(a) a person (“A”) has incurred expenditure on the provision of a ship, and

(b) there is a time in the qualifying period, but more than 3 months after the beginning of that period, when the ship is not registered in a relevant register,

the ship is not a qualifying ship after that time.

(2) The qualifying period is—

(a) the period of 3 years beginning with the time when the ship is first brought into use for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on—

(i) by A, or

(ii) if earlier, by a person connected with A, or

(b) if shorter, the period beginning with that time and ending when neither A nor a person connected with A owns the ship.

(3) In determining the qualifying period for the old ship, a qualifying activity carried on at any time by a person (“B”) is taken to be carried on at that time by a person connected with A if—

(a) it is subsequently carried on by A or a person connected with A, and

(b) the only changes in the persons carrying it on between the time that B does so and the time that A or a person connected with A does so are changes in respect of which, under section 113(2) or 343(2) of ICTA, the qualifying activity is not treated as having been discontinued.

(4) In this section “relevant register” means a register of shipping established and maintained—

(a) under the laws of any part of the British Islands, or

(b) under the laws of any country or territory which, at a time in the qualifying period for the ship, is an EEA State or a colony.

(5) “EEA State” means a State which is a contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area signed at Oporto on 2nd May 1992 as adjusted by the Protocol signed at Brussels on 17th March 1993 (except that for the period before the Agreement came into force in relation to Liechtenstein it does not include the State of Liechtenstein).

Deferment of balancing charges: supplementary provisions U.K.

155 Change in the persons carrying on the qualifying activity U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person is carrying on the qualifying activity previously carried on by the shipowner, and

(b) the only changes in the persons carrying on the qualifying activity since the shipowner carried it on are changes in respect of which, under section 113(2) or 343(2) of ICTA, it is not treated as having been discontinued.

(2) For the purposes of the deferment rules—

(a) expenditure incurred by a person mentioned in subsection (1)(a) for the purposes of the qualifying activity is to be treated as incurred by the shipowner, and

(b) in relation to the giving of any notice, a reference to the shipowner is to be read as a reference to the person carrying on the qualifying activity when the notice is given or is required to be given.

156 Connected persons U.K.

(1) For the purposes of the deferment rules a person (“B”) is connected with another person (“A”) at any time if, at that time—

(a) B is connected (in the sense given in section 839 of ICTA) with A,

(b) B is carrying on a qualifying activity previously carried on by A and the condition in subsection (2) is met, or

(c) B is connected (in the sense given in section 839 of ICTA) with a person who is carrying on a qualifying activity previously carried on by A and the condition in subsection (2) is met.

(2) The condition is that the only changes in the persons carrying on the qualifying activity since A carried it on are changes in respect of which, under section 113(2) or 343(2) of ICTA, the qualifying activity is not treated as having been discontinued.

(3) If expenditure is incurred by a person who is not the shipowner, the persons connected with him at any time include any person connected with the shipowner at that time as a result of subsection (1).

Further provisions U.K.

157 Adjustment of assessments etc. U.K.

(1) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to this Chapter.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply for the purposes of section 145 (see instead section 145(4) and (5)).

158 Members of same group U.K.

For the purposes of this Chapter two companies are members of the same group at any time if they would be treated as members of the same group of companies at that time for the purposes of Chapter IV of Part X of ICTA (group relief).

Chapter 13 U.K. Provisions affecting mining and oil industries

Expenditure connected with mineral extraction trades U.K.

159 Meaning of “mineral extraction trade” etc. U.K.

In this Chapter—

• “mineral extraction trade”, and

• “mineral exploration and access”

have the same meaning as in Part 5 (mineral extraction allowances).

160 Expenditure treated as incurred for purposes of mineral extraction trade U.K.

For the purposes of this Part, expenditure incurred by a person—

(a) on the provision of plant or machinery for mineral exploration and access, and

(b) in connection with a mineral extraction trade carried on by him,

is to be treated as incurred for the purposes of that trade.

161 Pre-trading expenditure on mineral exploration and access U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person—

(a) incurs pre-trading expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery for the purposes of mineral exploration and access, and

(b) owns the plant or machinery on the first day of trading.

But this is subject to subsection (5).

(2) The person is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as if he had—

(a) sold the plant or machinery immediately before the first day of trading, and

(b) on that first day incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery for the purposes of the trade.

(3) The amount of the capital expenditure that the person is to be treated as having incurred is an amount equal to—

(a) the pre-trading expenditure, or

(b) if there has been an actual sale and re-acquisition before the first day of trading, the amount last incurred on the provision of the plant or machinery.

(4) In this section—

(a) “pre-trading expenditure” means capital expenditure incurred before the day on which a person begins to carry on a mineral extraction trade, and

(b) “the first day of trading”, in relation to a person’s pre-trading expenditure, means the day on which that person begins to carry on the mineral extraction trade.

(5) This section does not apply if the plant or machinery on which the pre-trading expenditure was incurred is sold, demolished, destroyed or abandoned before the first day of trading (but see section 402 (mineral extraction allowances: pre-trading expenditure on plant or machinery)).

Yn ddilys o 11/05/2001

[F6 Expenditure connected with reuse etc. of offshore oil infrastructure U.K.

Textual Amendments

F6 Ss. 161A-161D and crossheading inserted (with effect as mentioned in Sch. 20 para. 9(1)-(4)(8) of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 68, Sch. 20 para. 5(1)

161A Meaning of “offshore infrastructure” U.K.

(1) In sections 161C and 161D “offshore infrastructure” means—

(a) an offshore installation within the meaning given by section 44 of the Petroleum Act 1998 (c. 17) or a part of such an installation, or

(b) something that would be, or would be a part of, an offshore installation within that meaning if in subsection (3) of that section “relevant waters” meant waters in a foreign sector of the continental shelf and other foreign tidal waters, or

(c) a pipeline within the meaning of section 26 of that Act, or a part of such a pipeline, that is in, under or over waters in—

(i) the territorial sea adjacent to the United Kingdom, or

(ii) an area designated under section 1(7) of the Continental Shelf Act 1964 (c. 29), or

(d) a pipeline within the meaning of section 26 of the Petroleum Act 1998 (c. 17), or a part of such a pipeline, that is in, under or over waters in a foreign sector of the continental shelf.

(2) In subsection (1)(b) and (d)—

• “foreign sector of the continental shelf” means an area within which rights are exercisable with respect to the sea bed and subsoil and their natural resources by a country or territory outside the United Kingdom;

• “foreign tidal waters” means tidal waters in an area within which rights are exercisable with respect to the bed and subsoil of the body of water in question and their natural resources by a country or territory outside the United Kingdom.

161B Meaning of “decommissioning expenditure” U.K.

(1) In sections 161C and 161D “decommissioning expenditure” means expenditure in connection with—

(a) preserving plant or machinery pending its reuse or demolition,

(b) preparing plant or machinery for reuse, or

(c) arranging for the reuse of plant or machinery.

(2) It is immaterial for the purposes of subsection (1)(a) whether the plant or machinery is reused, is demolished or is partly reused and partly demolished.

(3) It is immaterial for the purposes of subsection (1)(b) and (c) whether the plant or machinery is in fact reused.

161C Expenditure related to reuse etc. qualifies for writing-down allowances U.K.

(1) This section applies where—

(a) a person carrying on a trade of oil extraction incurs decommissioning expenditure, and

(b) the plant or machinery concerned—

(i) has been brought into use for the purposes of the trade, and

(ii) is, or was when last in use for those purposes, offshore infrastructure.

(2) The decommissioning expenditure is allocated to the appropriate pool for the chargeable period in which it is incurred.

(3) Subsection (2) is subject to sections 161D and 164(4).

(4) In subsection (2) “the appropriate pool” means the pool to which the expenditure on the plant or machinery concerned has been or would be allocated in accordance with this Part.

161D Exceptions to section 161C(2) U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) of section 161C does not apply to decommissioning expenditure on UK infrastructure unless it is incurred in connection with measures taken, wholly or substantially, in order to comply with—

(a) an abandonment programme within the meaning given by section 29 of the Petroleum Act 1998 (c. 17), or

(b) any condition to which the approval of such a programme is subject.

(2) Subsection (2) of section 161C does not apply to expenditure in respect of which an allowance or deduction could be made apart from that subsection in taxing, or computing, the person’s income for any tax purpose.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1), decommissioning expenditure is “on UK infrastructure” if the plant or machinery concerned—

(a) is offshore infrastructure within section 161A(1)(a) or (c), or

(b) is not offshore infrastructure but was offshore infrastructure within section 161A(1)(a) or (c) when last in use for the purposes of the trade.]

Provisions relating to ring fence trades U.K.

162 Ring fence trade a separate qualifying activity U.K.

(1) If a person carries on a ring fence trade, it is a separate qualifying activity for the purposes of this Part.

(2) In this Chapter “ring fence trade” means activities which—

(a) fall within any of paragraphs (a) to (c) of section 492(1) of ICTA (oil extraction activities, the acquisition, enjoyment or exploitation of oil rights, etc.), and

(b) constitute a separate trade (whether as a result of section 492(1) of ICTA or otherwise).

163 Meaning of “abandonment expenditure” U.K.

(1) In sections 164 and 165 “abandonment expenditure” means expenditure which meets the requirements in subsections (2) to (4).

(2) The expenditure must have been incurred—

(a) for the purposes of, or in connection with, the closing down of an oil field or of any part of an oil field, and

(b) on the demolition of plant or machinery—

(i) which has been brought into use for the purposes of a ring fence trade, and

(ii) which is, or forms part of, an offshore installation or a submarine pipeline.

(3) The demolition of the plant or machinery must be carried out, wholly or substantially, to comply with—

(a) an abandonment programme, or

(b) any condition to which the approval of an abandonment programme is subject.

(4) The plant or machinery must not be replaced.

(5) In this section—

(a) “oil field” has the same meaning as in Part I of OTA 1975, and

(b) “abandonment programme”, “offshore installation” and “submarine pipeline” have the same meaning as in Part IV of the Petroleum Act 1998 (c. 17).

164 Abandonment expenditure incurred before cessation of ring fence trade U.K.

(1) If a person carrying on a ring fence trade incurs abandonment expenditure, [F7 and the plant or machinery concerned has been brought into use for the purposes of that trade,] he may elect to have a special allowance made to him.

(2) The election—

(a) must be made by notice to the Inland Revenue no later than 2 years after the end of the chargeable period in which the abandonment expenditure is incurred, and

(b) is irrevocable.

(3) The election must specify—

(a) the abandonment expenditure to which it relates, and

(b) any amounts received for the remains of the plant or machinery in question.

(4) If a person makes an election under this section—

(a) he is entitled to a special allowance, of an amount equal to the net abandonment cost, for the chargeable period in which the abandonment expenditure is incurred, and

(b) section 26(3) (net cost of demolition added to existing pool where plant or machinery not replaced) does not apply.

(5) “The net abandonment cost” means the amount by which the abandonment expenditure to which the election relates exceeds any amounts received for the remains of the plant or machinery.

Textual Amendments

F7 Words in s. 164(1) inserted (retrospectively) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9) , s. 68 , Sch. 20 Pt. 2 paras. 7(2) , 9(9)

165 Abandonment expenditure within 3 years of ceasing ring fence trade U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person (“the former trader”) has ceased to carry on a ring fence trade,

(b) the former trader incurs abandonment expenditure F8 ... within the post-cessation period, and

(c) the abandonment expenditure is not otherwise deductible in calculating the income of the former trader for any tax purpose.

(2) “The post-cessation period” means the period of 3 years immediately following the last day on which the former trader carried on the ring fence trade.

(3) If this section applies—

(a) an amount equal to the relevant abandonment cost is allocated to the appropriate pool for the chargeable period in which the former trader ceased to carry on the ring fence trade, and

(b) any amount received within the post-cessation period for the remains of the plant or machinery does not constitute income of the former trader for any tax purpose.

(4) In subsection (3)—

• “the appropriate pool” means the pool to which the expenditure on the demolished plant or machinery has been allocated, and

• “the relevant abandonment cost” means the amount by which the abandonment expenditure exceeds any amounts received within the post-cessation period for the remains of the plant or machinery.

(5) All such adjustments, by discharge or repayment of tax or otherwise, are to be made as are necessary to give effect to this section.

Textual Amendments

F8 Words in s. 165(1)(b) repealed (retrospectively) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 68, 110, Sch. 20 Pt. 2 para. 8, Sch. 33 Pt. 2(5), Note 2, (with effect as mentioned in Sch. 20 para. 9(1)(5)(8))

Transfers of interests in oil fields: anti-avoidance U.K.

166 Transfers of interests in oil fields: anti-avoidance U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) there is, for the purposes of Schedule 17 to FA 1980, a transfer by a participator in an oil field of the whole or part of his interest in the field, and

(b) as part of the transfer, the old participator disposes of, and the new participator acquires—

(i) plant or machinery used, or expected to be used, in connection with the field, or

(ii) a share in such plant or machinery.

(2) The amount, if any, by which the new participator’s expenditure exceeds the old participator’s disposal value is to be left out of account in determining the new participator’s available qualifying expenditure.

(3) In subsection (2)—

(a) “the new participator’s expenditure” means the expenditure incurred by the new participator on the acquisition of the plant or machinery, and

(b) “the old participator’s disposal value” means the disposal value to be brought into account by the old participator as a result of the disposal of the plant or machinery to the new participator.

(4) In this section—

(a) “oil field” and “participator” have the same meaning as in Part I of OTA 1975,

(b) “the old participator” means the participator whose interest in the oil field is wholly or partly transferred, and

(c) “the new participator” means the person to whom the interest in the oil field is transferred.

(5) Nothing in this section affects the operation of Chapter 17 (anti-avoidance).

Oil production sharing contracts U.K.

167 Oil production sharing contracts U.K.

(1) Sections 168 to 170 apply if—

(a) a person (“the contractor”) is entitled to an interest in a contract made with, or with the authorised representative of, the government of a country or territory in which oil is or may be produced, and

(b) the contract provides (among other things) for any plant or machinery of a description specified in the contract which—

(i) is provided by the contractor, and

(ii) has an oil-related use under the contract,

to be transferred (immediately or later) to the government or representative.

(2) For the purposes of this section and sections 168 to 170, plant or machinery has an oil-related use if it is used—

(a) to explore for, win access to or extract oil,

(b) for the initial storage or treatment of oil, or

(c) for other purposes ancillary to the extraction of oil.

(3) In this section and sections 168 to 170 “oil” has the meaning given by section 556(3).

168 Expenditure on plant or machinery incurred by contractor U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) the contractor incurs capital expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery of a description specified in the contract,

(b) the plant or machinery is to have an oil-related use under the contract, for the purposes of a trade of oil extraction carried on by the contractor,

(c) the amount of the expenditure is commensurate with the value of the contractor’s interest under the contract, and

(d) the plant or machinery is transferred to the government or representative in accordance with the contract.

(2) Despite the transfer, the plant or machinery is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as owned by the contractor (and not by any other person) until—

(a) it ceases to be owned by the government or representative, or

(b) it ceases to be used, or held for use, by any person under the contract.

This is subject to section 170(2).

169 Expenditure on plant or machinery incurred by participator U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person (“the participator”) acquires an interest in the contract from—

(i) the contractor, or

(ii) another person who has acquired it (directly or indirectly) from the contractor,

(b) the participator incurs capital expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery,

(c) the plant or machinery is to have an oil-related use under the contract, for the purposes of a trade of oil extraction carried on by the participator,

(d) the amount of the expenditure is commensurate with the value of the participator’s interest under the contract, and

(e) the plant or machinery is transferred to the government or representative in accordance with the contract.

(2) Despite the transfer, the plant or machinery is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as owned by the participator (and not by any other person) until—

(a) it ceases to be owned by the government or representative, or

(b) it ceases to be used, or held for use, by any person under the contract.

This is subject to section 170(2).

170 Participator’s expenditure attributable to plant or machinery U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person (“the relevant participator”) acquires an interest in the contract from—

(i) the contractor, or

(ii) another person who has acquired it (directly or indirectly) from the contractor, and

(b) some of the expenditure incurred by the relevant participator to acquire the interest in the contract is attributable to plant or machinery which—

(i) is treated by section 168 as owned by the contractor, or

(ii) is treated by section 169 or subsection (2) as owned by another person (“the other participator”).

(2) The plant or machinery is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as owned by the relevant participator (and not by any other person) until—

(a) it ceases to be owned by the government or representative, or

(b) it ceases to be used, or held for use, by any person under the contract.

This is subject to a later application of this subsection.

(3) The person who, until subsection (2) applies, is treated as owning the plant or machinery is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as if he had disposed of it for a consideration equal to the relevant participator’s expenditure attributable to it.

(4) The relevant participator is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as if—

(a) he had incurred capital expenditure of an amount given by subsection (5), and

(b) he owned the plant or machinery (in accordance with subsection (2)) as a result of having incurred that expenditure.

(5) The amount of that expenditure is—

(a) the amount of the relevant participator’s expenditure attributable to the plant or machinery, or

(b) if less, the disposal value to be brought into account by the contractor or the other participator as a result of subsection (3).

(6) The expenditure attributable to plant or machinery for the purposes of this section is to be determined having regard to what is just and reasonable in the circumstances.

171 Disposal values on cessation of ownership U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person treated as owning plant or machinery under section 168(2), 169(2) or 170(2) ceases to be treated as owning it solely as a result of one of those provisions.

(2) If the person receives capital compensation, the disposal value to be brought into account is the amount of the compensation.

(3) If the person does not receive capital compensation, the disposal value to be brought into account is nil.

Chapter 14 U.K. Fixtures

Introduction U.K.

172 Scope of Chapter etc. U.K.

(1) This Chapter applies to determine entitlement to allowances under this Part in respect of expenditure on plant or machinery that is, or becomes, a fixture.

(2) For the purposes of this Part, ownership of plant or machinery that is, or becomes, a fixture is determined under this Chapter.

(3) The provisions of this Chapter that treat a person as being the owner of a fixture (see sections 176 to 184 and 193 to 195) are subject to the provisions of this Chapter which treat a person as ceasing to be the owner of a fixture (see sections 188 to 192).

(4) References in this Chapter to a person being treated—

(a) as the owner of plant or machinery, or

(b) as ceasing to be the owner of plant or machinery,

are to be read as references to the person being so treated for the purposes of this Part.

(5) This Chapter does not affect any entitlement a person has to an allowance as a result of section 538 (contribution allowances for plant and machinery).

173 Meaning of “fixture” and “relevant land” U.K.

(1) In this Chapter “fixture”—

(a) means plant or machinery that is so installed or otherwise fixed in or to a building or other description of land as to become, in law, part of that building or other land, and

(b) includes any boiler or water-filled radiator installed in a building as part of a space or water heating system.

(2) In this Chapter “relevant land”, in relation to a fixture means—

(a) the building or other description of land of which the fixture becomes part, or

(b) in the case of a boiler or water-filled radiator which is a fixture as a result of subsection (1)(b), the building in which it is installed as part of a space or water heating system.

174 Meaning of “equipment lease” and “lease” U.K.

(1) In this Chapter “equipment lease” means—

(a) an agreement entered into in the circumstances given in subsection (2), or

(b) a lease entered into under or as a result of such an agreement.

(2) The circumstances are that—

(a) a person incurs capital expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery for leasing,

(b) an agreement is entered into for the lease, directly or indirectly from that person, of the plant or machinery to another person,

(c) the plant or machinery becomes a fixture, and

(d) the agreement is not an agreement for the plant or machinery to be leased as part of the relevant land.

(3) In this Chapter—

• “equipment lessor” means the person from whom (directly or indirectly) the equipment lease provides for the plant or machinery to be leased, and

• “equipment lessee” means the person to whom the equipment lease provides for the plant or machinery to be leased.

(4) Except in the context of leasing plant or machinery, any reference in this Chapter to a lease is to—

(a) any leasehold estate in or, in Scotland, lease of, the land (whether in the nature of a head-lease, sub-lease or under-lease), or

(b) any agreement to acquire such an estate or, in Scotland, lease;

and, in relation to such an agreement, “grant” is to be read accordingly.

175 Meaning of “interest in land”, etc. U.K.

(1) In this Chapter “interest in land” means—

(a) the fee simple estate in the land or an agreement to acquire such an estate,

(b) in relation to Scotland, the interest of the owner or an agreement to acquire such an interest,

(c) a lease,

(d) an easement or servitude or an agreement to acquire an easement or servitude, and

(e) a licence to occupy land.

(2) If an interest in land is—

(a) conveyed or assigned by way of security, and

(b) subject to a right of redemption,

the person with the right of redemption is treated for the purposes of this Chapter as having that interest, and not the creditor.

Yn ddilys o 11/05/2001

[F9 175A Meaning of “energy services agreement” U.K.

(1) In this Chapter “energy services agreement” means an agreement entered into by an energy services provider (“the energy services provider”) and another person (“the client”) that makes provision, with a view to saving energy or using energy more efficiently, for—

(a) the design of plant or machinery, or one or more systems incorporating plant or machinery,

(b) obtaining and installing the plant or machinery,

(c) the operation of the plant or machinery,

(d) the maintenance of the plant or machinery, and

(e) the amount of any payments in respect of the operation of the plant or machinery to be linked (wholly or in part) to energy savings or increases in energy efficiency resulting from the provision or operation of the plant or machinery.

(2) In this Chapter “energy services provider” means a person carrying on a qualifying activity consisting wholly or mainly in the provision of energy management services.]

Textual Amendments

F9 S. 175A inserted by (with effect as mentioned in s. 66 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 66, Sch. 18 para. 2

Persons who are treated as owners of fixtures U.K.

176 Person with interest in relevant land having fixture for purposes of qualifying activity U.K.

(1) If—

(a) a person incurs capital expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by him,

(b) the plant or machinery becomes a fixture, and

(c) that person has an interest in the relevant land at the time the plant or machinery becomes a fixture,

that person is to be treated, on and after that time, as the owner of the fixture as a result of incurring the expenditure.

(2) If there are two or more persons with different interests in the relevant land who would be treated as the owner of the same fixture as a result of subsection (1), one interest only is taken into account under that subsection.

(3) The interest to be taken into account is given by the following rules—

Rule 1

If one of the interests is an easement or servitude or any agreement to acquire an easement or servitude, that interest is the interest to be taken into account.

Rule 2

If Rule 1 does not apply, but one of the interests is a licence to occupy land, that interest is the interest to be taken into account.

Rule 3

In any other case—

(a) except in Scotland, the interest to be taken into account is the interest which is not in reversion (at law or in equity and whether directly or indirectly) on any other interest in the relevant land which is held by any of the persons referred to in subsection (2), and

(b) in Scotland, the interest to be taken into account is the interest of whichever of the persons referred to in subsection (2) has, or last had, the right of use of the relevant land.

(4) Subsection (1) is subject to section 177(4).

177 Equipment lessors U.K.

(1) If—

(a) the conditions in—

(i) section 178 (equipment lessee has qualifying activity etc.),

(ii) section 179 (equipment lessor has right to sever fixture that is not part of building), or

(iii) section 180 (equipment lease is part of affordable warmth programme),

are met in relation to an equipment lease,

(b) the equipment lessor and the equipment lessee are not connected persons, and

(c) they elect that this section should apply,

the equipment lessor is to be treated, on and after the relevant time, as the owner of the fixture as a result of incurring the capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery that is the subject of the equipment lease.

(2) The relevant time for the purposes of subsection (1) is (unless subsection (3) applies) the time when the equipment lessor incurs the expenditure.

(3) If—

(a) the conditions in section 178 are met in relation to an equipment lease (but the conditions in sections 179 and 180 are not), and

(b) the equipment lessor incurs the capital expenditure before the equipment lessee begins to carry on the qualifying activity,

the relevant time is the time when the equipment lessee begins to carry on the qualifying activity.

(4) If an election is made under this section, the equipment lessee is not to be treated under section 176 as the owner of the fixture.

(5) An election under this section must be made by notice to the Inland Revenue—

(a) for income tax purposes, on or before the normal time limit for amending a tax return for the tax year in which the relevant chargeable period ends;

(b) for corporation tax purposes, no later than 2 years after the end of the relevant chargeable period.

(6) “The relevant chargeable period” means the chargeable period in which the capital expenditure was incurred.

178 Equipment lessee has qualifying activity etc. U.K.

The conditions referred to in section 177(1)(a)(i) are that—

(a) the equipment lease is for the lease of the plant or machinery for the purposes of a qualifying activity which is, or is to be, carried on by the equipment lessee,

(b) if the equipment lessee had incurred the capital expenditure incurred by the equipment lessor on the provision of the plant or machinery that is the subject of the equipment lease, he would, as a result of section 176, have been entitled to an allowance in respect of it, and

(c) the equipment lease is not for the lease of the plant or machinery for use in a dwelling-house.

179 Equipment lessor has right to sever fixture that is not part of building U.K.

(1) The conditions referred to in section 177(1)(a)(ii) are that—

(a) the plant or machinery becomes a fixture by being fixed to land that is neither a building nor part of a building,

(b) the equipment lessee has an interest in the land when taking possession of the plant or machinery under the equipment lease,

(c) under the terms of the equipment lease, the equipment lessor is entitled to sever the plant or machinery, at the end of the period for which it is leased, from the land to which it is fixed at that time,

(d) under the terms of the equipment lease, the equipment lessor will own the plant or machinery on its severance in accordance with the equipment lease,

(e) the nature of the plant or machinery and the way in which it is fixed to land are such that its use on one set of premises does not, to any material extent, prevent it from being used, once severed, for the same purposes on a different set of premises,

(f) the equipment lease is one which under normal accountancy practice falls (or would fall) to be treated in the accounts of the equipment lessor as an operating lease, and

(g) the equipment lease is not for the lease of the plant or machinery for use in a dwelling-house.

(2) For the purposes of applying subsection (1)(f), the equipment lessor is to be treated as being a company incorporated in a part of the United Kingdom.

180 Equipment lease is part of affordable warmth programme U.K.

(1) The conditions referred to in section 177(1)(a)(iii) are that—

(a) the plant or machinery which is the subject of the equipment lease consists of a boiler, heat exchanger, radiator or heating control that is installed in a building as part of a space or water heating system,

(b) the expenditure of the equipment lessor is incurred before 1st January 2008, and

(c) the equipment lease is approved for the purposes of this section as entered into as part of the affordable warmth programme.

(2) The approval mentioned in subsection (1)(c) may be given, with the consent of the Treasury—

(a) by the Secretary of State;

(b) in the case of buildings in Scotland, by the Scottish Ministers;

(c) in the case of buildings in Wales, by the National Assembly for Wales;

(d) in the case of buildings in Northern Ireland, by the Department for Social Development in Northern Ireland.

(3) If an approval is withdrawn, it is to be treated for the purposes of subsection (1)(c) as never having had effect.

Yn ddilys o 11/05/2001

[F10 180A Energy services providers U.K.

(1) If—

(a) an energy services agreement is entered into,

(b) the energy services provider incurs capital expenditure under the agreement on the provision of plant or machinery,

(c) the plant or machinery becomes a fixture,

(d) at the time the plant or machinery becomes a fixture—

(i) the client has an interest in the relevant land, and

(ii) the energy services provider does not,

(e) the plant or machinery—

(i) is not provided for leasing, and

(ii) is not provided for use in a dwelling-house,

(f) the operation of the plant or machinery is carried out wholly or substantially by the energy services provider or a person connected with him,

(g) the energy services provider and the client are not connected persons, and

(h) they elect that this section should apply,

the energy services provider is to be treated, on and after the time at which he incurs the expenditure, as the owner of the fixture as a result of incurring the expenditure.

(2) But if the client would not have been entitled to a section 176 allowance in respect of the expenditure if he had incurred it, subsection (1) does not apply unless the plant or machinery belongs to a class of plant or machinery specified by Treasury order.

(3) In subsection (2) a “section 176 allowance” means an allowance to which a person is entitled as a result of section 176.

(4) If an election is made under this section, the client is not to be treated under section 176 as the owner of the fixture.

(5) An election under this section must be made by notice to the Inland Revenue—

(a) for income tax purposes, on or before the normal time limit for amending a tax return for the tax year in which the relevant chargeable period ends;

(b) for corporation tax purposes, no later than 2 years after the end of the relevant chargeable period.

(6) The “relevant chargeable period” means the chargeable period in which the capital expenditure was incurred.]

Textual Amendments

F10 S. 180A inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 66 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 66, Sch. 18 para. 4

181 Purchaser of land giving consideration for fixture U.K.

(1) If—

(a) after any plant or machinery has become a fixture, a person (“the purchaser”) acquires an interest in the relevant land,

(b) that interest was in existence before the purchaser’s acquisition of it, and

(c) the consideration which the purchaser gives for the interest is or includes a capital sum that, in whole or in part, falls to be treated for the purposes of this Part as expenditure on the provision of the fixture,

the purchaser is to be treated, on and after the time of the acquisition, as the owner of the fixture as a result of incurring that expenditure.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply, and is to be treated as never having applied, if—

(a) immediately after the time of the acquisition, any person holds another interest in any land in which the whole or any part of the relevant land is comprised, and

(b) the person holding that other interest has a prior right in relation to the fixture.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2)(b), the person holding the other interest has a prior right in relation to the fixture if he—

(a) is treated as the owner of the fixture immediately before the time referred to in subsection (2)(a) as a result of incurring expenditure on the provision of the fixture,

(b) is not so treated as a result of section 538 (contribution allowances for plant and machinery),

(c) is entitled to an allowance in respect of that expenditure, and

(d) makes or has made a claim in respect of that expenditure.

(4) Subsection (1) is subject to section 182.

182 Purchaser of land discharging obligations of equipment lessee U.K.

(1) If—

(a) after any plant or machinery has become a fixture, a person (“the purchaser”) acquires an interest in the relevant land,

(b) that interest was in existence before the purchaser’s acquisition of it,

(c) before that acquisition, the plant or machinery was let under an equipment lease, and

(d) in connection with that acquisition, the purchaser pays a capital sum to discharge the obligations of the equipment lessee under the equipment lease,

the purchaser is to be treated, on and after the time of the acquisition, as the owner of the fixture as a result of incurring expenditure, consisting of that capital sum, on the provision of the fixture.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply, and is to be treated as never having applied, if—

(a) immediately after the time of the acquisition, any person holds another interest in any land in which the whole or any part of the relevant land is comprised, and

(b) the person holding that other interest has a prior right in relation to the fixture.

(3) Section 181(3) (test for whether the person holding the other interest has a prior right) applies for the purposes of subsection (2)(b).

Yn ddilys o 11/05/2001

[F11 182A Purchaser of land discharging obligations of client under energy services agreement U.K.

(1) If—

(a) after any plant or machinery has become a fixture, a person (“the purchaser”) acquires an interest in the relevant land,

(b) that interest was in existence before the purchaser’s acquisition of it,

(c) before that acquisition, the plant or machinery was provided under an energy services agreement, and

(d) in connection with that acquisition, the purchaser pays a capital sum to discharge the obligations of the client under the energy services agreement,

the purchaser is to be treated, on and after the time of the acquisition, as the owner of the fixture as a result of incurring expenditure, consisting of that capital sum, on the provision of the fixture.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply, and is to be treated as never having applied, if, immediately after the time of the acquisition, a person has a prior right in relation to the fixture.

(3) Section 181(3) (test for whether person has a prior right) applies for the purposes of subsection (2).]

Textual Amendments

F11 S. 182A inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 66 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 66, Sch. 18 para. 6

183 Incoming lessee where lessor entitled to allowances U.K.

(1) If—

(a) after any plant or machinery has become a fixture, a person (“the lessor”) who has an interest in the relevant land grants a lease,

(b) the lessor is entitled to an allowance in respect of the fixture for the chargeable period in which the lease is granted or would be if he were within the charge to tax,

(c) the consideration which the lessee gives for the lease is or includes a capital sum that, in whole or in part, falls to be treated for the purposes of this Part as expenditure on the provision of the fixture,

(d) the lessor and the lessee are not connected persons, and

(e) the lessor and the lessee make an election under this section,

the lessee is to be treated, on and after the time when the lease is granted, as the owner of the fixture as a result of incurring that expenditure.

(2) An election under this section must be made by notice to the Inland Revenue within 2 years after the date on which the lease takes effect.

184 Incoming lessee where lessor not entitled to allowances U.K.

(1) If—

(a) after any plant or machinery has become a fixture, a person (“the lessor”) who has an interest in the relevant land grants a lease,

(b) the lessor is not within section 183(1)(b),

(c) before the lease is granted, the fixture has not been used for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by the lessor or any person connected with the lessor, and

(d) the consideration which the lessee gives for the lease is or includes a capital sum that, in whole or in part, falls to be treated for the purposes of this Part as expenditure on the provision of the fixture,

the lessee is to be treated, on and after the time when the lease is granted, as the owner of the fixture as a result of incurring that expenditure.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply, and is to be treated as never having applied, if—

(a) immediately after the time when the lease is granted, any person holds another interest in any land in which the whole or any part of the relevant land is comprised, and

(b) the person holding that other interest has a prior right in relation to the fixture.

(3) Section 181(3) (test for whether the person holding the other interest has a prior right) applies for the purposes of subsection (2)(b).

Restrictions on amount of qualifying expenditure U.K.

185 Fixture on which a plant and machinery allowance has been claimed U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person (“the current owner”) is treated as the owner of a fixture as a result of incurring capital expenditure (“new expenditure”) on its provision,

(b) the plant or machinery is treated as having been owned at a relevant earlier time by any person (“the past owner”) as a result of incurring other expenditure,

(c) the plant or machinery is within paragraph (b) otherwise than as a result of section 538 (contribution allowances for plant and machinery), and

(d) the past owner is or has been required to bring the disposal value of the plant or machinery into account (as a result of having made a claim in respect of that other expenditure).

(2) If the new expenditure exceeds the maximum allowable amount, the excess—

(a) is to be left out of account in determining the current owner’s qualifying expenditure, or

(b) if the new expenditure has already been taken into account for this purpose, is to be treated as expenditure that should never have been taken into account.

(3) The maximum allowable amount is—

where—

D is the disposal value of the plant or machinery which the past owner has been or is required to bring into account, and

I is any of the new expenditure that is treated under section 25 (building alterations in connection with installation) as expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery.

(4) If more than one disposal event has occurred requiring the past owner to bring the disposal value of the plant or machinery into account, the maximum allowable amount is calculated by reference only to the most recent of those events.

(5) For the purposes of this section, the current owner and the past owner may be the same person.

(6) In subsection (1)(b) “relevant earlier time” means (subject to subsection (7)) any time before the earliest time when the current owner is treated as owning the plant or machinery as a result of incurring the new expenditure.

(7) If, before the earliest time when the current owner is treated as owning the plant or machinery as a result of incurring the new expenditure—

(a) any person has ceased to own the plant or machinery as a result of a sale,

(b) the sale was not a sale of the plant or machinery as a fixture, and

(c) the buyer and seller were not connected persons at the time of the sale,

the relevant earlier time does not include any time before the seller ceased to own the plant or machinery.

186 Fixture on which an industrial buildings allowance has been made U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person (“the past owner”) has at any time claimed an allowance to which he is entitled under Part 3 (industrial buildings allowances) in respect of expenditure which was or included expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery,

(b) the past owner has transferred the interest which is the relevant interest for the purposes of Part 3, and

(c) the current owner of the plant or machinery makes a claim in respect of expenditure (“new expenditure”) incurred—

(i) on the provision of the plant or machinery, and

(ii) at a time when it is a fixture in the building.

(2) If the new expenditure exceeds the maximum allowable amount, the excess is to be left out of account in determining the current owner’s qualifying expenditure.

(3) The maximum allowable amount is—

where—

F is the part of the consideration for the transfer by the past owner that is attributable to the fixture,

T is the total consideration for that transfer, and

R is the residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to the relevant interest immediately after that transfer, calculated on the assumption that the transfer was a sale of the relevant interest.

(4) For the purposes of this section the current owner of the plant or machinery is—

(a) the person to whom the past owner transferred the relevant interest, or

(b) any person who is subsequently treated as the owner of the plant or machinery.

(5) In this section “building” and “residue of qualifying expenditure” have the same meaning as in Part 3.

187 Fixture on which a research and development allowance has been made U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person has at any time claimed an allowance to which he is entitled under Part 6 (research and development allowances) in respect of qualifying expenditure under that Part (“Part 6 expenditure”),

(b) an asset representing the whole or part of the Part 6 expenditure (“the Part 6 asset”) has ceased to be owned by that person (“the past owner”),

(c) the Part 6 asset was or included plant or machinery, and

(d) the current owner makes a claim under this Part in respect of expenditure (“new expenditure”) incurred—

(i) on the provision of the plant or machinery, and

(ii) at a time when it is a fixture.

(2) If the new expenditure exceeds the maximum allowable amount, the excess is to be left out of account in determining the current owner’s qualifying expenditure.

(3) The maximum allowable amount is—

where—

F is the part of the consideration for the disposal of the Part 6 asset by the past owner that is attributable to the fixture,

T is the total consideration for that disposal, and

A is an amount equal to whichever is the smaller of—

(a) the disposal value of the Part 6 asset when the past owner ceased to own it, and

(b) so much of the Part 6 expenditure as related to the provision of the Part 6 asset.

(4) For the purposes of this section the current owner of the plant or machinery is—

(a) the person who acquired the Part 6 asset from the past owner, or

(b) any person who is subsequently treated as the owner of the plant or machinery.

Cessation of ownership of fixtures U.K.

188 Cessation of ownership when person ceases to have qualifying interest U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person is treated as the owner of a fixture under—

(a) section 176 (person with interest in land having fixture for purposes of qualifying activity),

(b) section 181 (purchaser of land giving consideration for fixture),

(c) section 182 (purchaser of land discharging obligations of equipment lessee),

(d) section 183 (incoming lessee where lessor entitled to allowances), or

(e) section 184 (incoming lessee where lessor not entitled to allowances).

(2) If the person ceases at any time to have the qualifying interest, he is to be treated as ceasing to be the owner of the fixture at that time.

(3) In this Chapter “the qualifying interest” means—

(a) if section 176, 181 or 182 applies, the interest in the relevant land referred to in that section, and

(b) if section 183 or 184 applies, the lease referred to in that section.

(4) This section is subject to section 189.

189 Identifying the qualifying interest in special cases U.K.

(1) If—

(a) a person’s qualifying interest is an agreement to acquire an interest in land, and

(b) that interest is subsequently transferred or granted to that person,

the interest transferred or granted is to be treated as the qualifying interest.

(2) If a person’s qualifying interest ceases to exist as a result of its being merged in another interest acquired by that person, that other interest is to be treated as the qualifying interest.

(3) If—

(a) the qualifying interest is a lease, and

(b) on its termination, a new lease of the relevant land (with or without other land) is granted to the lessee,

the new lease is to be treated as the qualifying interest.

(4) If—

(a) the qualifying interest is a licence, and

(b) on its termination, a new licence to occupy the relevant land (with or without other land) is granted to the licensee,

the new licence is to be treated as the qualifying interest.

(5) If—

(a) the qualifying interest is a lease, and

(b) with the consent of the lessor, the lessee remains in possession of the relevant land after the termination of the lease without a new lease being granted to him,

the qualifying interest is to be treated as continuing so long as the lessee remains in possession of the relevant land.

190 Cessation of ownership of lessor where section 183 applies U.K.

(1) This section applies if a lessee is treated under section 183 (incoming lessee where lessor entitled to allowances) as the owner of a fixture.

(2) The lessor is to be treated as ceasing to be the owner of the fixture when the lessee begins to be treated as the owner.

191 Cessation of ownership on severance of fixture U.K.

If—

(a) a person is treated as the owner of the fixture as a result of any provision of this Chapter,

(b) the fixture is permanently severed from the relevant land (so that it ceases to be a fixture), and

(c) once it is severed, it is not in fact owned by that person,

that person is to be treated as ceasing to be the owner of the fixture when it is severed.

192 Cessation of ownership of equipment lessor U.K.

(1) This section applies if an equipment lessor is treated under section 177 as the owner of a fixture.

(2) If—

(a) the equipment lessor at any time assigns his rights under the equipment lease, or

(b) the financial obligations of the equipment lessee under an equipment lease are at any time discharged (on the payment of a capital sum or otherwise),

the equipment lessor is to be treated as ceasing to be the owner of the fixture at that time (or, as the case may be, at the earliest of those times).

(3) The reference in subsection (2)(b) to the equipment lessee is, in a case where the financial obligations of the equipment lessee have become vested in another person (by assignment, operation of law or otherwise), a reference to the person in whom the obligations are vested when the capital sum is paid.

Yn ddilys o 11/05/2001

[F12 192A Cessation of ownership of energy services provider U.K.

(1) This section applies if an energy services provider is treated under section 180A as the owner of a fixture.

(2) If—

(a) the energy services provider at any time assigns his rights under the energy services agreement, or

(b) the financial obligations of the client in respect of the fixture under an energy services agreement are at any time discharged (on the payment of a capital sum or otherwise),

the energy services provider is to be treated as ceasing to be the owner of the fixture at that time (or, as the case may be, the earliest of those times).

(3) The reference in subsection (2)(b) to the client is, in a case where the financial obligations of the client have become vested in another person (by assignment, operation of law or otherwise), a reference to the person in whom the obligations are vested when the capital sum is paid.]

Textual Amendments

F12 S. 192A inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 66 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 66, Sch. 18 para. 8

Acquisition of ownership of fixture when another ceases to own it U.K.

193 Acquisition of ownership by lessor or licensor on termination of lease or licence U.K.

If, on the termination of a lease or licence, the outgoing lessee or licensee is treated under section 188 as ceasing to be the owner of a fixture, the lessor or licensor is to be treated, on and after the termination of the lease or licence, as the owner of the fixture.

194 Acquisition of ownership by assignee of equipment lessor U.K.

(1) If section 192(2)(a) applies (cessation of ownership of equipment lessor as a result of assignment), the assignee is to be treated, on and after the assignment—

(a) as having incurred expenditure, consisting of the consideration given by him for the assignment, on the provision of the fixture, and

(b) as being the owner of the fixture.

(2) For the purposes of section 192 (and subsection (1) and section 195) the assignee is to be treated as being an equipment lessor who owns the fixture under section 177.

195 Acquisition of ownership by equipment lessee U.K.

(1) If section 192(2)(b) applies (discharge of obligations of equipment lessee) because the equipment lessee has paid a capital sum, the equipment lessee is to be treated—

(a) as having incurred expenditure, consisting of the capital sum, on the provision of the fixture, and

(b) as being, on and after the time of payment, the owner of the fixture.

(2) Section 192(3) (assignee of equipment lessee) applies in relation to subsection (1).

Yn ddilys o 11/05/2001

[F13 195A Acquisition of ownership by assignee of energy services provider U.K.

(1) If section 192A(2)(a) applies (cessation of ownership of energy services provider as a result of assignment), the assignee is to be treated, on and after the assignment—

(a) as having incurred expenditure, consisting of the consideration given by him for the assignment, on the provision of the fixture, and

(b) as being the owner of the fixture.

(2) For the purposes of section 192A (and subsection (1) and section 195B) the assignee is to be treated as being an energy services provider who owns the fixture under section 180A.

Textual Amendments

F13 Ss, 195A, 195B inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 66 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 66, Sch. 18 para. 9

Yn ddilys o 11/05/2001

195B Acquisition of ownership by client U.K.

(1) If section 192A(2)(b) applies (discharge of obligations of client) because the client has paid a capital sum, the client is to be treated—

(a) as having incurred expenditure, consisting of the capital sum, on the provision of the fixture, and

(b) as being, on and after the time of payment, the owner of the fixture.

(2) Section 192A(3)(assignee of client) applies in relation to subsection (1).]

Textual Amendments

F13 Ss, 195A, 195B inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 66 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 66, Sch. 18 para. 9

Disposal values U.K.

196 Disposal values in relation to fixtures: general U.K.

(1) The disposal value to be brought into account in relation to a fixture depends on the nature of the disposal event, as shown in the Table—

Table

Disposal values: fixtures

1. Disposal event	2. Disposal value
1. Cessation of ownership of the fixture under section 188 because of a sale of the qualifying interest except where item 2 applies.	The part of the sale price that— (a) falls to be treated for the purposes of this Part as expenditure incurred by the purchaser on the provision of the fixture, or (b) would fall to be so treated if the purchaser were entitled to an allowance.
2. Cessation of ownership of the fixture under section 188 because of a sale of the qualifying interest where— (a) the sale is at less than market value, and (b) the condition in subsection (2) is met by the purchaser.	The part of the price that would be treated for the purposes of this Part as expenditure by the purchaser on the provision of the fixture if— (a) the qualifying interest were sold at market value, (b) that sale took place immediately before the event which causes the former owner to be treated as ceasing to be the owner of the fixture, and (c) that event were disregarded in determining that market value.
3. Cessation of ownership of the fixture under section 188 where— (a) neither item 1 nor 2 applies, but (b) the qualifying interest continues in existence after that time or would so continue but for its becoming merged in another interest.	The disposal value given for item 2.
4. Cessation of ownership of the fixture under section 188 because of the expiry of the qualifying interest.	If the person receives a capital sum, by way of compensation or otherwise, by reference to the fixture, the amount of the capital sum. In any other case, nil.
5. Cessation of ownership of the fixture under section 190 because the lessee has become the owner under section 183.	The part of the capital sum given by the lessee for the lease referred to in section 183 that falls to be treated for the purposes of this Part as the lessee’s expenditure on the provision of the fixture.
6. Cessation of ownership of the fixture under section 191 (severance).	The market value of the fixture at the time of the severance.
7. Cessation of ownership of the fixture because section 192(2)(a) (assignment of rights) applies.	The consideration given by the assignee for the assignment.
8. Cessation of ownership of the fixture because section 192(2)(b) (discharge of equipment lessee’s obligations) applies on the payment of a capital sum.	The capital sum paid to discharge the financial obligations of the equipment lessee.
9. Permanent discontinuance of the qualifying activity followed by the sale of the qualifying interest.	The part of the sale price that— (a) falls to be treated as expenditure incurred by the purchaser on the provision of the fixture, or (b) would fall to be so treated if the purchaser were entitled to an allowance.
10. Permanent discontinuance of the qualifying activity followed by the demolition or destruction of the fixture.	The net amount received for the remains of the fixture, together with— (a) any insurance money received in respect of the demolition or destruction, and (b) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums.
11. Permanent discontinuance of the qualifying activity followed by the permanent loss of the fixture otherwise than as a result of its demolition or destruction.	Any insurance money received in respect of the loss and, so far as it consists of capital sums, any other compensation of any description so received.
12. The fixture begins to be used wholly or partly for purposes other than those of the qualifying activity.	The part of the price that would fall to be treated for the purposes of this Part as expenditure incurred by the purchaser on the provision of the fixture if the qualifying interest were sold at market value.

(2) The condition referred to in item 2 of the Table is met by the purchaser if—

(a) the purchaser’s expenditure on the provision of the fixture cannot be qualifying expenditure under this Part or Part 6 (research and development allowances), or

(b) the purchaser is a dual resident investing company which is connected with the former owner.

(3) Items 1 and 5 of the Table are subject to sections 198 and 199 (election to fix apportionment on sale of qualifying interest or grant of lease).

(4) Section 192(3) (assignee of equipment lessee) applies in relation to item 8 of the Table.

(5) Nothing in sections 188 to 192 or this section prevents a disposal value having to be brought into account under Chapter 5 because of a disposal event not dealt with in these sections.

(6) This section is subject to section 197.

197 Disposal values in avoidance cases U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person (“the taxpayer”) is treated under this Chapter as the owner of any plant or machinery as a result of incurring any expenditure,

(b) any disposal event occurs in relation to the plant or machinery,

(c) the disposal value to be brought into account by the taxpayer would (but for this section) be less than the notional written-down value of the plant or machinery, and

(d) the disposal event is part of, or occurs as a result of, a scheme or arrangement the main purpose or one of the main purposes of which is the obtaining by the taxpayer of a tax advantage under this Part.

(2) The disposal value that the taxpayer must bring into account is the notional written-down value of the plant or machinery.

(3) The notional written-down value is—

where—

QE is the taxpayer’s expenditure on the plant or machinery that is qualifying expenditure,

A is the total of all allowances which could have been made to the taxpayer in respect of that expenditure if—

(a) that expenditure had been the only expenditure that had ever been taken into account in determining his available qualifying expenditure, and

(b) all allowances had been made in full.

Election to fix apportionment U.K.

198 Election to apportion sale price on sale of qualifying interest U.K.

(1) This section applies if the disposal value of a fixture is required to be brought into account in accordance with item 1 of the Table in section 196 (sale of qualifying interest at not less than market value, etc.).

(2) The seller and the purchaser may jointly, by an election, fix the amount that is to be treated—

(a) for the purposes of item 1 of the Table, and

(b) for the other purposes of this Part,

as the part of the sale price that is expenditure incurred by the purchaser on the provision of the fixture.

(3) The amount fixed by the election must not exceed—

(a) the amount of the capital expenditure which was treated as incurred by the seller on the provision of the fixture or of the plant or machinery which became the fixture, or

(b) the actual sale price.

(4) If an election fixes the amount to be treated as the part of the sale price—

(a) the remaining amount (if any) of the sale price is to be treated for the purposes of this Act as expenditure attributable to the acquisition of the property which is not the fixture but is acquired for that amount, and

(b) if there is no remaining amount, the expenditure so attributable is to be treated for the purposes of this Act as nil.

(5) This section is subject to—

(a) sections 186 and 187 (fixtures on which industrial buildings allowance or research and development allowance has been made),

(b) section 197 (disposal values in avoidance cases), and

(c) sections 200 and 201 (further provisions about elections).

199 Election to apportion capital sum given by lessee on grant of lease U.K.

(1) This section applies if the disposal value of a fixture is required to be brought into account in accordance with item 5 of the Table in section 196 (on acquisition of ownership by incoming lessee under section 183).

(2) The persons who are the lessor and the lessee for the purposes of section 183 may jointly, by an election, fix the amount that is to be treated—

(a) for the purposes of item 5 of the Table, and

(b) for the other purposes of this Part,

as the part of the capital sum that is expenditure incurred by the lessee on the provision of the fixture.

(3) The amount fixed by the election must not exceed—

(a) the amount of the capital expenditure which was treated as incurred by the lessor on the provision of the fixture or of the plant or machinery which became the fixture, or

(b) the actual capital sum.

(4) If an election fixes the amount to be treated as the part of the capital sum—

(a) the remaining amount (if any) of the capital sum is to be treated for the purposes of this Act as expenditure attributable to the acquisition of the property which is not the fixture but is acquired for that amount, and

(b) if there is no remaining amount, the expenditure so attributable is to be treated for the purposes of this Act as nil.

(5) This section is subject to—

(a) sections 186 and 187 (fixtures on which industrial buildings allowance or research and development allowance has been made),

(b) section 197 (disposal values in avoidance cases), and

(c) sections 200 and 201 (further provisions about elections).

200 Elections under sections 198 and 199: supplementary U.K.

(1) In this section and section 201, references to an election are to an election under section 198 or 199.

(2) An apportionment made by an election has effect in place of any apportionment that would otherwise be made under sections 562, 563 and 564(1) (apportionment and procedure for determining apportionment).

(3) An election is irrevocable.

(4) If, as a result of circumstances arising after the making of an election, the maximum amount which could be fixed by the election is reduced to an amount which is less than the amount specified in the election, the election is to be treated, for the purposes of this Act, as having specified the amount to which the maximum is reduced.

201 Elections under sections 198 and 199: procedure U.K.

(1) An election must be made by notice to the Inland Revenue no later than 2 years after the date when—

(a) the purchaser acquires the qualifying interest, in the case of an election under section 198, or

(b) the lessee is granted the lease, in the case of an election under section 199.

(2) The amount fixed by an election must be quantified at the time when the election is made.

(3) The notice must state—

(a) the amount fixed by the election,

(b) the name of each of the persons making the election,

(c) information sufficient to identify the plant or machinery,

(d) information sufficient to identify the relevant land,

(e) particulars of—

(i) the interest acquired by the purchaser, in the case of an election under section 198, or

(ii) the lease granted to the lessee, in the case of an election under section 199, and

(f) the tax district references of each of the persons making the election.

(4) If a person—

(a) has joined in making an election, and

(b) subsequently makes a tax return for a period which is the first period for which he is making a tax return in which the election has an effect for tax purposes in his case,

a copy of the notice containing the election must accompany the return.

(5) The following provisions do not apply to the election—

(a) section 42 of, and Schedule 1A to, TMA 1970 (claims and elections for income tax purposes);

(b) paragraphs 54 to 60 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (claims and elections for corporation tax purposes).

(6) References in this section to a tax return, in the case of an election for the purposes of a trade, profession or business carried on by persons in partnership, are to be read, in relation to those persons, as references to a return under section 12AA of TMA 1970 (partnership returns).

Further provisions U.K.

202 Interpretation U.K.

(1) Any reference in this Chapter to a person being entitled to an allowance in respect of expenditure on the provision of a fixture includes the person having a pool to which expenditure on the provision of the fixture has been allocated.

But this is subject to subsection (2).

(2) If—

(a) expenditure on the provision of the fixture has been allocated to a pool, and

(b) the person is required under section 61(1) to bring the disposal value of the fixture into account in the pool,

the person is not entitled to an allowance in respect of the expenditure allocated to that pool for any chargeable period after that in which the disposal event occurs.

(3) For the purposes of this Chapter, a person makes a claim in respect of expenditure if he—

(a) makes a claim for an allowance in respect of that expenditure,

(b) makes a tax return in which that expenditure is taken into account in determining his available qualifying expenditure for the purposes of this Part, or

(c) gives notice of an amendment of a tax return which provides for that expenditure to be so taken into account.

203 Amendment of returns etc. U.K.

(1) If a person who has made a tax return (“the taxpayer”) becomes aware that, after making it, anything in it has become incorrect for any of the reasons given in subsection (2), the taxpayer must give notice to the Inland Revenue specifying how the return needs to be amended.

(2) The reasons are that—

(a) an approval given for the purposes of section 180 (affordable warmth programme) has been withdrawn;

(b) section 181(2), 182(2) or 184(2) (another person has a prior right) applies in the taxpayer’s case;

(c) section 185 (restriction on qualifying expenditure where another person has claimed an allowance) applies in the taxpayer’s case;

(d) an election is made under section 198 or 199 (election to fix apportionment);

(e) section 200(4) (reduction in amount which can be fixed by an election) applies in the taxpayer’s case.

(3) The notice must be given within 3 months beginning with the day on which the taxpayer first became aware that anything contained in the tax return had become incorrect for any of the reasons given in subsection (2).

(4) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to this Chapter.

204 Appeals etc. U.K.

(1) Subsections (2) and (3) apply if—

(a) any question arises as to whether any plant or machinery has become, in law, part of a building or other land, and

(b) that question is material to the tax liability (for whatever period) of two or more persons.

(2) The question is to be determined, for the purposes of the tax of all the persons concerned, by the Special Commissioners.

(3) The Special Commissioners must determine the question in the same way as an appeal, but all the persons concerned are entitled—

(a) to appear before and be heard by the Special Commissioners, or

(b) to make representations to them in writing.

(4) Subsections (5) and (6) apply if any question relating to an election under section 198 or 199 (apportionments) arises for determination by any body of Commissioners for the purposes of any proceedings before them.

(5) The Commissioners must determine the question separately from any other questions in those proceedings.

(6) Each of the persons who has joined in making the election is entitled—

(a) to appear before and be heard by the Commissioners, or

(b) to make representations to them in writing;

and the Commissioners’ determination has effect as if made in an appeal to which each of those persons was a party.

Chapter 15 U.K. Asset provided or used only partly for qualifying activity

205 Reduction of first-year allowances U.K.

(1) If it appears that a person carrying on a qualifying activity has incurred expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery—

(a) partly for the purposes of the qualifying activity, and

(b) partly for other purposes,

any first-year allowance to which he is entitled in respect of the expenditure must be reduced to an amount which is just and reasonable having regard to the relevant circumstances.

(2) The relevant circumstances include, in particular, the extent to which it appears that the plant or machinery is likely to be used for purposes other than those of the qualifying activity in question.

(3) In calculating for the purposes of section 58 the balance left after deducting a first-year allowance, a reduction under subsection (1) is to be disregarded.

206 Single asset pool etc. U.K.

(1) Qualifying expenditure to which this subsection applies, if allocated to a pool, must be allocated to a single asset pool.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to qualifying expenditure incurred by a person carrying on a qualifying activity—

(a) partly for the purposes of the qualifying activity, and

(b) partly for other purposes.

(3) If a person is required to bring a disposal value into account in a pool for a chargeable period because the plant or machinery begins to be used partly for purposes other than those of the qualifying activity, an amount equal to that disposal value is allocated (as expenditure on the plant or machinery) to a single asset pool for that chargeable period.

(4) In the case of a single asset pool under subsection (1), there is no final chargeable period or disposal event merely because the plant or machinery begins to be used partly for purposes other than those of the qualifying activity.

207 Reduction of allowances and charges on expenditure in single asset pool U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person’s expenditure is in a single asset pool under section 206(1) or (3).

(2) The amount of—

(a) any writing-down allowance or balancing allowance to which the person is entitled, or

(b) any balancing charge to which the person is liable,

must be reduced to an amount which is just and reasonable having regard to the relevant circumstances.

(3) The relevant circumstances include, in particular, the extent to which it appears that the plant or machinery was used in the chargeable period in question for purposes other than those of the person’s qualifying activity.

(4) In calculating under section 59 the amount of unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward, a reduction of a writing-down allowance under subsection (2) is to be disregarded.

(5) If a person entitled to a writing-down allowance for a chargeable period—

(a) does not claim the allowance, or

(b) claims less than the full amount of the allowance,

the unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward from the period is to be treated as not reduced or (as the case may be) only proportionately reduced.

208 Effect of significant reduction in use for purposes of qualifying activity U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) expenditure is allocated to a single asset pool under this Chapter,

(b) there is such a change of circumstances as would make it appropriate for any reduction falling to be made under section 207—

(i) for the chargeable period in which the change takes place (“the relevant chargeable period”), or

(ii) for any subsequent chargeable period,

to represent a larger proportion of the amount reduced than would have been appropriate apart from the change,

(c) no disposal value in respect of the plant or machinery would, apart from this section, fall to be brought into account for the relevant chargeable period, and

(d) the market value of the plant or machinery at the end of the relevant chargeable period exceeds the available qualifying expenditure in that pool for that period by more than £1 million.

(2) If this section applies—

(a) a disposal value is required to be brought into account in the single asset pool for the relevant chargeable period, and

(b) section 206 applies as if, at the beginning of the following chargeable period, expenditure had been incurred on the provision of the plant or machinery of an amount equal to the disposal value brought into account as a result of paragraph (a).

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C11 S. 208(1) modified by 1993 c. 34, s. 93A(6) (as inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 80(2) of the inserting Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 80, Sch. 24 para. 4) (with Sch. 23 para. 25))

Chapter 16 U.K. Partial depreciation subsidies

209 Meaning of “partial depreciation subsidy” U.K.

In this Chapter “partial depreciation subsidy” means a sum which—

(a) is payable directly or indirectly to a person who has incurred qualifying expenditure for the purposes of a qualifying activity,

(b) is in respect of, or takes account of, part of the depreciation of the plant or machinery resulting from its use for the purposes of that activity, and

(c) does not fall to be taken into account as income of that person or in calculating the profits of any qualifying activity carried on by him.

210 Reduction of first-year allowances U.K.

(1) If—

(a) a person has incurred qualifying expenditure for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by him, and

(b) it appears that a partial depreciation subsidy is, or will be, payable to him in the period during which the plant or machinery will be used for the purposes of that qualifying activity,

the amount of any first-year allowance in respect of that expenditure must be reduced to an amount which is just and reasonable having regard to the relevant circumstances.

(2) In calculating for the purposes of section 58 the balance left after deducting a first-year allowance, a reduction under subsection (1) is to be disregarded.

211 Single asset pool etc. U.K.

(1) Qualifying expenditure to which this subsection applies, if allocated to a pool, must be allocated to a single asset pool.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to qualifying expenditure if a partial depreciation subsidy relating to the plant or machinery has been paid to the person who incurred the expenditure.

(3) Subsection (4) applies if—

(a) qualifying expenditure has been allocated to a pool, and

(b) a partial depreciation subsidy relating to the plant or machinery is paid to that person.

(4) For the chargeable period in which the partial depreciation subsidy is paid—

(a) the person is required to bring a disposal value into account in the pool referred to in subsection (3), and

(b) an amount equal to the disposal value is allocated (as expenditure on the plant or machinery) to a single asset pool.

(5) If qualifying expenditure in respect of any plant or machinery is in a single asset pool under this section, there is no further allocation of that qualifying expenditure because a further partial depreciation subsidy is paid in respect of that plant or machinery.

212 Reduction of allowances and charges on expenditure in single asset pool U.K.

(1) This section applies if expenditure is in a single asset pool under section 211(1) or (4).

(2) The amount of—

(a) any writing-down allowance or balancing allowance to which the person is entitled, or

(b) any balancing charge to which the person is liable,

must be reduced to an amount which is just and reasonable having regard to the relevant circumstances.

(3) In calculating under section 59 the amount of unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward, a reduction of a writing-down allowance under subsection (2) is to be disregarded.

(4) If a person entitled to a writing-down allowance for a chargeable period—

(a) does not claim the allowance, or

(b) claims less than the full amount of the allowance,

the unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward from the period is to be treated as not reduced or (as the case may be) only proportionately reduced.

Chapter 17 U.K. Anti-avoidance

Relevant transactions U.K.

213 Relevant transactions: sale, hire-purchase (etc.) and assignment U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Chapter, a person (“B”) enters into a relevant transaction with another (“S”) if—

(a) S sells plant or machinery to B,

(b) B enters into a contract with S providing that B shall or may become the owner of plant or machinery on the performance of the contract, or

(c) S assigns to B the benefit of a contract providing that S shall or may become the owner of plant or machinery on the performance of the contract.

(2) For the purposes of this Chapter, references to B’s expenditure under a relevant transaction are references—

(a) in the case of a sale within subsection (1)(a), to B’s capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery by purchase,

(b) in the case of a contract within subsection (1)(b), to B’s capital expenditure under the contract so far as it relates to the plant or machinery, or

(c) in the case of an assignment within subsection (1)(c), to B’s capital expenditure under the contract so far as it relates to the plant or machinery or is by way of consideration for the assignment.

(3) If—

(a) B is treated under section 14 (use for qualifying activity of plant or machinery which is a gift) as having incurred capital expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery, and

(b) the donor of the plant or machinery was S,

B is to be treated for the purposes of this Chapter as having incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery by purchasing it from S.

Restrictions on allowances U.K.

214 Connected persons U.K.

Allowances under this Part are restricted under sections 217 and 218 if—

(a) B enters into a relevant transaction with S, and

(b) B and S are connected with each other.

215 Transactions to obtain allowances U.K.

Allowances under this Part are restricted under sections 217 and 218 if—

(a) B enters into a relevant transaction with S, and

(b) it appears that the sole or main benefit which (but for this section) might have been expected to accrue to B or S, or to any other party, from—

(i) the relevant transaction, or

(ii) transactions of which the relevant transaction is one,

was obtaining an allowance under this Part.

216 Sale and leaseback, etc. U.K.

(1) Allowances under this Part are restricted under sections 217 and 218 if—

(a) B enters into a relevant transaction with S, and

(b) the plant or machinery—

(i) continues to be used for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by S, or

(ii) is used after the date of the transaction for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by S or by a person (other than B) who is connected with S, without having been used since that date for the purposes of any other qualifying activity except that of leasing the plant or machinery.

(2) In this section—

• “the date of the transaction” means the date of the sale, the making of the contract or the assignment referred to in section 213(1)(a) to (c), and

• “qualifying activity” includes any activity listed in section 15(1) even if any profits or gains from it are not chargeable to tax.

217 No first-year allowance for B’s expenditure U.K.

(1) If this section applies as a result of section 214, 215 or 216, a first-year allowance is not to be made in respect of B’s expenditure under the relevant transaction.

(2) Any first-year allowance which is prohibited by subsection (1), but which has already been made, is to be withdrawn.

(3) If plant or machinery is the subject of a sale and finance leaseback (as defined in section 221) section 223 applies instead of this section.

218 Restriction on B’s qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) If this section applies as a result of section 214, 215 or 216, the amount, if any, by which B’s expenditure under the relevant transaction exceeds D is to be left out of account in determining B’s available qualifying expenditure.

D is defined in subsections (2) and (3).

(2) If S is required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the relevant transaction, D is that disposal value.

(3) If S is not required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the relevant transaction, D is whichever of the following is the smallest—

(a) the market value of the plant or machinery;

(b) if S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, the amount of that expenditure;

(c) if a person connected with S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, the amount of that expenditure.

(4) If plant or machinery is the subject of a sale and finance leaseback (as defined in section 221), section 224 or 225 applies instead of this section.

Finance leases U.K.

219 Meaning of “finance lease” U.K.

(1) In this Chapter “finance lease” means any arrangements—

(a) which provide for plant or machinery to be leased or otherwise made available by a person (“the lessor”) to another person (“the lessee”), and

(b) which, under normal accountancy practice—

(i) fall (or would fall) to be treated, in the accounts of the lessor or a person connected with the lessor, as a finance lease or a loan, or

(ii) are comprised in arrangements which fall (or would fall) to be so treated.

(2) For the purpose of applying subsection (1)(b), the lessor and any person connected with the lessor are to be treated as being companies which are incorporated in a part of the United Kingdom.

(3) In this section “accounts”, in relation to a company, includes any accounts which—

(a) relate to two or more companies of which that company is one, and

(b) are drawn up in accordance with—

(i) section 227 of the Companies Act 1985 (c. 6), or

(ii) Article 235 of the Companies (Northern Ireland) Order 1986 (S.I.1986/1032 (N.I.6)).

220 Allocation of expenditure to a chargeable period U.K.

(1) Subject to subsection (2), if a person incurs at any time in a chargeable period capital expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery for leasing under a finance lease—

(a) the part of the expenditure which is proportional to the part of that chargeable period falling before that time is not to be taken into account in determining that person’s available qualifying expenditure for that period, but

(b) this does not prevent that part of the expenditure being taken into account in determining that person’s available qualifying expenditure for any subsequent chargeable period.

(2) Subsection (1)(a) does not apply to a chargeable period if a disposal event occurs in that period in respect of the plant or machinery.

Sale and finance leasebacks U.K.

221 Meaning of “sale and finance leaseback” U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this section and sections 222 to 228, plant or machinery is the subject of a sale and finance leaseback if—

(a) B enters into a relevant transaction with S,

(b) after the date of the transaction, the plant or machinery—

(i) continues to be used for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by S,

(ii) is used for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by S or by a person (other than B) who is connected with S, without having been used since that date for the purposes of any other qualifying activity except that of leasing the plant or machinery, or

(iii) is used for the purposes of a non-qualifying activity carried on by any person, without having been used since that date for the purposes of a qualifying activity except that of leasing the plant or machinery, and

(c) it is directly or indirectly as a consequence of having been leased under a finance lease that the plant or machinery is available to be so used after that date.

(2) In this section—

• “the date of the transaction” means the date of the sale, the making of the contract or the assignment referred to in section 213(1)(a) to (c),

• “non-qualifying activity” means any activity which is not a qualifying activity, and

• “qualifying activity” includes any activity listed in section 15(1) even if any profits or gains from it are not chargeable to tax.

222 Disposal value restricted U.K.

(1) If—

(a) plant or machinery is the subject of a sale and finance leaseback, and

(b) S is required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the relevant transaction,

the disposal value is whichever of the amounts in subsection (2) is the smallest.

(2) The amounts are—

(a) the disposal value that S would be required to bring into account apart from subsection (1);

(b) the market value of the plant or machinery;

(c) if S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, the notional written-down value of that capital expenditure;

(d) if a person connected with S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, the notional written-down value of that capital expenditure.

(3) The notional written-down value is—

where—

QE is the expenditure incurred by S, or the person connected with S, on the plant or machinery,

A is the total of all allowances which could have been made to S, or the person connected with S, in respect of that expenditure if—

(a) that expenditure had been qualifying expenditure,

(b) that expenditure had been the only expenditure that had ever been taken into account in determining his available qualifying expenditure,

(c) that expenditure had been treated as long-life asset expenditure only if it is in fact such expenditure, and

(d) all allowances had been made in full.

(4) This section does not apply if the finance lease or any transaction or series of transactions of which it forms a part makes provision such as is described in section 225(1) (sale and finance leasebacks: B’s qualifying expenditure if lessor not bearing non-compliance risk).

223 No first-year allowance for B’s expenditure U.K.

(1) If plant or machinery is the subject of a sale and finance leaseback, a first-year allowance is not to be made in respect of B’s expenditure under the relevant transaction.

(2) Any first-year allowance which is prohibited by subsection (1), but which has already been made, is to be withdrawn.

224 Restriction on B’s qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) If plant or machinery is the subject of a sale and finance leaseback the amount, if any, by which B’s expenditure under the relevant transaction exceeds D is to be left out of account in determining B’s available qualifying expenditure.

D is defined in subsections (2) and (3).

(2) If S is required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the relevant transaction, D is that disposal value (determined in accordance with section 222).

(3) If S is not required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the relevant transaction, D is whichever of the following is the smallest—

(a) the market value of the plant or machinery;

(b) if S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, the notional written-down value of that capital expenditure;

(c) if a person connected with S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, the notional written-down value of that capital expenditure.

(4) In this section “the notional written-down value”, in relation to expenditure incurred by a person on the provision of plant or machinery, has the meaning given by section 222(3).

(5) This section does not apply if the finance lease or any transaction or series of transactions of which it forms a part makes provision such as is described in section 225(1).

225 B’s qualifying expenditure if lessor not bearing non-compliance risk U.K.

(1) This section applies if plant or machinery is the subject of a sale and finance leaseback, and the finance lease, or any transaction or series of transactions of which it forms a part, makes provision which—

(a) removes from the lessor the whole, or the greater part, of any risk, which would otherwise fall directly or indirectly on the lessor, of any person sustaining a loss if payments under the lease are not made in accordance with its terms, and

(b) does so otherwise than by means of guarantees from persons connected with the lessee.

(2) In such a case the following are not qualifying expenditure for the purposes of this Part —

(a) B’s expenditure under the relevant transaction;

(b) if the lessor is a different person from B, the expenditure incurred by the lessor on the provision of the plant or machinery.

(3) For the purposes of determining whether this section applies, the lessor and the persons connected with the lessor are treated as the same person.

226 Qualifying expenditure limited in subsequent transactions U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) applies if—

(a) plant or machinery has been the subject of a sale and finance leaseback,

(b) S was required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the relevant transaction,

(c) at any time after that event, a person (“P”) becomes the owner of the plant or machinery as a result of incurring capital expenditure, and

(d) P’s allowances are not restricted by any other provision of this Chapter.

(2) The amount of P’s qualifying expenditure is limited to the sum of—

(a) the amount given by section 222 as the amount of S’s disposal value, and

(b) so much of the actual amount of the expenditure as is treated as expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery under section 25 (building alterations connected with installation of plant or machinery).

Sale and leaseback or sale and finance leaseback: election for special treatment U.K.

227 Circumstances in which election may be made U.K.

(1) Section 228 applies if—

(a) B enters into a relevant transaction with S,

(b) the plant or machinery—

(i) is within section 216(1)(b) (sale and leaseback), or

(ii) is the subject of a sale and finance leaseback (see section 221),

(c) the conditions set out in subsection (2) are met, and

(d) B and S elect that section 228 should apply.

(2) The conditions are—

(a) that S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery,

(b) that the plant or machinery was unused and not second-hand at or after the time when it was acquired by S,

(c) that the plant or machinery was acquired by S otherwise than as a result of a transaction to which section 217, 218, 223 or 224 applies,

(d) that the relevant transaction is effected not more than 4 months after the first occasion on which the plant or machinery is brought into use by any person for any purpose, and

(e) that S has not—

(i) made a claim for an allowance under this Act in respect of expenditure incurred on the provision of the plant or machinery,

(ii) made a tax return in which such expenditure is taken into account in determining his available qualifying expenditure for the purposes of this Part, or

(iii) given notice of any such amendment of a tax return as provides for such expenditure to be so taken into account.

(3) In subsection (2)(b) and (c), the references to the plant or machinery being acquired by S are, in a case where the relevant transaction between S and B falls within section 213(1)(c) (assignment), references to the making of the contract the benefit of which S assigns to B.

(4) An election under this section—

(a) must be made by notice to the Inland Revenue no later than 2 years after the date of the transaction, and

(b) is irrevocable.

(5) Nothing in—

(a) section 42 of, or Schedule 1A to, TMA 1970 (claims and elections for income tax purposes), or

(b) paragraphs 54 to 60 of Schedule 18 to FA 1998 (claims and elections for corporation tax purposes),

applies to such an election.

(6) In subsection (4) “the date of the transaction” means the date of the sale, the making of the contract or the assignment referred to in section 213(1)(a) to (c).

228 Effect of election: relaxation of restriction on B’s qualifying expenditure, etc. U.K.

(1) The effect of an election under section 227 in relation to B is that subsections (2) and (3) apply instead of section 218 or 224 (restriction on B’s qualifying expenditure).

(2) The amount, if any, by which B’s expenditure under the relevant transaction exceeds D is to be left out of account in determining B’s available qualifying expenditure.

(3) D is whichever of the following is the smaller—

(a) if S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, the amount of that expenditure;

(b) if a person connected with S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, the amount of that expenditure.

(4) Nothing in subsections (1) to (3) prevents section 225 from applying.

(5) The effect of an election under section 227 in relation to S is—

(a) that no allowance is to be made to S under this Act in respect of the capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, and

(b) that the whole of that expenditure must be left out of account in determining the amount for any period of Ss’ available qualifying expenditure for the purposes of this Part.

Miscellaneous and supplementary U.K.

229 Hire-purchase etc. U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person carrying on a qualifying activity incurs capital expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery for the purposes of the qualifying activity, and

(b) the expenditure is incurred under a contract providing that the person shall or may become the owner of the plant or machinery on the performance of the contract.

(2) If—

(a) the person assigns the benefit of the contract to another before the plant or machinery is brought into use, and

(b) the circumstances are such that allowances to the assignee fall to be restricted under this Chapter,

section 68(3) (disposal value where person ceases to be entitled to benefit of contract before plant or machinery brought into use) does not apply.

(3) If the expenditure is incurred on the provision of plant or machinery for leasing under a finance lease—

(a) section 67(3) (expenditure due to be incurred under contract treated as incurred when plant or machinery brought into use), and

(b) section 68 (disposal values where person ceases to be entitled to benefit of contract),

do not apply.

(4) Subsection (5) applies if—

(a) a person is treated under section 67(4) as ceasing to own plant or machinery, and

(b) as a result of subsection (2) or (3), section 68(3) or (as the case may be) section 68 does not apply.

(5) If this subsection applies—

(a) the disposal value is the total of—

(i) any relevant capital sums, and

(ii) any capital expenditure that the person would have incurred if he had wholly performed the contract, but

(b) the person is to be treated, for the purpose only of bringing the disposal value into account, as having incurred the capital expenditure mentioned in paragraph (a)(ii) in the relevant chargeable period.

(6) “Relevant capital sums” means capital sums that the person receives or is entitled to receive by way of consideration, compensation, damages or insurance money in respect of—

(a) his rights under the contract, or

(b) the plant or machinery.

(7) The relevant chargeable period, for the purposes of subsection (5)(b), is the chargeable period in which the person is treated under section 67(4) as ceasing to own the plant or machinery.

230 Exception for manufacturers and suppliers U.K.

(1) The restrictions in sections 217 and 218 do not apply in relation to any plant or machinery if—

(a) the relevant transaction is within section 213(1)(a) or (b), and

(b) the conditions in subsection (3) are met.

(2) The restrictions in sections 222 to 225 do not apply in relation to any plant or machinery if—

(a) the plant or machinery is the subject of a sale and finance leaseback which is within section 213(1)(a) or (b), and

(b) the conditions in subsection (3) are met.

(3) The conditions are that—

(a) the plant or machinery has never been used before the sale or the making of the contract,

(b) S’s business, or part of S’s business, is the manufacture or supply of plant or machinery of that class, and

(c) the sale is effected or the contract made in the ordinary course of that business.

231 Adjustments of assessments etc. U.K.

All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to this Chapter.

232 Meaning of connected person U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Chapter one person is to be treated as connected with another if—

(a) they would be treated as connected under section 839 of ICTA, or

(b) they are to be treated as connected under subsection (2).

(2) If—

(a) a public authority has at any time acquired plant or machinery from another public authority otherwise than by purchase, and

(b) it is directly or indirectly as a consequence of having been leased under a finance lease that the plant or machinery is available for any use to which it is put,

the authority from whom the plant or machinery was acquired is to be treated, in relation to that plant or machinery, as connected with the acquiring authority and with every person connected with the acquiring authority.

(3) In subsection (2), “public authority” includes the Crown or any government or local authority.

(4) Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to section 219 (meaning of “finance lease”).

233 Additional VAT liabilities and rebates U.K.

This Chapter needs to be read with sections 241 to 245 (provision for cases where a person involved in a relevant transaction or a sale and finance leaseback incurs an additional VAT liability or receives an additional VAT rebate).

Chapter 18 U.K. Additional VAT liabilities and rebates

Introduction U.K.

234 Introduction U.K.

For the purposes of this Chapter—

(a) “additional VAT liability” and “additional VAT rebate” have the meaning given by section 547,

(b) the time when—

(i) a person incurs an additional VAT liability, or

(ii) an additional VAT rebate is made to a person,

is given by section 548, and

(c) the chargeable period in which an additional VAT liability or an additional VAT rebate accrues is given by section 549.

Additional VAT liability U.K.

235 Additional VAT liability treated as qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person—

(a) has incurred qualifying expenditure (“the original expenditure”), and

(b) incurs an additional VAT liability in respect of the original expenditure at a time when the plant or machinery is provided for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

(2) The additional VAT liability is to be treated as qualifying expenditure—

(a) which is incurred on the same plant or machinery as the original expenditure, and

(b) which may be taken into account in determining the person’s available qualifying expenditure for the chargeable period in which the additional VAT liability accrues.

236 Additional VAT liability generates first-year allowance U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) applies if—

(a) the original expenditure was first-year qualifying expenditure, and

(b) the additional VAT liability is incurred at a time when the plant or machinery is provided for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

(2) The additional VAT liability is to be regarded for the purposes of this Part as first-year qualifying expenditure which—

(a) is incurred on the same plant or machinery and is the same type of first-year qualifying expenditure as the original expenditure, and

(b) entitles the person incurring the liability to a first-year allowance for the chargeable period in which the liability accrues.

(3) Subsections (3) and (4) of section 52 apply to first-year qualifying expenditure constituted by the additional VAT liability as they apply to other first-year qualifying expenditure.

(4) This section is subject to sections 237 and 241.

237 Exceptions to section 236 U.K.

(1) An additional VAT liability is not first-year qualifying expenditure if at the time when the liability is incurred the plant or machinery is used for overseas leasing which is not protected leasing.

(2) An additional VAT liability is not first-year qualifying expenditure if, at the time when the liability is incurred, the original expenditure is treated under section 43 (plant or machinery subsequently primarily for use outside Northern Ireland) as expenditure which was never first-year qualifying expenditure.

Additional VAT rebate U.K.

238 Additional VAT rebate generates disposal value U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person has incurred qualifying expenditure (“the original expenditure”),

(b) an additional VAT rebate is made to the person in respect of the original expenditure, and

(c) the person owns the plant or machinery on which the original expenditure was incurred at any time in the chargeable period in which the rebate is made.

(2) If (apart from this section) there would not be a disposal value to be brought into account in respect of the plant or machinery for the chargeable period in which the rebate accrues, the amount of the rebate must be brought into account as a disposal value for that chargeable period.

(3) If (apart from this section) there would be a disposal value to be brought into account in respect of the plant or machinery for the chargeable period in which the rebate accrues, the amount of the rebate must be brought into account as an addition to that disposal value.

239 Limit on disposal value where additional VAT rebate U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) applies if—

(a) a person is required to bring a disposal value into account in respect of any plant or machinery, and

(b) any additional VAT rebate or rebates has or have been made to him in respect of the original expenditure.

(2) The amount of the disposal value is limited to the amount of the original expenditure reduced by the total of any additional VAT rebates accruing in previous chargeable periods in respect of that expenditure.

But this is subject to subsections (3) to (6).

(3) Subsection (4) applies if the disposal value is required to be brought into account by section 238(2) (disposal value for additional VAT rebate on its own).

(4) The amount of the disposal value to be brought into account is limited to the amount of the original expenditure reduced by the amount of any disposal values brought into account in respect of the plant or machinery as a result of any earlier event.

(5) If—

(a) the person required to bring the disposal value into account has acquired the plant or machinery as a result of a transaction which was, or a series of transactions each of which was, between connected persons, and

(b) an additional VAT rebate has been made to any party to the transaction, or to any of the transactions,

the amount of the disposal value is limited to the greatest relevant expenditure of any of the parties.

(6) The relevant expenditure of a party is that party’s qualifying expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, less any additional VAT rebate made to that party.

Short-life assets: balancing allowance U.K.

240 Additional VAT liability U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person—

(a) was entitled to a balancing allowance for the final chargeable period for a short-life asset pool for a qualifying activity,

(b) has incurred, after the end of that period, an additional VAT liability in respect of the original expenditure on the provision of the short-life asset, and

(c) has not brought the liability into account in determining the amount of the balancing allowance.

(2) The person is entitled to a further balancing allowance, of an amount equal to the additional VAT liability, for the chargeable period of the qualifying activity in which the additional VAT liability accrues.

Anti-avoidance U.K.

241 No first-year allowance in respect of additional VAT liability U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) one person (“B”) enters into a transaction with another person (“S”) which is a relevant transaction for the purposes of Chapter 17 (anti-avoidance), and

(b) a first-year allowance in respect of B’s expenditure under the relevant transaction is prohibited by section 217(1) or 223(1).

(2) A first-year allowance is not to be made in respect of any additional VAT liability incurred by B in respect of his expenditure under the relevant transaction.

(3) Any first-year allowance which is prohibited by subsection (2), but which has already been made, is to be withdrawn.

242 Restriction on B’s qualifying expenditure: general U.K.

(1) This section applies instead of section 218 (restriction on B’s qualifying expenditure in case other than sale and finance leaseback) if—

(a) apart from this subsection, section 218 would apply, and

(b) an additional VAT liability has been incurred by, or an additional rebate has been made to, any of the persons mentioned in that section.

(2) The amount, if any, by which E exceeds D is to be left out of account in determining B’s available qualifying expenditure.

E and D are defined in subsections (3) to (6).

(3) Except where subsection (6) applies, E is the sum of—

(a) B’s expenditure under the relevant transaction, and

(b) any additional VAT liability incurred by B in respect of that expenditure.

(4) If S is required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the relevant transaction, D is that disposal value.

(5) If S is not required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the relevant transaction, D is whichever of the following is the smallest—

(a) the market value of the plant or machinery;

(b) if S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, the amount of that expenditure—

(i) increased by the amount of any additional VAT liability incurred by S in respect of that expenditure, and

(ii) reduced by the amount of any additional VAT rebate made to S in respect of that expenditure;

(c) if a person connected with S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, the amount of that expenditure—

(i) increased by the amount of any additional VAT liability incurred by that person in respect of that expenditure, and

(ii) reduced by the amount of any additional VAT rebate made to that person in respect of that expenditure.

(6) If—

(a) S is not required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the relevant transaction,

(b) the smallest amount under subsection (5) is the market value of the plant or machinery, and

(c) that value is determined inclusive of value added tax,

E is the amount of B’s expenditure under the relevant transaction.

243 Restriction on B’s qualifying expenditure: sale and finance leaseback U.K.

(1) This section applies instead of section 224 (restriction on B’s qualifying expenditure in case of sale and finance leaseback) if—

(a) apart from this subsection, section 224 would apply, and

(b) an additional VAT liability has been incurred by B.

(2) The amount, if any, by which E exceeds D is to be left out of account in determining B’s available qualifying expenditure.

E and D are defined in subsections (3) to (7).

(3) Except where subsection (7) applies, E is the sum of—

(a) B’s expenditure under the relevant transaction, and

(b) any additional VAT liability incurred by B in respect of that expenditure.

(4) If S is required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the relevant transaction, D is that disposal value (determined in accordance with section 222).

(5) If S is not required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the relevant transaction, D is whichever of the following is the smallest—

(a) the market value of the plant or machinery;

(b) if S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, the notional written-down value of that capital expenditure;

(c) if a person connected with S incurred capital expenditure on the provision of the plant or machinery, the notional written-down value of that capital expenditure.

(6) In this section “the notional written-down value”, in relation to expenditure incurred by a person on the provision of plant or machinery, has the meaning given by section 222(3).

(7) If—

(a) S is not required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the relevant transaction,

(b) the smallest amount under subsection (5) is the market value of the plant or machinery, and

(c) that value is determined inclusive of value added tax,

E is the amount of B’s expenditure under the relevant transaction.

244 B’s qualifying expenditure if lessor not bearing non-compliance risk U.K.

An additional VAT liability is not qualifying expenditure for the purposes of this Part if—

(a) section 225 (restriction on B’s qualifying expenditure if lessor not bearing compliance risk) applies, and

(b) the additional VAT liability is incurred—

(i) by B, in respect of the expenditure referred to in section 225(2)(a), or

(ii) by the lessor, in respect of the expenditure referred to in section 225(2)(b).

245 Effect of election under section 227 on additional VAT liability U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) an election is made under section 227 (sale and leaseback or sale and finance leaseback: election for special treatment), and

(b) an additional VAT liability is incurred by S in respect of the capital expenditure incurred on the provision of the plant or machinery to which the election relates.

(2) The effect of the election is—

(a) that no allowance is to be made to S under this Act in respect of the additional VAT liability, and

(b) that the additional VAT liability must be left out of account in determining Ss’ available qualifying expenditure for any period.

246 Miscellaneous U.K.

(1) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to sections 241 to 245.

(2) Section 232 (meaning of connected person) applies for the purposes of sections 242 and 243.

Chapter 19 U.K. Giving effect to allowances and charges

Trades U.K.

247 Trades U.K.

If the qualifying activity of a person who is entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period is a trade, the allowance or charge is to be given effect in calculating the profits of that person’s trade, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of the trade, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of the trade.

Property businesses U.K.

248 Ordinary Schedule A businesses U.K.

If the qualifying activity of a person who is entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period is an ordinary Schedule A business, the allowance or charge is to be given effect in calculating the profits of that business, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of that business, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of that business.

249 Furnished holiday lettings businesses U.K.

(1) If the qualifying activity of a person who is entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period is a furnished holiday lettings business, the allowance or charge is to be given effect in calculating the profits of that business, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of that business, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of that business.

(2) Section 503 of ICTA (letting of furnished holiday accommodation treated as trade for purposes of loss relief rules, etc.) applies to profits calculated in accordance with subsection (1).

250 Overseas property businesses U.K.

If the qualifying activity of a person who is entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period is an overseas property business, the allowance or charge is to be given effect in calculating the profits of that business, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of that business, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of that business.

Activities analogous to trades U.K.

251 Professions and vocations U.K.

If the qualifying activity of a person who is entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period is carrying on a profession or vocation, the allowance or charge is to be given effect in calculating the profits or gains of that person’s profession or vocation, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of the profession or vocation, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of the profession or vocation.

252 Mines, transport undertakings etc. U.K.

If the qualifying activity of a person who is entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period is a concern listed in section 55(2) of ICTA (mines, transport undertakings etc.) the allowance or charge is to be given effect in calculating the profits of the concern under Case I of Schedule D, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of the concern, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of the concern.

Investment companies U.K.

253 Investment companies U.K.

(1) This section applies if the qualifying activity of a person entitled to an allowance or liable to a charge for a chargeable period is the management of an investment company.

(2) The allowance is, as far as possible, to be given effect by deducting the amount of the allowance from any income for the period of the business; and section 75(4) of ICTA (addition of allowances to company’s expenses of management) applies only in so far as it cannot be given effect in this way.

(3) The charge is to be given effect by treating the amount of the charge as income of the business.

(4) Except as provided by subsections (2) and (3), the Corporation Tax Acts apply in relation to the allowance or charge as if they were required to be given effect in calculating the profits of that person’s trade for the purposes of Case I of Schedule D.

(5) Corresponding allowances or charges in the case of the same plant or machinery are not to be made under this Part both under this section and in another way.

(6) Expenditure to which this section applies is not to be taken into account otherwise than under this Part or as provided by section 75(4) of ICTA.

(7) This section is subject to sections 768B(8) and 768C(11) of ICTA.

Life assurance business U.K.

254 Introductory U.K.

(1) Sections 255 and 256 apply if a company which is carrying on any life assurance business is entitled or liable to any allowances or charges for a chargeable period in respect of plant or machinery consisting of a management asset.

(2) In this Chapter “management asset” has the same meaning as in Chapter 1 of Part 12 (life assurance business).

255 Apportionment of allowances and charges U.K.

(1) Except where subsection (3) applies, the allowances or charges must be apportioned between the different categories of life assurance business carried on by the company, using the formula—

where—

A is the amount of the allowance or charge,

B is the mean of the opening and closing liabilities of the category of life assurance concerned, and

C is the mean of the opening and closing liabilities of all the categories of life assurance business carried on by the company.

(2) In its application to an overseas life insurance company, subsection (1) has effect as if the references to liabilities were only to such liabilities as are attributable to the branch or agency in the United Kingdom through which the company carries on the business concerned.

(3) If—

(a) the company is charged to tax under section 441 of ICTA in respect of its overseas life assurance business, and

(b) the management asset in respect of which it is entitled to an allowance or liable to a charge for a chargeable period is provided outside the United Kingdom for use for the management of that business,

the allowance or charge must be allocated (without any apportionment) to that business.

256 Different giving effect rules for different categories of business U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) applies if a company—

(a) carries on basic life assurance and general annuity business, and

(b) does not fall to be charged to tax in accordance with the provisions applicable to Case I of Schedule D in respect of the profits of that business.

(2) If this subsection applies—

(a) any allowances (or parts of allowances) to which the company is entitled in respect of the basic life assurance and general annuity business are to be given effect by treating them as additional expenses of management within section 76 of ICTA, and

(b) any charges (or parts of charges) to which the company is liable in respect of that business are to be given effect by treating the amount of the charges (or parts of charges) as income under Case VI of Schedule D for the chargeable period in question.

(3) Subsection (4) applies if, for a chargeable period, a company is charged to tax under—

(a) section 436 of ICTA (pension business and ISA business),

(b) section 439B of ICTA (life reinsurance business), or

(c) section 441 of ICTA (overseas life assurance business).

(4) If this subsection applies, then, for the purpose of calculating the profit under Case VI of Schedule D for the chargeable period in question—

(a) any allowances (or parts of allowances) to which the company is entitled in respect of any particular category of business are to be given effect by treating them as an expense of that category of business, and

(b) any charges (or parts of charges) to which the company is liable in respect of any particular category of business are to be given effect by treating them as receipts of that category of business.

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C12 S. 256 modified (1.1.2002) by S.I. 1997/473, reg. 53C (as inserted by S.I. 2001/3975, reg. 8)

257 Supplementary U.K.

(1) Allowances and charges to which sections 255 and 256 apply are not to be given effect otherwise than in accordance with those sections.

(2) Subsection (1) does not prevent any allowance which is to be given effect under those sections from being taken into account in any calculation for the purposes of—

(a) section 89 of FA 1989 (calculation of “policy holders’ share of profits”), or

(b) section 76(2) of ICTA (calculation for purposes of complying with restriction on amount of deductible management expenses).

(3) Expressions that are used—

(a) in sections 255 and 256, and

(b) in Chapter I of Part XII of ICTA (insurance companies and capital redemption business),

have the same meaning in those sections as in that Chapter.

Special leasing of plant or machinery U.K.

258 Special leasing: income tax U.K.

(1) This section applies for income tax purposes if the qualifying activity of a person entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period (“the current tax year”) is special leasing of plant or machinery.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), the allowance is to be given effect by deducting it from the person’s income for the current tax year from any qualifying activity the person has of special leasing of plant or machinery.

(3) If the plant or machinery leased under the special leasing was not used for the whole or any part of the current tax year for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by the lessee—

(a) the allowance, or

(b) a proportionate part of it,

is to be given effect by deducting the allowance, or the part of the allowance, from the person’s income for the current tax year from that special leasing only.

(4) Any charge is to be given effect by treating the charge as income to be taxed under Case VI of Schedule D.

(5) If the amount to be deducted from a description of income specified in subsection (2) or (3) exceeds the person’s income of that description for the current tax year, the excess must be deducted from the person’s income of the same description for the next tax year, and so on for subsequent tax years.

(6) For the purposes of this section, income from special leasing of plant or machinery includes any charge treated as income under subsection (4).

(7) In this section, references to deducting an allowance (or a part of an allowance) from income include setting it off against income.

259 Special leasing: corporation tax (general) U.K.

(1) This section applies for corporation tax purposes if the qualifying activity of a company entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period (“the current accounting period”) is special leasing of plant or machinery.

(2) Subject to subsection (3), the allowance is to be given effect by deducting it from the company’s income for the current accounting period from any qualifying activity it has of special leasing of plant or machinery.

(3) If the plant or machinery leased under the special leasing was not used for the whole or any part of the current accounting period for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on by the lessee—

(a) the allowance, or

(b) a proportionate part of it,

is to be given effect by deducting the allowance, or the part of the allowance, from the company’s income for the current accounting period from that special leasing only.

(4) Any charge is to be given effect by treating the charge as income from special leasing of plant or machinery.

260 Special leasing: corporation tax (excess allowance) U.K.

(1) This section applies if the amount to be deducted from a description of income specified in section 259(2) or (3) exceeds the company’s income of that description for the current accounting period.

(2) Subject to subsections (3) to (6), the excess must (if the company remains within the charge to tax) be deducted from the company’s income of the same description for the next accounting period (and so on for subsequent accounting periods).

(3) The company may, on making a claim, require the excess to be deducted from any profits—

(a) of the current accounting period, and

(b) if the company was then within the charge to tax, of any previous accounting period ending within the carry-back period.

(4) The carry-back period is a period which—

(a) is of the same length as the current accounting period, and

(b) ends at the start of the current accounting period.

(5) If the preceding accounting period began before the start of the carry-back period, the total amount of deductions that may be made from the profits of the preceding accounting period under—

(a) subsection (3), and

(b) any corresponding provision of the Corporation Tax Acts relating to losses,

must not exceed a part of those profits proportionate to the part of the period falling within the carry-back period.

(6) A claim under subsection (3) must be made no later than 2 years after the end of the current accounting period.

(7) If the deduction of the allowance (or of part of it) was subject to the restriction in section 259(3)—

(a) subsections (3) to (6), and

(b) section 403 of ICTA (group relief),

do not apply in relation to the allowance (or part of it).

(8) In this section “profits” has the same meaning as in section 6 of ICTA (charge to corporation tax etc.).

261 Special leasing: life assurance business U.K.

In the case of a company which is carrying on any life assurance business—

(a) subsections (3) to (6) of section 260, and

(b) section 403 of ICTA (group relief),

do not apply in relation to an allowance to which the company is entitled under section 19 (special leasing of plant or machinery).

Employments and offices U.K.

262 Employments and offices U.K.

If the qualifying activity of a person who is entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period is an employment or office, the allowance or charge is to be given effect, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an amount to be deducted from the emoluments of the employment or office, and

(b) the charge as an emolument of the employment or office.

Chapter 20 U.K. Supplementary provisions

Partnerships and successions U.K.

263 Qualifying activities carried on in partnership U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a qualifying activity has been set up and is at any time carried on in partnership,

(b) there has been a change in the persons engaged in carrying on the qualifying activity, and

(c) the change is not treated as a permanent discontinuance of the qualifying activity under section 113(1) of ICTA (changes in persons carrying on a trade etc.).

(2) In this section—

• “the present partners” means the person or persons for the time being carrying on the qualifying activity,

• “the partners at the time of the event” means the person or persons carrying on the qualifying activity at the time of the event in question,

• “predecessors”—

  (a)

  in relation to the present partners, means their predecessors in carrying on the qualifying activity, and

  (b)

  in relation to the partners at the time of the event, means their predecessors in carrying on the qualifying activity, and

• “qualifying activity”—

  (a)

  does not include an employment or office, but

  (b)

  includes any other activity listed in section 15(1) even if any profits or gains from it are not chargeable to tax.

(3) Any first-year allowance or writing-down allowance under this Part is to be made to the present partners.

(4) The amount of any allowance arising under subsection (3) is to be calculated as if—

(a) the present partners had at all times been carrying on the qualifying activity, and

(b) everything done to or by their predecessors in carrying on the qualifying activity had been done to or by the present partners.

(5) If any event occurs which gives rise or may give rise to a balancing allowance or a balancing charge under this Part, the allowance or charge is to be made to or on the partners at the time of the event.

(6) The amount of any allowance or charge arising under subsection (5) is to be calculated as if—

(a) the partners at the time of the event had at all times been carrying on the qualifying activity, and

(b) everything done to or by their predecessors in carrying on the qualifying activity had been done to or by the partners at the time of the event.

264 Partnership using property of a partner U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) applies if—

(a) a qualifying activity is carried on in partnership,

(b) plant or machinery is used for the purposes of the qualifying activity, and

(c) the plant or machinery is owned by one or more of the partners but is not partnership property.

(2) The same allowances, deductions and charges are to be made under this Part in respect of the plant or machinery as would fall to be made if—

(a) the plant or machinery had at all material times been owned by all the partners and been partnership property, and

(b) everything done by or to any of the partners in relation to that plant or machinery had been done by or to all the partners.

(3) The disposal value of plant or machinery is not required to be brought into account if—

(a) the plant or machinery is used for the purposes of a qualifying activity carried on in partnership,

(b) a sale or gift of the plant or machinery is made by one or more of the partners to one or more of the partners, and

(c) the plant or machinery continues to be used after the sale or gift for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

(4) The references in this section to use for the purposes of a qualifying activity do not include use—

(a) as a result of a letting by the partner or partners in question to the partnership, or

(b) in consideration of the making to the partner or partners in question of any payment which may be deducted in calculating the profits of the qualifying activity.

265 Successions: general U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person (“the successor”) succeeds to a qualifying activity which until that time was carried on by another person (“the predecessor”), and

(b) the qualifying activity is treated as discontinued under section 113(1) or 337(1) of ICTA (changes in persons carrying on a trade, and special rules for corporation tax).

(2) Relevant property is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as if—

(a) it had been sold to the successor when the succession takes place, and

(b) the net proceeds of the sale were the market value of the property.

(3) “Relevant property” means any property which—

(a) immediately before the succession, was owned by the predecessor and was either in use or provided and available for use for the purposes of the discontinued qualifying activity, and

(b) immediately after the succession, and without being sold, is either in use or provided and available for use for the purposes of the new qualifying activity.

(4) No entitlement to a first-year allowance arises under this section.

(5) In this section “qualifying activity”—

(a) does not include an employment or office, but

(b) includes any other activity listed in section 15(1) even if any profits or gains from it are not chargeable to tax.

266 Election where predecessor and successor are connected persons U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person (“the successor”) succeeds to a qualifying activity which was until that time carried on by another person (“the predecessor”) and—

(a) the two persons are connected with each other,

(b) each of them is within the charge to tax on the profits of the qualifying activity, and

(c) the successor is not a dual resident investing company.

(2) If this section applies, the predecessor and the successor may jointly elect for the provisions of section 267 to have effect.

(3) The election may be made whether or not any plant or machinery has actually been sold or transferred.

(4) The election must be made by notice to the Inland Revenue within 2 years after the date on which the succession takes effect.

(5) For the purposes of this section, the predecessor and the successor are connected with each other if any of the following conditions is met—

(a) they would be treated as connected persons under section 839 of ICTA;

(b) one of them is a partnership and the other has the right to a share in that partnership;

(c) one of them is a body corporate and the other has control over that body;

(d) both of them are partnerships and another person has the right to a share in both of them;

(e) both of them are bodies corporate, or one of them is a partnership and the other is a body corporate, and (in either case) another person has control over both of them.

(6) In subsection (5) any reference to a right to a share in a partnership is to be read as a reference to a right to a share of the assets or income of the partnership.

(7) Sections 104, 108 and 265 (disposal value of long-life assets, effect of disposal to connected person on overseas leasing pool and general provisions about successions) do not apply if an election is made under this section.

(8) This section does not apply if section 561 applies (transfer of UK trade to a company in another member State).

267 Effect of election U.K.

(1) If an election is made under section 266, the following provisions have effect.

(2) For the purposes of making allowances and charges under this Part, relevant plant or machinery is treated as sold by the predecessor to the successor—

(a) when the succession takes place, and

(b) at a price which gives rise to neither a balancing allowance nor a balancing charge.

(3) “Relevant plant or machinery” means any plant or machinery which—

(a) immediately before the succession, was owned by the predecessor, and was either in use or provided and available for use for the purposes of the qualifying activity, and

(b) immediately after the succession, is owned by the successor, and is either in use or provided and available for use for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

(4) Allowances and charges are to be made under this Part to or on the successor as if everything done to or by the predecessor had been done to or by the successor.

(5) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to the election.

268 Successions by beneficiaries U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person succeeds to a qualifying activity as a beneficiary under the will or on the intestacy of a deceased person who carried on the qualifying activity,

(b) the qualifying activity is treated as discontinued under section 113(1) of ICTA (changes in persons carrying on a trade etc.), and

(c) the beneficiary elects by notice to the Inland Revenue for this section to apply.

(2) In relation to the succession and any previous succession occurring on or after the death of the deceased, relevant plant or machinery is treated as if it had been sold to the beneficiary when the succession takes place.

(3) The net proceeds of the sale are treated as being the lesser of—

(a) the market value of the plant or machinery, and

(b) the unrelieved qualifying expenditure which would have been taken into account in calculating the amount of a balancing allowance for the appropriate chargeable period if the disposal value of the plant or machinery had been nil.

• “Appropriate chargeable period” means the chargeable period in which the deceased person’s qualifying activity was permanently discontinued.

(4) “Relevant plant or machinery” means plant or machinery which—

(a) was previously owned by the deceased,

(b) passes to the beneficiary with the qualifying activity, and

(c) is either used or provided and available for use by the beneficiary for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

(5) Subsections (6) and (7) apply if the beneficiary is required to bring a disposal value into account in respect of relevant plant or machinery.

(6) The provisions limiting the amount of the disposal value of property, that is—

(a) section 62 (limit on disposal value: general), and

(b) section 239 (limit on disposal value where additional VAT rebate),

apply in relation to the beneficiary to limit the disposal value by reference to expenditure incurred by the deceased or additional VAT rebates made to the deceased.

(7) Section 73 (limit on disposal value: software and rights to software) applies as if the previous disposal values to be taken into account in determining whether the limit under those provisions is exceeded were those of the deceased.

(8) In this section “qualifying activity”—

(a) does not include an employment or office, but

(b) includes any other activity listed in section 15(1) even if any profits or gains from it are not chargeable to tax.

Miscellaneous U.K.

269 Use of plant or machinery for business entertainment U.K.

(1) If—

(a) a person carrying on a qualifying activity, or

(b) an employee of that person,

provides business entertainment in connection with that activity, the use of plant or machinery for providing the entertainment is to be treated as use for purposes other than those of that activity.

(2) For the purposes of this section—

(a) “entertainment” includes hospitality of any kind, and

(b) the use of an asset for providing entertainment includes the use of an asset for providing anything incidental to the entertainment.

(3) “Business entertainment” does not include anything provided by a person for employees unless its provision for them is incidental to its provision for others.

(4) “Business entertainment” does not include the use of plant or machinery for the provision of anything by a person if—

(a) it is a function of that person’s qualifying activity to provide it, and

(b) it is provided by that person in the ordinary course of that qualifying activity—

(i) for payment, or

(ii) free of charge with the object of advertising to the public generally.

(5) For the purposes of this section—

(a) directors of a company, or

(b) persons engaged in the management of a company,

are to be regarded as employed by the company.

270 Shares in plant or machinery U.K.

(1) This Part applies in relation to a share in plant or machinery as it applies (under section 571) in relation to a part of plant or machinery.

(2) For the purposes of this Part, a share in plant or machinery is treated as used for the purposes of a qualifying activity so long as, and only so long as, the plant or machinery is used for the purposes of the qualifying activity.

Part 3 U.K. Industrial buildings allowances

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C13 Pt. 3 (ss. 271-360) modified (prosp.) by Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (c. 29), ss. 448, 458(1), Sch. 10 paras. 18, 21

Chapter 1 U.K. Introduction

271 Industrial buildings allowances U.K.

(1) Allowances are available under this Part if—

(a) expenditure has been incurred on the construction of a building or structure,

(b) the building or structure is (or, in the case of an initial allowance, is to be)—

(i) in use for the purposes of a qualifying trade,

(ii) a qualifying hotel,

(iii) a qualifying sports pavilion, or

(iv) in relation to qualifying enterprise zone expenditure, a commercial building or structure, and

(c) the expenditure incurred on the construction of the building or structure, or other expenditure, is qualifying expenditure.

(2) In the rest of this Part—

(a) “building” is short for “building or structure”, and

(b) “industrial building” means, subject to Chapter 2 (which defines terms used in subsection (1)(b) etc.), a building or structure which is within subsection (1)(b).

(3) Allowances under this Part are made to the person who for the time being has the relevant interest in the building (see Chapter 3) in relation to the qualifying expenditure (see Chapter 4).

272 Expenditure on the construction of a building U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Part, expenditure on the construction of a building does not include expenditure on the acquisition of land or rights in or over land.

(2) This Part has effect in relation to capital expenditure incurred by a person on repairs to a part of a building as if it were capital expenditure on the construction of that part of the building for the first time.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), expenditure incurred for the purposes of a trade on repairs to a building is to be treated as capital expenditure if it is not expenditure that would be allowed to be deducted in calculating the profits of the trade for tax purposes.

273 Preparation of sites for plant or machinery U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) applies if—

(a) capital expenditure is or has been incurred in preparing, cutting, tunnelling or levelling land for the purposes of preparing the land as a site for the installation of plant or machinery, and

(b) no allowance could (apart from this section) be made in respect of that expenditure under this Part or Part 2 (plant and machinery allowances).

(2) This Part has effect in relation to the expenditure as if—

(a) the purpose of incurring the expenditure were to prepare the land as a site for the construction of a building, and

(b) the installed plant or machinery were a building.

Chapter 2 U.K. Industrial buildings

Buildings in use for the purposes of a qualifying trade U.K.

274 Trades and undertakings which are “qualifying trades” U.K.

(1) “Qualifying trade” means—

(a) a trade of a kind described in Table A, or

(b) an undertaking of a kind described in Table B, if the undertaking is carried on by way of trade.

Table A

Trades which are “qualifying trades”

1.	Manufacturing	A trade consisting of manufacturing goods or materials.
2.	Processing	A trade consisting of subjecting goods or materials to a process. This includes (subject to section 276(3)) maintaining or repairing goods or materials.
3.	Storage	A trade consisting of storing goods or materials— (a) which are to be used in the manufacture of other goods or materials, (b) which are to be subjected, in the course of a trade, to a process, (c) which, having been manufactured or produced or subjected, in the course of a trade, to a process, have not yet been delivered to any purchaser, or (d) on their arrival in the United Kingdom from a place outside the United Kingdom.
4.	Agricultural contracting	A trade consisting of— (a) ploughing or cultivating land occupied by another, (b) carrying out any other agricultural operation on land occupied by another, or (c) threshing another’s crops. For this purpose “crops” includes vegetable produce.
5.	Working foreign plantations	A trade consisting of working land outside the United Kingdom used for— (a) growing and harvesting crops, (b) husbandry, or (c) forestry. For this purpose “crops” includes vegetable produce and “harvesting crops” includes the collection of vegetable produce (however effected).
6.	Fishing	A trade consisting of catching or taking fish or shellfish.
7.	Mineral extraction	A trade consisting of working a source of mineral deposits. “Mineral deposits” includes any natural deposits capable of being lifted or extracted from the earth, and for this purpose geothermal energy is to be treated as a natural deposit. “Source of mineral deposits” includes a mine, an oil well and a source of geothermal energy.

Table B

Undertakings which are “qualifying trades” if carried on by way of trade

1.	Electricity	An undertaking for the generation, transformation, conversion, transmission or distribution of electrical energy.
2.	Water	An undertaking for the supply of water for public consumption.
3.	Hydraulic power	An undertaking for the supply of hydraulic power.
4.	Sewerage	An undertaking for the provision of sewerage services within the meaning of the Water Industry Act 1991 (c. 56).
5.	Transport	A transport undertaking.
6.	Highway undertakings	A highway undertaking, that is, so much of any undertaking relating to the design, building, financing and operation of roads as is carried on— (a) for the purposes of, or (b) in connection with, the exploitation of highway concessions.
7.	Tunnels	A tunnel undertaking.
8.	Bridges	A bridge undertaking.
9.	Inland navigation	An inland navigation undertaking.
10.	Docks	A dock undertaking. A dock includes— (a) any harbour, and (b) any wharf, pier, jetty or other works in or at which vessels can ship or unship merchandise or passengers, other than a pier or jetty primarily used for recreation.

(2) Item 6 of Table B needs to be read with Chapter 9 (application of this Part to highway undertakings).

275 Building used for welfare of workers U.K.

A building is in use for the purposes of a qualifying trade if it is—

(a) provided by the person carrying on the qualifying trade for the welfare of workers employed in that qualifying trade, and

(b) in use for the welfare of such workers.

276 Parts of trades and undertakings U.K.

(1) Sections 274 and 275 apply in relation to part of a trade or undertaking as they apply in relation to a trade or undertaking.

But this is subject to subsections (2) and (3).

(2) If—

(a) a building is in use for the purpose of a trade or undertaking, and

(b) part only of the trade or undertaking is a qualifying trade,

the building is in use for the purposes of the qualifying trade only if it is in use for the purposes of that part of the trade or undertaking.

(3) Maintaining or repairing goods or materials is not a qualifying trade if—

(a) the goods or materials are employed in a trade or undertaking,

(b) the maintenance or repair is carried out by the person employing the goods or materials, and

(c) the trade or undertaking is not itself a qualifying trade.

277 Exclusion of dwelling-houses, retail shops, showrooms, hotels and offices etc. U.K.

(1) A building is not in use for the purposes of a qualifying trade if it is in use as, or as part of, or for any purpose ancillary to the purposes of—

(a) a dwelling-house;

(b) a retail shop, or premises of a similar character where a retail trade or business (including repair work) is carried on;

(c) a showroom;

(d) a hotel;

(e) an office.

(2) Subsection (3) is about buildings constructed for occupation by, or for the welfare of persons employed—

(a) on, or in connection with, working land outside the United Kingdom which is used as described in item 5 of Table A in section 274 (foreign plantations), or

(b) at, or in connection with, working a source of mineral deposits as defined in item 7 of Table A (mineral extraction).

(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to a building which this subsection is about if the building—

(a) is likely to be of little or no value to the person carrying on the trade when the land or source is no longer worked, or

(b) will cease to be owned by that person on the ending of a foreign concession under which the land or source is worked.

(4) “Foreign concession” means a right or privilege granted by the government of, or any municipality or other authority in, a territory outside the United Kingdom.

(5) Subsection (1) is subject to section 283 (non-industrial part of building disregarded).

278 Building used by more than one licensee U.K.

A building used by more than one licensee of the same person is not in use for the purposes of a qualifying trade unless each licensee uses it, or the part to which the licence relates, for the purposes of a qualifying trade.

Qualifying hotels and sports pavilions U.K.

279 Qualifying hotels U.K.

(1) A hotel is a qualifying hotel if the following conditions are met—

(a) the accommodation in the hotel is in a building of a permanent nature,

(b) the hotel is open for at least 4 months during April to October, and

(c) when the hotel is open during April to October—

(i) it has 10 or more letting bedrooms,

(ii) the sleeping accommodation it offers consists wholly or mainly of letting bedrooms, and

(iii) the services provided for guests normally include the provision of breakfast and an evening meal, the making of beds and the cleaning of rooms.

(2) Whether a hotel meets the conditions in subsection (1)(b) and (c) at any time in a chargeable period is to be determined by reference to the period given under subsections (3) to (5) (“the reference period”).

(3) If the hotel was in use for the purposes of a trade carried on by—

(a) the person claiming the allowance, or

(b) a lessee occupying the hotel under a lease to which the relevant interest is reversionary,

throughout the 12 month period ending with the last day of the chargeable period, the reference period is that 12 month period.

(4) If the hotel was first used for the purposes of a trade carried on as described in subsection (3) after the beginning of the 12 month period referred to there, the reference period is the 12 month period beginning with the date on which it was first so used.

(5) If a hotel does not qualify under subsection (3) because it had fewer than 10 letting bedrooms until too late a date, the reference period is the 12 month period beginning with the date when it had 10 or more letting bedrooms.

(6) A hotel is not to be treated as meeting the conditions in subsection (1)(b) and (c) at any time in a chargeable period after it has ceased altogether to be used.

(7) A building (whether or not on the same site as any other part of the hotel) which is—

(a) provided by the person carrying on the trade for the welfare of workers employed in the hotel, and

(b) in use for the welfare of such workers,

is to be treated for the purposes of this section as part of the hotel.

(8) If a qualifying hotel is carried on by an individual (alone or in partnership), accommodation which, when the hotel is open during April to October, is normally used as a dwelling by—

(a) that individual, or

(b) a member of his family or household,

is to be treated for the purposes of this section as not being part of the hotel.

(9) In this section—

• “building” does not include a structure, and

• “letting bedroom” means a private bedroom available for letting to the public generally and not normally in the same occupation for more than one month.

280 Qualifying sports pavilions U.K.

A building is a qualifying sports pavilion if it is—

(a) occupied by a person carrying on a trade, and

(b) used as a sports pavilion for the welfare of all or any of the workers employed in that trade.

Commercial buildings (enterprise zones) U.K.

281 Commercial buildings (enterprise zones) U.K.

For the purposes of this Part as it applies in relation to qualifying enterprise zone expenditure, “commercial building” means a building which is used—

(a) for the purposes of a trade, profession or vocation, or

(b) as an office or offices (whether or not for the purposes of a trade, profession or vocation),

and which is not in use as, or as part of, a dwelling-house.

Supplementary provisions U.K.

282 Buildings outside the United Kingdom U.K.

A building outside the United Kingdom which is in use for the purposes of a trade is not an industrial building at any time when the profits of the trade are not assessable in accordance with the rules applicable to Case I of Schedule D.

283 Non-industrial part of building disregarded U.K.

(1) This section applies if, apart from this section, but taking into account section 571 (parts of buildings etc.)—

(a) part of a building would be an industrial building, and

(b) part (“the non-industrial part”) would not.

(2) If the qualifying expenditure relating to the non-industrial part is no more than 25% of the qualifying expenditure relating to the whole of the building, the whole of the building is an industrial building.

284 Roads on industrial estates etc. U.K.

(1) A road on an industrial estate is an industrial building if the estate consists wholly or mainly of buildings that are treated under this Part as industrial buildings.

(2) For the purposes of this Part as it applies in relation to qualifying enterprise zone expenditure, “industrial estate” includes an area (such as a business park) which consists wholly or mainly of commercial buildings.

285 Cessation of use and temporary disuse of building U.K.

For the purposes of this Part—

(a) a building is not to be regarded as ceasing altogether to be used merely because it falls temporarily out of use, and

(b) if a building is an industrial building immediately before a period of temporary disuse, it is to be treated as being an industrial building during the period of temporary disuse.

Chapter 3 U.K. The relevant interest in the building

286 General rule as to what is the relevant interest U.K.

(1) The relevant interest in relation to any qualifying expenditure is the interest in the building to which the person who incurred the expenditure on the construction of the building was entitled when the expenditure was incurred.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to the following provisions of this Chapter and to sections 342 (highway undertakings) and 359 (provisions applying on termination of lease).

(3) If—

(a) the person who incurred the expenditure on the construction of the building was entitled to more than one interest in the building when the expenditure was incurred, and

(b) one of those interests was reversionary on all the others,

the reversionary interest is the relevant interest.

287 Interest acquired on completion of construction U.K.

For the purposes of determining the relevant interest, a person who—

(a) incurs expenditure on the construction of a building, and

(b) is entitled to an interest in the building on or as a result of the completion of the construction,

is treated as having had that interest when the expenditure was incurred.

288 Effect of creation of subordinate interest U.K.

(1) An interest does not cease to be the relevant interest merely because of the creation of a lease or other interest to which that interest is subject.

(2) This is subject to any election under section 290.

289 Merger of leasehold interest U.K.

If the relevant interest is a leasehold interest which is extinguished on—

(a) being surrendered, or

(b) the person entitled to the interest acquiring the interest which is reversionary on it,

the interest into which the leasehold interest merges becomes the relevant interest when the leasehold interest is extinguished.

290 Election to treat grant of lease exceeding 50 years as sale U.K.

(1) Subsection (2) applies if—

(a) expenditure has been incurred on the construction of a building,

(b) a lease of the building is granted out of the interest which is the relevant interest in relation to the expenditure,

(c) the duration of the lease exceeds 50 years, and

(d) the lessor and the lessee elect for subsection (2) to apply.

(2) This Part applies as if—

(a) the grant of the lease were a sale of the relevant interest by the lessor to the lessee at the time when the lease takes effect,

(b) any capital sum paid by the lessee in consideration for the grant of the lease were the purchase price on the sale, and

(c) the interest out of which the lease was granted had at that time ceased to be, and the interest granted by the lease had at that time become, the relevant interest.

(3) The election has effect in relation to all the expenditure—

(a) in relation to which the interest out of which the lease is granted is the relevant interest, and

(b) which relates to the building (or buildings) that is (or are) the subject of the lease.

291 Supplementary provisions with respect to elections U.K.

(1) No election may be made under section 290 by a lessor and lessee who are connected persons unless—

(a) the lessor is a body discharging statutory functions, and

(b) the lessee is a company of which it has control.

(2) No election may be made under section 290 if it appears that the sole or main benefit which may be expected to accrue to the lessor from the grant of the lease and the making of an election is obtaining a balancing allowance.

(3) Whether the duration of a lease exceeds 50 years is to be determined—

(a) in accordance with section 38(1) to (4) and (6) of ICTA, and

(b) without regard to section 359(3) (new lease granted as a result of the exercise of an option treated as continuation of old lease).

(4) An election under section 290 must be made by notice to the Inland Revenue within 2 years after the date on which the lease takes effect.

(5) All such adjustments, by discharge or repayment of tax or otherwise, are to be made as are necessary to give effect to the election.

Chapter 4 U.K. Qualifying expenditure

Introduction U.K.

292 Meaning of “qualifying expenditure” U.K.

In this Part “qualifying expenditure” means expenditure which is qualifying expenditure under—

section 294	capital expenditure on construction of a building
section 295	purchase of unused building where developer not involved
section 296	purchase of building which has been sold unused by developer
section 301	qualifying expenditure on sale within 2 years of first use where all of expenditure is qualifying enterprise zone expenditure
section 303	qualifying expenditure on sale within 2 years of first use where part of expenditure is qualifying enterprise zone expenditure.

293 Meaning of references to carrying on a trade as a developer U.K.

For the purposes of this Chapter—

(a) a developer is a person who carries on a trade which consists in whole or in part in the construction of buildings with a view to their sale, and

(b) an interest in a building is sold by the developer in the course of the development trade if the developer sells it in the course of the trade or (as the case may be) that part of the trade that consists in the construction of buildings with a view to their sale.

Qualifying expenditure U.K.

294 Capital expenditure on construction of a building U.K.

If—

(a) capital expenditure is incurred on the construction of a building, and

(b) the relevant interest in the building has not been sold or, if it has been sold, it has been sold only after the first use of the building,

the capital expenditure is qualifying expenditure.

295 Purchase of unused building where developer not involved U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) expenditure is incurred on the construction of a building,

(b) the relevant interest in the building is sold before the building is first used,

(c) a capital sum is paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest, and

(d) section 296 (purchase of building which has been sold unused by developer) does not apply.

(2) The lesser of—

(a) the capital sum paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest, and

(b) the expenditure incurred on the construction of the building,

is qualifying expenditure.

(3) The qualifying expenditure is to be treated as incurred by the purchaser when the capital sum became payable.

(4) If the relevant interest is sold more than once before the building is first used, subsection (2) has effect only in relation to the last of those sales.

296 Purchase of building which has been sold unused by developer U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) expenditure is incurred by a developer on the construction of a building, and

(b) the relevant interest in the building is sold by the developer in the course of the development trade before the building is first used.

(2) If—

(a) the sale of the relevant interest by the developer was the only sale of that interest before the building is used, and

(b) a capital sum is paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest,

the capital sum is qualifying expenditure.

(3) If—

(a) the sale by the developer was not the only sale before the building is used, and

(b) a capital sum is paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest on the last sale,

the lesser of that capital sum and the price paid for the relevant interest on its sale by the developer is qualifying expenditure.

(4) The qualifying expenditure is to be treated as incurred by the purchaser when the capital sum referred to in subsection (2)(b) or (3)(b) became payable.

297 Purchase of used building from developer U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) expenditure is incurred by a developer on the construction of a building, and

(b) the relevant interest is sold by the developer in the course of the development trade after the building has been used.

(2) This Part has effect in relation to the person to whom the relevant interest is sold as if—

(a) the expenditure on the construction of the building had been qualifying expenditure,

(b) all appropriate writing-down allowances had been made to the developer, and

(c) any appropriate balancing adjustment had been made on the occasion of the sale.

(3) This section is subject to sections 301 and 303 (purchase of building in enterprise zone within 2 years of first use).

Qualifying enterprise zone expenditure U.K.

298 The time limit for qualifying enterprise zone expenditure U.K.

(1) For the purposes of sections 299 to 304, the time limit for expenditure on the construction of a building on a site in an enterprise zone is—

(a) 10 years after the site was first included in the zone, or

(b) if the expenditure is incurred under a contract entered into within those 10 years, 20 years after the site was first included in the zone.

(2) In those sections “EZ building” is short for “building on a site in an enterprise zone”.

(3) In this Part “enterprise zone” means an area designated as such by an order—

(a) made by the Secretary of State [F14 , the Scottish Ministers or the National Assembly for Wales,] under powers conferred by Schedule 32 to the Local Government, Planning and Land Act 1980 (c. 65), or

(b) in Northern Ireland, made by the Department of the Environment under Article 7 of the Enterprise Zones (Northern Ireland) Order 1981 (S.I.1981/607 (N.I.15)).

Textual Amendments

F14 Words in s. 298(3) inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 69(2) of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 69(1), Sch. 21 para. 5

299 Application of section 294 U.K.

If—

(a) capital expenditure is incurred on the construction of an EZ building, and

(b) the expenditure is incurred within the time limit,

the qualifying expenditure given by section 294 is qualifying enterprise zone expenditure.

300 Application of sections 295 and 296 U.K.

If—

(a) expenditure is incurred on the construction of an EZ building, and

(b) all the expenditure is incurred within the time limit,

any qualifying expenditure given by sections 295 and 296 in relation to that expenditure is qualifying enterprise zone expenditure.

301 Purchase of building within 2 years of first use U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) expenditure is incurred on the construction of an EZ building,

(b) all the expenditure is incurred within the time limit,

(c) the relevant interest in the building is sold—

(i) after the building has been used, but

(ii) within the period of 2 years beginning with the date on which the building was first used, and

(d) that sale (“the relevant sale”) is the first sale in that period after the building has been used.

(2) If this section applies—

(a) any balancing adjustment which falls to be made on the occasion of the relevant sale is to be made, and

(b) the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately after the relevant sale is to be disregarded for the purposes of this Part.

(3) If a capital sum is paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest on the relevant sale—

(a) the purchaser is to be treated as having incurred qualifying expenditure that is qualifying enterprise zone expenditure of an amount given in subsection (4), (6) or (7), and

(b) in relation to that qualifying enterprise zone expenditure, this Part applies as if the building had not been used before the date of the relevant sale.

(4) Unless subsection (6) or (7) applies, the amount of the qualifying enterprise zone expenditure is the lesser of—

(a) the capital sum paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest on the relevant sale, and

(b) the expenditure incurred on the construction of the building.

(5) Subsections (6) and (7) apply if—

(a) the expenditure incurred on the construction of the EZ building was incurred by a developer, and

(b) the relevant interest in the building has been sold by the developer in the course of the development trade.

(6) If the sale by the developer is the relevant sale, the amount of the qualifying enterprise zone expenditure is the capital sum paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest on that sale.

(7) If the sale by the developer is not the relevant sale, the amount of the qualifying enterprise zone expenditure is the lesser of—

(a) the capital sum paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest on the relevant sale, and

(b) the price paid for the relevant interest on its sale by the developer.

(8) The qualifying expenditure is to be treated as incurred when the capital sum on the relevant sale became payable.

Part of expenditure within time limit for qualifying enterprise zone expenditure U.K.

302 Qualifying enterprise zone expenditure where section 295 or 296 applies U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) expenditure is incurred on the construction of an EZ building,

(b) only a part of the expenditure is incurred within the time limit, and

(c) the circumstances are as described in—

(i) section 295(1) (purchase of unused building where developer not involved), or

(ii) section 296(1) (purchase of building which has been sold unused by developer).

(2) Only a part of the qualifying expenditure given by section 295(2) or 296(2) or (3) (as the case may be) is qualifying enterprise zone expenditure.

(3) The part of the qualifying expenditure that is qualifying enterprise zone expenditure is—

where—

QE is the qualifying expenditure,

E is the part of the expenditure on the construction of the EZ building that is incurred within the time limit, and

T is the total expenditure on the construction of the building.

303 Purchase of building within 2 years of first use U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) expenditure is incurred on the construction of an EZ building,

(b) only a part of the expenditure is incurred within the time limit,

(c) the relevant interest in the building is sold—

(i) after the building has been used, but

(ii) within the period of 2 years beginning with the date on which the building was first used, and

(d) that sale (“the relevant sale”) is the first sale in that period after the building has been used.

(2) If this section applies—

(a) any balancing adjustment which falls to be made on the occasion of the relevant sale is to be made, and

(b) the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately after the relevant sale is to be disregarded for the purposes of this Part.

(3) If a capital sum is paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest on the relevant sale—

(a) the purchaser is to be treated as having incurred qualifying expenditure—

(i) part of which is qualifying enterprise zone expenditure (“Z”), and

(ii) part of which is not (“N”), and

(b) in relation to that qualifying expenditure, this Part applies as if the building had not been used before the date of the relevant sale.

(4) Unless section 304 (cases where developer involved) applies—

and

L is the lesser of—

(a) the capital sum paid for the relevant interest on the relevant sale, and

(b) the expenditure incurred on the construction of the building,

E is the part of the expenditure on the construction of the EZ building that is incurred within the time limit, and

T is the total expenditure on the construction of the building.

(5) Any qualifying expenditure arising under this section or section 304 is to be treated as incurred when the capital sum on the relevant sale became payable.

304 Application of section 303 where developer involved U.K.

(1) This section applies if section 303 applies but—

(a) the expenditure on the construction of the building was incurred by a developer, and

(b) the relevant interest in the building has been sold by the developer in the course of the development trade;

and in this section Z, N, E and T have the same meaning as in section 303.

(2) If the sale by the developer is the relevant sale—

and

where—

C is the capital sum paid for the relevant interest by the purchaser, and

L is the lesser of—

(a) the capital sum paid for the relevant interest on the relevant sale, and

(b) the expenditure incurred on the construction of the building.

(3) If the sale by the developer is not the relevant sale—

and

where D is the lesser of—

(a) the price paid for the relevant interest on its sale by the developer, and

(b) the capital sum paid for the relevant interest on the relevant sale.

Chapter 5 U.K. Initial allowances

305 Initial allowances for qualifying enterprise zone expenditure U.K.

(1) A person who has incurred qualifying enterprise zone expenditure is entitled to an initial allowance in respect of the expenditure if the building on which the expenditure is incurred is to be an industrial building—

(a) occupied by that person or a qualifying lessee, or

(b) used by a qualifying licensee.

(2) In this section—

• “qualifying lessee” means a lessee under a lease to which the relevant interest is reversionary, and

• “qualifying licensee” means a licensee of—

  (a)

  the person incurring the qualifying expenditure, or

  (b)

  a lessee of the person incurring the qualifying expenditure.

306 Amount of initial allowance and period for which allowance made U.K.

(1) The amount of the initial allowance is 100% of the qualifying enterprise zone expenditure.

(2) A person claiming an initial allowance under this section may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

(3) The initial allowance is made for the chargeable period in which the qualifying expenditure is incurred.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (3), expenditure incurred for the purposes of a trade, profession or vocation by a person about to carry it on is to be treated as if it had been incurred on the first day on which the person carries on the trade, profession or vocation.

307 Building not industrial building when first used etc. U.K.

(1) No initial allowance is to be made under section 305 if, when the building is first used, it is not an industrial building.

(2) An initial allowance which has been made in respect of a building which is to be an industrial building is to be withdrawn if, when the building is first used, it is not an industrial building.

(3) An initial allowance which has been made in respect of a building which has not been used is to be withdrawn if the person to whom the allowance was made sells the relevant interest before the building is first used.

(4) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to this section.

308 Grants affecting entitlement to initial allowances U.K.

(1) No initial allowance is to be made in respect of expenditure to the extent that it is taken into account for the purposes of a relevant grant or relevant payment made towards that expenditure.

(2) A grant or payment is relevant if it is—

(a) a grant made under section 32, 34 or 56(1) of the Transport Act 1968 (c. 73),

(b) a payment made under section 56(2) of the Transport Act 1968, or

(c) a grant made under section 101 of the Greater London Authority Act 1999 (c. 29),

which is declared by the Treasury by order to be relevant for the purposes of the withholding of initial allowances.

(3) If a relevant grant or relevant payment towards the expenditure is made after the making of an initial allowance, the allowance is to be withdrawn to that extent.

(4) If the amount of the grant or payment is repaid by the grantee to the grantor, in whole or in part, the grant or payment is treated, to that extent, as never having been made.

(5) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to subsection (3) or (4).

(6) Any such assessment or adjustment is not out of time if it is made within 3 years of the end of the chargeable period in which the grant, payment or repayment was made.

Chapter 6 U.K. Writing-down allowances

309 Entitlement to writing-down allowance U.K.

(1) A person is entitled to a writing-down allowance for a chargeable period if—

(a) qualifying expenditure has been incurred on a building,

(b) at the end of that chargeable period, the person is entitled to the relevant interest in the building in relation to that expenditure, and

(c) at the end of that chargeable period, the building is an industrial building.

(2) A person claiming a writing-down allowance may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

310 Basic rule for calculating amount of allowance U.K.

(1) The basic rule is that the writing-down allowance for a chargeable period is—

(a) in the case of qualifying enterprise zone expenditure, 25% of the expenditure, and

(b) in the case of other qualifying expenditure, 4% of the expenditure.

(2) The allowance is proportionately increased or reduced if the chargeable period is more or less than a year.

(3) This basic rule does not apply if section 311 applies.

311 Calculation of allowance after sale of relevant interest U.K.

(1) If a relevant event occurs, the writing-down allowance for any chargeable period ending after the event is—

where—

RQE is the amount of the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately after the event,

A is the length of the chargeable period, and

B is the length of the period from the date of the event to the end of the period of 25 years beginning with the day on which the building was first used.

(2) On any later relevant event, the writing-down allowance is further adjusted in accordance with this section.

(3) “Relevant event” means—

(a) a sale of the relevant interest in the building which is a balancing event to which section 314 applies, or

(b) an event which is a relevant event for the purposes of this section under section 347 or 349 (additional VAT liabilities and rebates).

312 Allowance limited to residue of qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) The amount of the writing-down allowance for a chargeable period is limited to the residue of qualifying expenditure.

(2) For this purpose the residue is ascertained immediately before writing off the writing-down allowance at the end of the chargeable period.

313 Meaning of “the residue of qualifying expenditure” U.K.

The residue of qualifying expenditure is the qualifying expenditure that has not yet been written off in accordance with Chapter 8.

Chapter 7 U.K. Balancing adjustments

General U.K.

314 When balancing adjustments are made U.K.

(1) A balancing adjustment is made if—

(a) qualifying expenditure has been incurred on a building, and

(b) a balancing event occurs while the building is an industrial building or after it has ceased to be an industrial building.

(2) A balancing adjustment is either a balancing allowance or a balancing charge and is made for the chargeable period in which the balancing event occurs.

(3) A balancing allowance or balancing charge is made to or on the person entitled to the relevant interest in the building immediately before the balancing event.

(4) No balancing adjustment is made if the balancing event occurs more than 25 years after the building was first used.

(5) If more than one balancing event within section 315(1) occurs during a period when the building is not an industrial building, a balancing adjustment is made only on the first of them.

315 Main balancing events U.K.

(1) The following are balancing events for the purposes of this Part—

(a) the relevant interest in the building is sold;

(b) if the relevant interest is a lease, the lease ends otherwise than on the person entitled to it acquiring the interest reversionary on it;

(c) the building is demolished or destroyed;

(d) the building ceases altogether to be used (without being demolished or destroyed);

(e) if the relevant interest depends on the duration of a foreign concession, the concession ends.

(2) “Foreign concession” means a right or privilege granted by the government of, or any municipality or other authority in, a territory outside the United Kingdom.

(3) Other balancing events are provided for by—

• section 328 (realisation of capital value where site of building is in enterprise zone);

• section 343 (ending of highway concession);

• section 350 (additional VAT rebates and balancing adjustments);

and a balancing event under this section may also occur as a result of section 317 (hotel not qualifying hotel for 2 years).

316 Proceeds from main balancing events U.K.

(1) References in this Part to the proceeds from a balancing event within section 315(1) are to the amounts received or receivable in connection with the event, as shown in the Table—

Table

Balancing events and proceeds

1. Balancing event	2. Proceeds from event
1. The sale of the relevant interest.	The net proceeds of the sale.
2. The demolition or destruction of the building.	The net amount received for the remains of the building, together with— (a) any insurance money received in respect of the demolition or destruction, and (b) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums.
3. The building ceases altogether to be used.	Any compensation of any description received in respect of the event, so far as it consists of capital sums.
4. A foreign concession ends.	Any compensation payable in respect of the relevant interest.

(2) The amounts referred to in column 2 of the Table are those received or receivable by the person whose entitlement to a balancing allowance or liability to a balancing charge is in question.

317 Balancing event where hotel not qualifying hotel for 2 years U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a building ceases to be a qualifying hotel otherwise than on the occurrence of a balancing event which is within section 315(1), and

(b) after the building ceases to be a qualifying hotel, a period of 2 years elapses—

(i) in which it is not a qualifying hotel, and

(ii) without the occurrence of a balancing event.

(2) This Part has effect as if—

(a) the relevant interest in the building had been sold at the end of the 2 year period, and

(b) the net proceeds of the sale were equal to the market value of that interest.

(3) Subsection (2) does not affect section 285 (building treated as industrial building during period of temporary disuse).

(4) But a building is not to be treated under section 285(b) as continuing to be a qualifying hotel for more than 2 years after the end of the chargeable period in which it falls temporarily out of use.

(5) This section does not apply to qualifying enterprise zone expenditure.

Calculation of balancing adjustments U.K.

318 Building an industrial building etc. throughout U.K.

(1) This section provides for balancing adjustments where the building was—

(a) an industrial building, or

(b) used for research and development,

for the whole of the relevant period of ownership.

(2) A balancing allowance is made if—

(a) there are no proceeds from the balancing event, or

(b) the proceeds from the balancing event are less than the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before the event.

(3) The amount of the balancing allowance is the amount of—

(a) the residue (if there are no proceeds);

(b) the difference (if the proceeds are less than the residue).

(4) A balancing charge is made if the proceeds from the balancing event are more than the residue, if any, of qualifying expenditure immediately before the event.

(5) The amount of the balancing charge is the amount of—

(a) the difference, or

(b) the proceeds (if the residue is nil).

319 Building not an industrial building etc. throughout U.K.

(1) This section provides for balancing adjustments where the building was not—

(a) an industrial building, or

(b) used for research and development,

for a part of the relevant period of ownership.

(2) A balancing allowance is made if—

(a) there are no proceeds from the balancing event or the proceeds are less than the starting expenditure, and

(b) the net allowances made are less than the adjusted net cost of the building.

(3) The amount of the balancing allowance is the amount of the difference between the adjusted net cost of the building and the net allowances made.

(4) A balancing charge is made if the proceeds from the balancing event are equal to or more than the starting expenditure.

(5) The amount of the balancing charge is an amount equal to the net allowances made.

(6) A balancing charge is also made if—

(a) there are no proceeds from the balancing event or the proceeds are less than the starting expenditure, and

(b) the net allowances made are more than the adjusted net cost of the building.

(7) The amount of the balancing charge is the amount of the difference between the net allowances made and the adjusted net cost of the building.

320 Overall limit on balancing charge U.K.

The amount of a balancing charge made on a person must not exceed the amount of the net allowances made.

Meaning of “the relevant period of ownership” etc. U.K.

321 The relevant period of ownership U.K.

The relevant period of ownership is the period beginning—

(a) with the day on which the building was first used for any purpose, or

(b) if the relevant interest has been sold after that day, with the day following that on which the sale (or the last such sale) occurred,

and ending with the day on which the balancing event occurs.

322 Starting expenditure U.K.

(1) This section gives the starting expenditure for the purposes of this Chapter.

(2) If the person to or on whom the balancing allowance or balancing charge falls to be made is the person who incurred the qualifying expenditure, that expenditure is the starting expenditure.

(3) Otherwise, the starting expenditure is the residue of qualifying expenditure at the beginning of the relevant period of ownership.

(4) If section 340 (treatment of demolition costs) applies, the starting expenditure is increased by an amount equal to the net cost of the demolition.

323 Adjusted net cost U.K.

The amount of the adjusted net cost is—

where—

S is the starting expenditure,

P is the amount of any proceeds from the balancing event,

I is the number of days in the relevant period of ownership on which the building was an industrial building or used for research and development, and

R is the number of days in the whole of the relevant period of ownership.

324 Net allowances U.K.

For the purposes of this Chapter, the amount of the net allowances made, in relation to any qualifying expenditure, is—

where—

I is the amount of any initial allowances made to the person in relation to that qualifying expenditure,

WDA is the amount of any writing-down allowances made to the person for chargeable periods ending on or before the date of the balancing event giving rise to the balancing adjustment,

RDA is the amount of any allowances under Part 6 (research and development allowances) made to the person for such chargeable periods, and

B is the amount of any balancing charges made on the person for such chargeable periods.

Balancing allowances restricted where sale subject to subordinate interest U.K.

325 Balancing allowances restricted where sale subject to subordinate interest U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) the relevant interest in a building is sold subject to a subordinate interest,

(b) the person entitled to the relevant interest immediately before the sale (“the former owner”) would, apart from this section, be entitled to a balancing allowance under this Chapter as a result of the sale, and

(c) condition A or B is met.

(2) Condition A is that—

(a) the former owner,

(b) the person who acquires the relevant interest, and

(c) the person to whom the subordinate interest was granted,

or any two of them, are connected persons.

(3) Condition B is that it appears that the sole or main benefit which might have been expected to accrue to the parties or any of them from the sale or the grant, or transactions including the sale or grant, was the obtaining of an allowance under this Part.

(4) For the purpose of deciding what balancing adjustment is to be made in a case to which this section applies, the net proceeds to the former owner of the sale are to be increased—

(a) by an amount equal to any premium receivable by him for the grant of the subordinate interest, and

(b) if no rent, or no commercial rent, is payable in respect of the subordinate interest, by the amount by which the proceeds would have been greater if a commercial rent had been payable and the relevant interest had been sold in the open market.

(5) But the net proceeds of the sale are not to be treated as being greater than the amount which secures that no balancing allowance is made.

(6) If the terms on which a subordinate interest is granted are varied before the sale of the relevant interest—

(a) any capital consideration for the variation is to be treated for the purposes of this section as a premium for the grant of the interest, and

(b) the question whether any, and if so what, rent is payable in respect of the interest is to be determined by reference to the terms in force immediately before the sale.

(7) If this section applies in relation to a sale to deny or reduce a balancing allowance, the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately after the sale is nevertheless calculated as if the balancing allowance had been made or not reduced.

326 Interpretation of section 325 U.K.

(1) In section 325—

• “commercial rent” means such rent as may reasonably be expected to have been required in respect of the subordinate interest (having regard to any premium payable for the grant of the interest) if the transaction had been at arm’s length;

• “premium” includes any capital consideration, except so much of any sum as corresponds to an amount of rent or profits falling to be calculated by reference to that sum under section 34 of ICTA;

• “subordinate interest” means an interest in or right over the building, whether granted by the former owner or anyone else.

(2) In section 325 and this section—

• “capital consideration” means consideration which consists of a capital sum or would be a capital sum if it had consisted of a money payment, and

• “rent” includes any consideration which is not capital consideration.

Qualifying enterprise zone expenditure: effect of realising capital value U.K.

327 Capital value provisions: application of provisions U.K.

Sections 328 to 331 apply only if expenditure on the construction of a building has been incurred—

(a) at a time—

(i) when the site of the building was wholly or mainly in an enterprise zone, and

(ii) which was not more than 10 years after the site was first included in the zone, or

(b) under a contract entered into at such a time.

328 Balancing adjustment on realisation of capital value U.K.

(1) There is a balancing event if, while the building is an industrial building or after it has ceased to be one, any capital value is realised.

(2) No balancing allowance is to be made because of a balancing event under this section.

(3) The amount of capital value realised is to be treated as the proceeds from the balancing event.

(4) If a balancing event under this section occurs—

(a) section 319 (balancing adjustment where building not an industrial building etc. throughout) has effect as if, immediately after the balancing event, the starting expenditure were reduced by the amount of capital value realised, and

(b) if the net proceeds of a sale of the relevant interest fall to be increased under section 325(4) (balancing allowances restricted where sale subject to subordinate interest), those proceeds as so increased are reduced by the amount of any capital value realised before the sale.

(5) Capital value is realised if an amount of capital value is paid which is attributable to an interest in land (“the subordinate interest”) to which the relevant interest in the building is or will be subject.

(6) The capital value is realised on the making of the payment.

(7) The amount of capital value realised is the amount of capital value that is attributable to the subordinate interest under section 329.

329 Capital value that is attributable to subordinate interest U.K.

(1) Capital value is attributable to the subordinate interest if it is paid—

(a) in consideration of the grant of the subordinate interest,

(b) instead of any rent payable by the person entitled to the subordinate interest,

(c) in consideration of the assignment of such rent, or

(d) in consideration of—

(i) the surrender of the subordinate interest, or

(ii) the variation or waiver of any of the terms on which it was granted.

(2) If—

(a) no premium is given in consideration of the grant of the subordinate interest or any premium so given is less than the commercial premium, and

(b) no commercial rent is payable in respect of the subordinate interest,

capital value is attributable under subsection (1)(a) as if the commercial premium had been paid on and in consideration of the grant of the subordinate interest.

(3) If any value given instead of any rent payable by the person entitled to the subordinate interest is less than the commercial amount, capital value is attributable under subsection (1)(b) as if the commercial amount had been paid.

(4) If—

(a) any rent payable in respect of the subordinate interest is assigned, but

(b) no value is given in consideration of the assignment or any value so given is less than the commercial amount,

capital value is attributable under subsection (1)(c) as if the commercial amount had been given on and in consideration of the assignment.

(5) If—

(a) the subordinate interest is surrendered, or any of the terms on which the subordinate interest was granted are varied or waived, but

(b) no value is given in consideration of the surrender, variation or waiver or any value so given is less than the commercial amount,

capital value is attributable under subsection (1)(d) as if the commercial amount had been given on and in consideration of the surrender, variation or waiver.

(6) Capital value is not attributable to the subordinate interest if it is paid in consideration of the grant of a lease to which an election under section 290 (treating grant of lease exceeding 50 years as sale) applies.

330 Exception for payments more than 7 years after agreement U.K.

(1) Capital value is not realised for the purposes of section 328 if the payment is made more than 7 years after—

(a) the agreement under which the qualifying expenditure was incurred was entered into, or

(b) if that agreement was conditional, the time when the agreement became unconditional.

(2) If an agreement is made to pay in respect of any event an amount of capital value which would be attributable to the subordinate interest, and—

(a) the agreement is made, or if conditional becomes unconditional, before the end of the period of 7 years referred to in subsection (1), and

(b) the event occurs, or any payment in consideration of the event is made, after the end of that period,

the event or payment is treated for the purposes of subsection (1) as occurring or made before the end of the 7 years.

(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if arrangements—

(a) under which the person entitled to the relevant interest acquired it, or

(b) which were made in connection with its acquisition,

include provision which requires, or makes substantially more likely, any of the events set out in subsection (4).

(4) The events are—

(a) the subsequent sale of the relevant interest;

(b) the subsequent grant of an interest in land out of the relevant interest;

(c) any other event on which capital value attributable to the subordinate interest would be paid or treated as paid.

331 Capital value provisions: interpretation U.K.

(1) “Capital value” means any capital sum—

(a) including what would have been a capital sum if it had been a money payment (and references to payment are to be read accordingly), but

(b) excluding so much of any sum as corresponds to an amount of rent or profits calculated by reference to that sum under section 34 of ICTA (premiums etc. treated as rent).

(2) “Interest in land” means—

(a) a leasehold estate in the land, whether in the nature of a head lease, sub-lease or under-lease;

(b) an easement or servitude;

(c) a licence to occupy land.

(3) References to granting an interest in land include agreeing to grant any such interest.

(4) In section 329—

• “commercial amount” means the amount that would have been given if the transaction had been at arm’s length,

• “commercial premium” means the premium that would have been given if the transaction had been at arm’s length, and

• “commercial rent” means such rent as may reasonably be expected to have been required in respect of the subordinate interest (having regard to any premium paid in consideration of the grant of the interest) if the transaction had been at arm’s length.

(5) In the application of section 329 to Scotland, references to assignment are to be read as references to assignation.

Chapter 8 U.K. Writing off qualifying expenditure

332 Introduction U.K.

For the purposes of this Part qualifying expenditure is written off to the extent and at the times specified in this Chapter.

333 Writing off initial allowances U.K.

If an initial allowance is made in respect of the qualifying expenditure, the amount of the allowance is written off at the time when the building is first used.

334 Writing off writing-down allowances U.K.

(1) If a writing-down allowance is made in respect of the qualifying expenditure, the amount of the allowance is written off at the end of the chargeable period for which the allowance is made.

(2) If a balancing event occurs at the end of the chargeable period referred to in subsection (1), the amount written off under that subsection is to be taken into account in calculating the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before the event to determine what balancing adjustment (if any) is to be made.

335 Writing off research and development allowances U.K.

(1) If an allowance under Part 6 (research and development allowances) is made in respect of the qualifying expenditure, the amount of the allowance is written off at the end of the chargeable period for which the allowance is made.

(2) If a balancing event occurs at the end of the chargeable period referred to in subsection (1), the amount written off under that subsection is to be taken into account in calculating the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before that event to determine what balancing adjustment (if any) is to be made.

336 Writing off expenditure when building not an industrial building U.K.

(1) This section applies if for any period or periods between—

(a) the time when the building was first used for any purpose, and

(b) the time when the residue of qualifying expenditure falls to be ascertained,

the building was not an industrial building.

(2) An amount equal to the notional writing-down allowances for the period or periods is written off at the time when the residue falls to be ascertained.

(3) The notional writing-down allowances are the allowances that would have been made for the period or periods in question (if the building had remained an industrial building), at such rate or rates as would have been appropriate having regard to any relevant sale.

(4) In subsection (3) “relevant sale” means a sale of the relevant interest as a result of which a balancing adjustment falls to be made under section 314.

337 Writing off or increase of expenditure where balancing adjustment made U.K.

(1) This section applies if the relevant interest in the building is sold.

(2) If a balancing allowance is made, the amount by which the residue of qualifying expenditure before the sale exceeds the net proceeds of the sale is written off at the time of the sale.

(3) If a balancing charge is made, the amount of the residue of qualifying expenditure is increased at the time of the sale by the amount of the charge.

(4) But if the balancing charge is made under section 319(6) (difference between net allowances made and adjusted net cost), the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately after the sale is limited to the net proceeds of the sale.

338 Writing off capital value which has been realised U.K.

If a balancing event within section 328 occurs (realisation of capital value), an amount equal to any capital value realised is written off at the time of the event.

339 Crown or other person not within the charge to tax entitled to the relevant interest U.K.

(1) This section applies if at any time—

(a) the Crown, or

(b) a person who is not within the charge to tax,

(“A”) is entitled to the relevant interest in a building.

(2) Sections 333 to 338 (writing off qualifying expenditure) have effect as if all writing-down allowances and balancing adjustments had been made as could have been made if—

(a) a person (“B”) who—

(i) is not the Crown,

(ii) is within the charge to tax, and

(iii) is not a company,

had been entitled to the relevant interest, and

(b) the other assumptions in subsection (3) had been made.

(3) The assumptions are that—

(a) while A was entitled to the relevant interest, all things which were done in relation to the building—

(i) by or to A, or

(ii) by or to a person using the building under the authority of A,

were done by or to B for the purposes of, and in the course of, a trade carried on by B,

(b) any sale of the relevant interest in the building by or on behalf of A was made in connection with the termination of the trade carried on by B, and

(c) B’s periods of account for that trade had, in the case of each tax year, ended immediately before the beginning of the next tax year.

340 Treatment of demolition costs U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a building is demolished, and

(b) the person to or on whom any balancing allowance or balancing charge is or might be made is the person incurring the cost of the demolition.

(2) The net cost of the demolition is added to the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before the demolition.

(3) “The net cost of the demolition” means the amount, if any, by which the cost of the demolition exceeds any money received for the remains of the property.

(4) If this section applies, neither the cost of the demolition nor the net cost of the demolition is treated for the purposes of any Part of this Act other than Part 10 (assured tenancy allowances) as expenditure on any other property replacing the property demolished.

Chapter 9 U.K. Highway undertakings

341 Carrying on of highway undertakings U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Part the carrying on of a highway undertaking is to be treated as the carrying on of an undertaking by way of trade; and accordingly references in this Part (except sections 274 and 276) to a trade include a highway undertaking.

(2) For the purposes of this Part a person carrying on a highway undertaking is to be treated as occupying, for the purposes of the undertaking, any road in relation to which it is carried on.

(3) In this Chapter “highway undertaking” has the meaning given in item 6 of Table B in section 274.

(4) In that item and this Chapter “highway concession”, in relation to a road, means—

(a) a right to receive sums from [F15 the relevant authority] because the road is or will be used by the general public, or

(b) if the road is a toll road, the right to charge tolls in respect of the road.

[F16 (5) In subsection (4) “ the relevant authority ” means—

(a) the Secretary of State,

(b) the Scottish Ministers,

(c) the National Assembly for Wales, or

(d) the Department for Regional Development in Northern Ireland.]

Textual Amendments

F15 Words in s. 341(4) substituted (with effect as mentioned in s. 69(2) of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 69(1), Sch. 21 para. 6(1)

F16 S. 341(5) inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 69(2) of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 69(1), Sch. 21 para. 6(2)

342 The relevant interest U.K.

(1) For the purposes of Chapter 3 (the relevant interest in the building) as it applies to expenditure incurred on the construction of a road, a highway concession is not to be treated as an interest in the road.

(2) But if the person who incurred the expenditure on the construction of the road—

(a) was not entitled to an interest in the road when he incurred the expenditure, but

(b) was at that time entitled to a highway concession in respect of the road,

the highway concession is to be treated as the relevant interest in relation to that expenditure.

(3) Any question as to what is the relevant interest is to be determined on the assumption that, if section 344 (renewed or new concession treated as extension of earlier concession) applies, the renewed or new concession is a continuation of the earlier concession.

343 Balancing adjustment on ending of concession U.K.

(1) If—

(a) the relevant interest is a highway concession, and

(b) the concession is brought to or comes to an end without being treated as extended under section 344,

the ending of the concession is a balancing event.

(2) The proceeds from such a balancing event are—

(a) any insurance money received by the person entitled to the highway concession in respect of any qualifying expenditure, and

(b) other compensation so received so far as it consists of capital sums.

344 Cases where highway concession is to be treated as extended U.K.

(1) A highway concession in respect of a road is to be treated as extended if—

(a) the person entitled to the concession takes up a renewed concession in respect of the whole or a part of the road, or

(b) that person or a person connected with him takes up a new concession in respect of—

(i) the whole or a part of the road, or

(ii) a road that includes the whole or a part of the road.

(2) But the concession is to be treated as extended only—

(a) to the extent that the concession which has in fact ended, and the renewed or new concession, relate to the same road, and

(b) for the period of the renewed or new concession.

(3) A person takes up a renewed or new concession if he is afforded, whether or not under legally enforceable arrangements, an opportunity to be granted the renewed or new concession and takes advantage of the opportunity.

(4) For the purposes of subsection (3) it does not matter whether the renewed or new concession is on the same terms as the previous concession or on modified terms.

(5) If—

(a) a highway concession is treated as extended under this section, and

(b) the period of the extension is different in relation to different parts of the road in relation to which the concession has been granted,

such apportionments are to be made for the purposes of section 343 as are just and reasonable.

Chapter 10 U.K. Additional VAT liabilities and rebates

Introduction U.K.

345 Introduction U.K.

For the purposes of this Chapter—

(a) “additional VAT liability” and “additional VAT rebate” have the meaning given by section 547,

(b) the time when—

(i) a person incurs an additional VAT liability, or

(ii) an additional VAT rebate is made to a person,

is given by section 548, and

(c) the chargeable period in which, and the time when, an additional VAT liability or an additional VAT rebate accrues are given by section 549.

Additional VAT liabilities U.K.

346 Additional VAT liabilities and initial allowances U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person was entitled to an initial allowance in respect of qualifying enterprise zone expenditure,

(b) the person entitled to the relevant interest in relation to that expenditure incurs an additional VAT liability in respect of that expenditure,

(c) the additional VAT liability is incurred at a time when the building is, or is to be, an industrial building—

(i) occupied by the person entitled to the relevant interest or a qualifying lessee, or

(ii) used by a qualifying licensee, and

(d) the additional VAT liability is incurred not more than 10 years after the site of the building was first included in the enterprise zone.

(2) If this section applies, the person entitled to the relevant interest is entitled to an initial allowance on the amount of the additional VAT liability.

(3) The amount of the initial allowance is 100% of the amount of the additional VAT liability.

(4) A person claiming an initial allowance under this section may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

(5) The allowance is made for the chargeable period in which the additional VAT liability accrues.

(6) The persons mentioned in subsection (1)(a) and (b) need not be the same.

347 Additional VAT liabilities and writing-down allowances U.K.

(1) This section applies if the person entitled to the relevant interest in relation to qualifying expenditure incurs an additional VAT liability in respect of that expenditure.

(2) If this section applies—

(a) the additional VAT liability is treated as qualifying expenditure, and

(b) the amount of the residue of qualifying expenditure is accordingly increased at the time when the liability accrues by the amount of the liability.

(3) The incurring of the additional VAT liability is a relevant event for the purposes of section 311 (calculation of writing-down allowances) that is to be treated as occurring at the time when the liability accrues.

348 Additional VAT liabilities and writing off initial allowances U.K.

If an initial allowance is made in respect of an additional VAT liability incurred after the building is first used, the amount of the allowance is written off at the time when the liability accrues.

Additional VAT rebates U.K.

349 Additional VAT rebates and writing-down allowances U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) an additional VAT rebate is made in respect of qualifying expenditure to the person entitled to the relevant interest in relation to that qualifying expenditure, and

(b) immediately before the rebate accrues, the residue of that qualifying expenditure is equal to, or greater than, the amount of the rebate.

(2) The making of the additional VAT rebate is a relevant event for the purposes of section 311 (calculation of writing-down allowances) that is to be treated as occurring at the time when the rebate accrues.

350 Additional VAT rebates and balancing adjustments U.K.

(1) If an additional VAT rebate is made in respect of qualifying expenditure to the person entitled to the relevant interest in relation to that qualifying expenditure—

(a) the making of the rebate is a balancing event for the purposes of this Part, but

(b) the making of balancing adjustments as a result of the event is subject to subsections (2) and (3).

(2) No balancing allowance is to be made as a result of the event.

(3) A balancing charge is not to be made as a result of the event unless—

(a) the amount of the additional VAT rebate is more than the amount of the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before the time when the rebate accrues, or

(b) there is no such residue.

(4) The amount of the balancing charge is—

(a) the amount of the difference, or

(b) the amount of the rebate (if there is no residue).

(5) If a balancing charge is made under this section, the starting expenditure is reduced by the amount of that charge in a case where section 322(2) applies (person subject to balancing adjustment is the person who incurred the qualifying expenditure).

351 Additional VAT rebates and writing off qualifying expenditure U.K.

If an additional VAT rebate is made in respect of qualifying expenditure, an amount equal to the rebate is written off at the time when the rebate accrues.

Chapter 11 U.K. Giving effect to allowances and charges

352 Trades U.K.

(1) An allowance or charge to which a person is entitled or liable under this Part is to be given effect in calculating the profits of that person’s trade, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of the trade, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of the trade.

(2) In the case of a person who—

(a) is entitled to an allowance or liable to a charge in respect of a commercial building, and

(b) occupies the building in the course of a profession or vocation,

the references in subsection (1) to a trade are to be read as references to the profession or vocation.

(3) Subsection (1) is subject to the following provisions of this Chapter.

353 Lessors and licensors U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person is entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period (“the relevant period”), but

(b) his interest in the building in question is or was subject to a lease or a licence at the relevant time.

(2) If the person’s interest in the building is an asset of a Schedule A business carried on by him at any time in the relevant period, the allowance or charge is to be given effect in calculating the profits of that business for the relevant period, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of that business, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of that business.

(3) If the person’s interest in the building is an asset of an overseas property business carried on by him at any time in the relevant period, the allowance or charge is to be given effect in calculating the profits of the overseas property business for the relevant period, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of that business, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of that business.

(4) If the person’s interest in the building is not an asset of any property business carried on by him at any time in the relevant period, the allowance or charge is to be given effect by treating him as if he had been carrying on a Schedule A business in that period and as if—

(a) the allowance were an expense of that business, and

(b) the charge were a receipt of that business.

(5) In subsection (1) “the relevant time” means—

(a) in relation to an initial allowance, the time when the expenditure was incurred or any subsequent time before the building is used for any purpose;

(b) in relation to a writing-down allowance, the end of the relevant period;

(c) in relation to a balancing allowance or balancing charge, the time immediately before the event giving rise to the allowance or charge.

354 Buildings temporarily out of use U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person is entitled to an allowance or liable to a charge for a chargeable period during which the building is treated as an industrial building under section 285 (building still industrial building despite temporary disuse).

(2) If, when the building was last in use as an industrial building—

(a) it was in use for the purposes of a trade which has since been permanently discontinued, or

(b) the relevant interest in the building was subject to a lease or a licence which has since come to an end,

section 353(4) applies to the person as if the relevant interest were subject to a lease or licence at the relevant time.

(3) If—

(a) the person is liable to a balancing charge, and

(b) when the building was last in use as an industrial building, it was in use as an industrial building for the purposes of a trade which was carried on by the person but which has since been permanently discontinued,

the same deductions may be made from the amount of the balancing charge as may be made under section 105 of ICTA (deductions allowed in case of post-cessation receipts) from an amount chargeable to tax under section 103 or 104(1) of ICTA.

(4) Subsection (3) does not affect the making of any deduction allowed under any other provision of the Tax Acts.

(5) For the purposes of this section the permanent discontinuance of a trade does not include an event treated as a permanent discontinuance under section 113(1) or 337(1) of ICTA (change in persons carrying on a trade etc. and effect of company ceasing to trade etc.).

(6) In this section “trade”, in relation to a commercial building, includes a profession or vocation.

355 Buildings for miners etc.: carry-back of balancing allowances U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a trade consists of or includes the working of a source of mineral deposits (within the meaning of item 7 of Table A in section 274),

(b) a balancing allowance falls to be made under this Part for the last chargeable period in which the trade is carried on,

(c) the event giving rise to the allowance is—

(i) the source of mineral deposits ceasing to be worked, or

(ii) the coming to an end of a foreign concession,

(d) the allowance is made for expenditure on a building which was constructed for occupation by, or for the welfare of, persons employed at or in connection with the working of the source of mineral deposits, and

(e) full effect cannot be given to the allowance because there are insufficient profits for that chargeable period.

(2) If this section applies, the person entitled to the allowance may claim that the balance of the allowance is to be given for the last preceding chargeable period, and so on for other preceding chargeable periods.

(3) But allowances are not to be given under subsection (2) for chargeable periods amounting in total to more than 5 years; but a proportionately reduced allowance may be given for a chargeable period of which part is required to make up the 5 years.

(4) In counting the 5 years, include any period for which an allowance might be made but cannot be given effect because there are insufficient profits.

(5) If this section applies to a company, no allowance may be given under this section so as to create or increase a loss in any accounting period.

(6) If this section applies to a company and a claim is made both under this section and under section 393A(1) of ICTA (relief for company trading losses)—

(a) effect is to be given to the claim under that section before this section is applied, and

(b) for the purposes of giving effect to the claim under that section, the allowance for which the claim under this section is made is to be disregarded.

Chapter 12 U.K. Supplementary provisions

356 Apportionment of sums partly referable to non-qualifying assets U.K.

(1) If the sum paid for the sale of the relevant interest in a building is attributable—

(a) partly to assets representing expenditure for which an allowance can be made under this Part, and

(b) partly to assets representing other expenditure,

only so much of the sum as on a just and reasonable apportionment is attributable to the assets referred to in paragraph (a) is to be taken into account for the purposes of this Part.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to other proceeds from a balancing event in respect of a building as it applies to a sum given for the sale of the relevant interest in the building.

(3) Subsection (1) does not affect any other provision of this Act requiring an apportionment of the proceeds of a balancing event.

357 Arrangements having an artificial effect on pricing U.K.

(1) If—

(a) the relevant interest in a building is sold,

(b) related arrangements have been entered into, at or before the time when the sale price is fixed, which had the effect at that time of enhancing the value of the relevant interest, and

(c) the arrangements contain a provision which has an artificial effect on pricing (see subsection (4)),

the sum paid on the sale of the relevant interest is to be treated for the purposes of arriving at qualifying expenditure as reduced to what it would have been if the arrangements had not contained the provision having that artificial effect.

(2) If—

(a) qualifying expenditure is equal to a price paid on a sale of the relevant interest in a building,

(b) related arrangements have been entered into, at or before the time when the sale price is fixed, which had the effect at that time of enhancing the value of the relevant interest, and

(c) the arrangements contain a provision which has an artificial effect on pricing,

the proceeds from any balancing event subsequently occurring in relation to the building are to be treated for the purposes of this Part as reduced to what they would have been if the arrangements had not contained the provision having that artificial effect.

(3) “Related arrangements” means arrangements between two or more persons which relate—

(a) to an interest in or right over the building, or

(b) to other arrangements made with respect to such an interest or right;

and for this purpose it is immaterial whether the interest or right in question is granted by the person entitled to the relevant interest or another person.

(4) Arrangements contain a provision having an artificial effect on pricing to the extent that they go beyond what could reasonably have been regarded as required in comparable commercial transactions by the market conditions prevailing when the arrangements were entered into.

(5) “Comparable commercial transactions” means transactions—

(a) involving interests in or rights over buildings of the same kind as (or of a similar kind to) the building to which the arrangements relate, and

(b) made by persons dealing with each other at arm’s length in the open market.

358 Requisitioned land U.K.

(1) This section applies in relation to any period (“period of requisition”) for which compensation—

(a) is payable, or

(b) but for any agreement would be payable,

under section 2(1)(a) of the Compensation (Defence) Act 1939 (c. 75).

(2) This Part has effect in relation to the period of requisition as if the Crown had been in possession of the land for that period under a lease.

(3) If a person carrying on a trade is authorised by the Crown to occupy the land (or part of it) during the whole or a part of the period of requisition, this Part has effect as if the Crown had granted a sub-lease of the land (or that part of it) to the occupier.

(4) If subsection (2) or (3) applies, references in this Part to—

(a) the surrender of a leasehold interest,

(b) a leasehold interest being extinguished on the person entitled to it acquiring the interest which is reversionary on it, or

(c) the merger of a leasehold interest,

apply (with the necessary modifications) in relation to the lease under subsection (2) or the sub-lease under subsection (3).

(5) If the person who (subject to the rights of the Crown) is entitled to possession of the land pays any sum to—

(a) the Crown, or

(b) if subsection (3) applies, the occupier,

in respect of a building constructed on the land during the period of requisition, the sum is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as paid in consideration of the surrender of the lease or sub-lease (as the case may be).

359 Provisions applying on termination of lease U.K.

(1) This section applies for the purposes of this Part if a lease is terminated.

(2) If, with the consent of the lessor, the lessee of a building remains in possession of the building after the termination without a new lease being granted to him the lease is treated as continuing so long as the lessee remains in possession.

(3) If on the termination a new lease is granted to the lessee as a result of the exercise of an option available to him under the terms of the first lease, the second lease is treated as a continuation of the first.

(4) If on the termination the lessor pays a sum to the lessee in respect of a building comprised in the lease, the lease is treated as if it had come to an end by surrender in consideration of the payment.

(5) If on the termination—

(a) another lease is granted to a different lessee, and

(b) in connection with the transaction that lessee pays a sum to the person who was the lessee under the first lease,

the two leases are to be treated as if they were the same lease which had been assigned by the lessee under the first lease to the lessee under the second lease in consideration of the payment.

360 Meaning of “lease” etc. U.K.

(1) In this Part “lease” includes—

(a) an agreement for a lease if the term to be covered by the lease has begun, and

(b) any tenancy,

but does not include a mortgage (and “lessee”, “lessor” and “leasehold interest” are to be read accordingly).

(2) In the application of this Part to Scotland—

(a) “leasehold interest” (or “leasehold estate”) means the interest of a tenant in property subject to a lease, and

(b) any reference to an interest which is reversionary on a leasehold interest or on a lease is to be read as a reference to the interest of the landlord in the property subject to the leasehold interest or lease.

Part 4 U.K. Agricultural buildings allowances

Chapter 1 U.K. Introduction

361 Agricultural buildings allowances U.K.

(1) Allowances are available under this Part if—

(a) capital expenditure has been incurred on the construction of a building (such as a farmhouse, farm building or cottage) or on the construction of fences or other works,

(b) the expenditure was incurred—

(i) by a person having a freehold or leasehold interest in land in the United Kingdom occupied wholly or mainly for the purposes of husbandry, and

(ii) for the purposes of husbandry on that land, and

(c) the expenditure, or other expenditure, is qualifying expenditure.

(2) In this Part—

(a) “agricultural building” means a building, fence or other works referred to in subsection (1)(a), and

(b) “the related agricultural land” means the land referred to in subsection (1)(b).

(3) Allowances under this Part are made to the person who for the time being has the relevant interest (see Chapter 2) in relation to the qualifying expenditure (see Chapter 3).

362 Meaning of “husbandry” U.K.

(1) In this Part “husbandry” includes—

(a) any method of intensive rearing of livestock or fish on a commercial basis for the production of food for human consumption, and

(b) the cultivation of short rotation coppice.

(2) “Short rotation coppice” has the meaning given by section 154(3) of FA 1995 (meaning for general tax purposes: tree species planted at high density where stems harvested at intervals of less than 10 years).

363 Expenditure on the construction of a building U.K.

For the purposes of this Part, expenditure on the construction of a building does not include expenditure incurred on the acquisition of land or rights in or over land.

Chapter 2 U.K. The relevant interest

364 General rule as to what is the relevant interest U.K.

(1) The relevant interest in relation to any qualifying expenditure is the freehold or leasehold interest in the related agricultural land to which the person who incurred the expenditure on the construction of the agricultural building was entitled when the expenditure was incurred.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to the following provisions of this Chapter.

(3) If, when the expenditure was incurred—

(a) the person was entitled to freehold and leasehold interests or to more than one leasehold interest in the related agricultural land, and

(b) one of those interests was reversionary on all the others,

the reversionary interest is the relevant interest.

365 Effect of creation of subordinate lease U.K.

An interest does not cease to be the relevant interest merely because of the creation of a lease or other interest to which that interest is subject.

366 Interest conveyed or assigned by way of security U.K.

If an interest in land is—

(a) conveyed or assigned by way of security, and

(b) subject to a right of redemption,

the person with the right of redemption is treated for the purposes of this Part as having that interest, and not the creditor.

367 Merger of leasehold interest U.K.

(1) If the relevant interest is a leasehold interest which is extinguished on—

(a) being surrendered, or

(b) the person entitled to it acquiring the interest which is reversionary on it,

the interest into which the leasehold interest merges becomes the relevant interest when the leasehold interest is extinguished.

(2) If the person who owns the interest into which the leasehold interest is merged is not the same as the person who owned the leasehold interest, the relevant interest is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as acquired by the owner of the interest into which the leasehold interest is merged.

(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if a new lease of the whole or a part of the related agricultural land is granted to take effect on the extinguishment of the former leasehold interest.

368 Provisions applying on ending of lease U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a lease which is the relevant interest comes to an end, and

(b) section 367(1) does not apply.

(2) If a new lease of the whole or a part of the related agricultural land is granted to the same lessee, the lessee is to be treated as continuing to have the same relevant interest in the whole of the related agricultural land.

(3) If—

(a) a new lease of the whole or a part of the related agricultural land is granted to a different lessee, and

(b) that lessee (“the incoming lessee”) makes a payment to the outgoing lessee in respect of assets representing the qualifying expenditure,

the incoming lessee is to be treated as acquiring the relevant interest in the whole of the related agricultural land.

(4) In any other case, the former lease and the interest of the lessor under it are to be treated as the same interest; and so the relevant interest in the whole of the related agricultural land is to be treated as acquired by the lessor.

Chapter 3 U.K. Qualifying expenditure

369 Capital expenditure on construction of agricultural building U.K.

(1) If—

(a) capital expenditure has been incurred on the construction of an agricultural building,

(b) the expenditure was incurred for the purposes of husbandry as mentioned in section 361, and

(c) the relevant interest has not been sold or, if it has been sold, has been sold only after the first use of the building,

the capital expenditure is qualifying expenditure.

(2) Subsections (3) and (4) apply if the capital expenditure has been incurred on the construction of a farmhouse.

(3) If the accommodation and amenities of the farmhouse are proportionate to the nature and extent of the farm, only one third of the capital expenditure is to be taken into account under subsection (1).

(4) If they are disproportionate, only such part of the expenditure as is just and reasonable (and not exceeding one third) is to be taken into account under subsection (1).

(5) If—

(a) the capital expenditure is incurred on the construction of any agricultural building other than a farmhouse, and

(b) the building is to be used partly for the purposes of husbandry on the related agricultural land and partly for other purposes,

only such part of the expenditure as, on a just and reasonable apportionment, is referable to use for the purposes of husbandry is to be taken into account under subsection (1).

370 Purchase of relevant interest before first use of agricultural building U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) capital expenditure has been incurred on the construction of an agricultural building,

(b) the expenditure was incurred for the purposes of husbandry as mentioned in section 361,

(c) the relevant interest is sold before the building is first used, and

(d) a capital sum is paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest.

(2) The lesser of—

(a) the capital expenditure incurred on the construction of the agricultural building, and

(b) the capital sum paid by the purchaser,

is qualifying expenditure.

(3) For the purposes of subsections (1) and (2)—

(a) capital expenditure incurred on the construction of the agricultural building does not include any amount excluded from being taken into account under section 369(3) to (5), and

(b) the capital sum paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest does not include any amount which, on a just and reasonable apportionment, is attributable to assets representing expenditure in respect of which an allowance cannot be made under this Part.

(4) Subsection (3)(b) does not affect sections 562, 563 and 564(1) (apportionment and procedure for determining apportionment).

(5) The qualifying expenditure is to be treated as incurred when the capital sum became payable.

(6) If the relevant interest is sold more than once before the building is first used, subsection (2) has effect only in relation to the last of those sales.

371 Different relevant interests in different parts of the related agricultural land U.K.

If a person is entitled to different relevant interests in different parts of the related agricultural land—

(a) the expenditure is to be apportioned between those parts on a just and reasonable basis, and

(b) this Part applies as if the person had incurred the expenditure apportioned to each part separately.

Chapter 4 U.K. Writing-down allowances

372 Entitlement to writing-down allowance U.K.

(1) A person is entitled to a writing-down allowance for a chargeable period if—

(a) qualifying expenditure has been incurred,

(b) at any time during that chargeable period he is entitled to the relevant interest in relation to the qualifying expenditure, and

(c) that time falls within the writing-down period.

(2) The writing-down period, in relation to qualifying expenditure incurred by a person, is 25 years beginning with the first day of the chargeable period of that person in which the qualifying expenditure was incurred.

(3) A person claiming a writing-down allowance may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

373 Basic rule for calculating amount of allowance U.K.

(1) The basic rule is that the writing-down allowance for a chargeable period is 4% of the qualifying expenditure.

(2) The allowance is proportionately increased or reduced if the chargeable period is more or less than a year.

374 First use of building not for purposes of husbandry, etc. U.K.

(1) No writing-down allowance is to be made under section 372 if, when the agricultural building is first used, it is not used for the purposes of husbandry.

(2) Any writing-down allowance which has been made in respect of an agricultural building which has not been used is to be withdrawn if—

(a) when the building is first used, it is not used for the purposes of husbandry, or

(b) the person to whom the allowance was made sells the relevant interest before the building is first used.

(3) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to this section.

375 Effect of acquisition of relevant interest after first use of building U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person (“the former owner”) would be entitled to an allowance under this Part in respect of any expenditure if he continued to be the owner of the relevant interest, and

(b) another person (“the new owner”) acquires the relevant interest in the whole or a part of the related agricultural land.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1)(b), it is immaterial whether the relevant interest is acquired by transfer, by operation of law or otherwise.

(3) The former owner—

(a) is not entitled to an allowance for any chargeable period after that in which the acquisition occurs, and

(b) if the acquisition occurs during a chargeable period, is entitled only to an appropriate part of any writing-down allowance for that period.

(4) The new owner—

(a) is entitled to allowances for the chargeable period in which the acquisition occurs and for subsequent chargeable periods falling wholly or partly within the writing-down period, and

(b) if the acquisition occurs during a chargeable period, is entitled only to an appropriate part of any writing-down allowance for that period.

(5) If the new owner acquires the relevant interest in part only of the related agricultural land, subsections (3) and (4) apply to so much only of the allowance as is properly referable to that part of the agricultural land as if it were a separate allowance.

376 Calculation of allowance after acquisition U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) section 375 applies, and

(b) the acquisition is a balancing event under section 381 (as a result of an election made in accordance with section 382).

(2) The writing-down allowance for a chargeable period ending after the event is—

where—

RQE is the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately after the event,

A is the length of the chargeable period, and

B is the length of the period from the date of the event to the end of the writing-down period.

(3) On any later acquisition that is a balancing event under section 381, the writing-down allowance is further adjusted in accordance with this section.

(4) The residue of qualifying expenditure immediately after a balancing event is calculated as mentioned in section 386, taking into account any balancing adjustment falling to be made on the event.

(5) For this purpose, any balancing allowance on that or any previous balancing event which is reduced or denied under section 389 (sale subject to subordinate interest) is to be treated as having been made in full.

(6) The allowance is proportionately reduced if the person entitled to the allowance is not entitled to the relevant interest in relation to the expenditure in question during part of the chargeable period.

377 Chargeable period when balancing adjustment made U.K.

A person is not entitled to a writing-down allowance for a chargeable period in which a balancing allowance or balancing charge is made to or on him in respect of the qualifying expenditure.

378 Allowance limited to residue of qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) The amount of a writing-down allowance for a chargeable period is limited to the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before it is made or would, apart from this section, be made.

(2) The residue of qualifying expenditure is calculated in accordance with section 386.

379 Final writing-down allowance U.K.

(1) In this section “the final writing-down allowance” means the writing-down allowance which is made—

(a) to the person who is entitled to the relevant interest when the writing-down period ends, and

(b) for the chargeable period in which it ends.

(2) If the final writing-down allowance would, apart from this section, be less than the amount of the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before it is made, the allowance is increased to that amount.

(3) When determining the residue of qualifying expenditure under section 386 for the purposes of subsection (2), assume that all such writing-down allowances have been made to the persons who have been entitled to the relevant interest during the writing-down period as could have been made if each of them—

(a) had been entitled to allowances, and

(b) had claimed allowances in full.

Chapter 5 U.K. Balancing adjustments

General U.K.

380 When balancing adjustments are made U.K.

(1) A balancing adjustment is made if—

(a) qualifying expenditure has been incurred, and

(b) a balancing event occurs in a chargeable period for which a person would (apart from this section) be entitled to a writing-down allowance.

(2) A balancing adjustment is either a balancing allowance or a balancing charge and is made for the chargeable period in which the balancing event occurs.

(3) A balancing allowance or balancing charge is made to or on the person entitled to the relevant interest in relation to the qualifying expenditure immediately before the balancing event.

381 Balancing events (on making an election) U.K.

(1) Any event described in subsection (2) is a balancing event, but only if an election is made in accordance with section 382 for it to be treated as such.

(2) The events are—

(a) the relevant interest is acquired as mentioned in section 375;

(b) the agricultural building is demolished or destroyed;

(c) the agricultural building ceases altogether to be used (without being demolished or destroyed).

382 Requirements as to elections U.K.

(1) An election relating to an event within section 381(2)(a) must be made jointly by the former owner and the new owner.

(2) No election relating to such an event may be made if it appears that the sole or main benefit which might have been expected to accrue to the parties, or any of them, from—

(a) the acquisition, or

(b) transactions of which the acquisition is one,

is the obtaining of an allowance, or a greater allowance, under this Part.

(3) In determining for the purposes of subsection (2) what benefit might have been expected to accrue, sections 568 and 573 (sales treated as being for alternative amount) are to be disregarded.

(4) An election relating to an event within section 381(2)(b) or (c) must be made by the person entitled to the relevant interest immediately before the event.

(5) No election relating to any event may be made if any person by whom the election is to be made is not within the charge to tax.

(6) The election must be made by notice given to the Inland Revenue—

(a) for income tax purposes, on or before the normal time limit for amending a tax return for the tax year in which the relevant chargeable period ends;

(b) for corporation tax purposes, no later than 2 years after the end of the relevant chargeable period.

(7) “The relevant chargeable period” means the chargeable period in which the event in question occurs.

383 Proceeds from balancing events U.K.

(1) References in this Part to the proceeds from a balancing event are to the amounts received or receivable in connection with the event, as shown in the Table—

Table

Balancing events and proceeds

1. Balancing event	2. Proceeds from event
1. The sale of the relevant interest.	The net proceeds of the sale.
2. The acquisition of the relevant interest under section 368(3) (ending of lease where incoming lessee makes payment to outgoing lessee).	The net amount of the payment to the outgoing lessee.
3. The demolition or destruction of the agricultural building.	The net amount received for the remains of the building, together with— (a) any insurance money received in respect of the demolition or destruction, and (b) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums.
4. The agricultural building ceases altogether to be used.	Any compensation of any description received in respect of the event, so far as it consists of capital sums.

(2) The amounts referred to in column 2 of the Table are those received or receivable by the person whose entitlement to a balancing allowance or liability to a balancing charge is in question.

384 Exclusion of proportion of proceeds U.K.

(1) The amounts referred to in column 2 of the Table in section 383 do not include any amount which, on a just and reasonable apportionment, is attributable to assets representing expenditure in respect of which an allowance cannot be made under this Part.

(2) If the qualifying expenditure in respect of which the balancing adjustment is made was restricted as a result of—

(a) subsection (3) or (4) of section 369 (restrictions on expenditure on farmhouse), or

(b) subsection (5) of that section (restriction on expenditure on buildings to be used partly for purposes other than husbandry),

a corresponding proportion only of the amounts referred to in the Table in section 383 is to be treated as proceeds from the balancing event.

(3) Subsection (1) does not affect sections 562, 563 and 564(1) (apportionment and procedure for determining apportionment).

Calculation of balancing adjustments U.K.

385 Calculation of balancing adjustment U.K.

(1) A balancing allowance is made if—

(a) there are no proceeds from the balancing event, or

(b) the proceeds from the balancing event are less than the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before the event.

(2) The amount of the balancing allowance is the amount of—

(a) the residue (if there are no proceeds);

(b) the difference (if the proceeds are less than the residue).

(3) A balancing charge is made if the proceeds from the balancing event are more than the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before the event.

(4) The amount of the balancing charge is the amount of the difference.

386 The residue of qualifying expenditure U.K.

The residue of qualifying expenditure at any time is—

where—

QE is the amount of qualifying expenditure,

B is the total amount of balancing charges previously made under this Part in respect of the expenditure, and

A is the total amount of any allowances (including balancing allowances) previously made under this Part in respect of that expenditure (whether to the same or to different persons).

387 Overall limit on balancing charge U.K.

The amount of a balancing charge made on a person in respect of any qualifying expenditure must not exceed the total allowances made under this Part to the person in respect of the expenditure for chargeable periods ending before that in which the balancing event occurs.

388 Acquisition of relevant interest in part of land, etc. U.K.

(1) This section applies if a balancing event relates to—

(a) the acquisition of the relevant interest in part only of the related agricultural land in which the interest subsisted when the qualifying expenditure was incurred, or

(b) only part of the agricultural building.

(2) Entitlement or liability to, and the amount of, the balancing adjustment, are determined by reference to the part of the qualifying expenditure that is properly attributable to the part of the related agricultural land or (as the case may be) the part of the agricultural building.

(3) Section 377 (no writing-down allowance for qualifying expenditure for the chargeable period in which a balancing adjustment is made) applies to the part of the qualifying expenditure referred to in subsection (2).

389 Balancing allowances restricted where sale subject to subordinate interest etc. U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) the relevant interest is sold subject to a subordinate interest,

(b) the person entitled to the relevant interest immediately before the sale (“the former owner”) would, apart from this section, be entitled to a balancing allowance under this Chapter as a result of the sale, and

(c) condition A or B is met.

(2) Condition A is that—

(a) the former owner,

(b) the person who acquires the relevant interest, and

(c) the person to whom the subordinate interest was granted,

or any two of them, are connected persons.

(3) Condition B is that it appears that the sole or main benefit which might have been expected to accrue to the parties or any of them from the sale or the grant, or transactions including the sale or grant, was the obtaining of an allowance under this Part.

(4) For the purpose of deciding what balancing adjustment is to be made in a case to which this section applies, the net proceeds to the former owner of the sale are to be increased—

(a) by an amount equal to any premium receivable by him for the grant of the subordinate interest, and

(b) if no rent, or no commercial rent, is payable in respect of the subordinate interest, by the amount by which the proceeds would have been greater if a commercial rent had been payable and the relevant interest had been sold in the open market.

(5) But the net proceeds of the sale are not to be treated as being greater than the amount which secures that no balancing allowance is made.

(6) If the terms on which a subordinate interest is granted are varied before the sale of the relevant interest—

(a) any capital consideration for the variation is to be treated for the purposes of this section as a premium for the grant of the interest, and

(b) the question whether any, and if so what, rent is payable in respect of the interest is to be determined by reference to the terms in force immediately before the sale.

(7) If this section applies in relation to a sale to deny or reduce a balancing allowance, the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately after the sale is nevertheless calculated as if the balancing allowance had been made or not reduced.

390 Interpretation of section 389 U.K.

(1) In section 389—

• “commercial rent” means such rent as may reasonably be expected to have been required in respect of the subordinate interest (having regard to any premium payable for the grant of the interest) if the transaction had been at arm’s length;

• “premium” includes any capital consideration, except so much of any sum as corresponds to an amount of rent or profits falling to be calculated by reference to that sum under section 34 of ICTA;

• “subordinate interest” means an interest in or right over the related agricultural land, whether granted by the former owner or anyone else.

(2) In section 389 and this section—

• “capital consideration” means consideration which consists of a capital sum or would be a capital sum if it had consisted of a money payment, and

• “rent” includes any consideration which is not capital consideration.

Chapter 6 U.K. Supplementary provisions

Giving effect to allowances and charges U.K.

391 Trades U.K.

An allowance or charge to which a person is entitled or liable under this Part is to be given effect in calculating the profits of that person’s trade, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of the trade, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of the trade.

392 Schedule A businesses U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person who is entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period was not carrying on a trade in that period.

(2) If the person was carrying on a Schedule A business at any time in that period, the allowance or charge is to be given effect in calculating the profits of that business, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of that business, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of that business.

(3) If the person was not carrying on a Schedule A business at any time in that period, the allowance or charge is to be given effect by treating him as if he had been carrying on such a business in that period and as if—

(a) the allowance were an expense of that business, and

(b) the charge were a receipt of that business.

Meaning of “freehold interest”, “lease” etc. U.K.

393 Meaning of “freehold interest”, “lease”, etc. U.K.

(1) In this Part “freehold interest in land” means—

(a) the fee simple estate in the land, or

(b) in relation to Scotland, the interest of the owner.

(2) In this Part “freehold interest in land” also includes—

(a) an agreement to acquire the fee simple estate in the land, or

(b) in relation to Scotland, an agreement to acquire the interest of the owner.

(3) In this Part “lease” includes—

(a) an agreement for a lease if the term to be covered by the lease has begun, and

(b) any tenancy,

but does not include a mortgage (and “lessee”, “lessor” and “leasehold interest” are to be read accordingly).

(4) In the application of this Part to Scotland—

(a) “leasehold interest” means the interest of a tenant in property subject to a lease, and

(b) any reference to an interest which is reversionary on a leasehold interest or on a lease is to be read as a reference to the interest of the landlord in the property subject to the leasehold interest or lease.

Yn ddilys o 11/05/2001

[F17 Part 4A U.K. FLAT CONVERSION ALLOWANCES

Textual Amendments

F17 Pt. 4A (ss. 393A-393W) inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 67 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9), s. 67, Sch. 19 Pt. 1

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C14 Pt. 4A (ss. 393A-393W) modified (prosp.) by Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (c. 29), ss. 448, 458(1), Sch. 10 para. 22, 25

Chapter 1 U.K. INTRODUCTION

393A Flat conversion allowances U.K.

(1) Allowances are available under this Part if a person incurs qualifying expenditure in respect of a flat.

(2) Allowances under this Part are made to the person who—

(a) incurred the expenditure, and

(b) has the relevant interest in the flat.

(3) In this Part “ flat ” means a dwelling which—

(a) is a separate set of premises (whether or not on the same floor),

(b) forms part of a building, and

(c) is divided horizontally from another part of the building.

(4) In this Part “ dwelling ” means a building or part of a building occupied or intended to be occupied as a separate dwelling.

Chapter 2 U.K. QUALIFYING EXPENDITURE

393B Meaning of “qualifying expenditure” U.K.

(1) In this Part “ qualifying expenditure ” means capital expenditure incurred on, or in connection with—

(a) the conversion of part of a qualifying building into a qualifying flat,

(b) the renovation of a flat in a qualifying building if the flat is, or will be, a qualifying flat, or

(c) repairs to a qualifying building, to the extent that the repairs are incidental to expenditure within paragraph (a) or (b).

(2) Expenditure within subsection (1)(a) or (b) is not qualifying expenditure unless the part of the building, or the flat, in respect of which the expenditure is incurred—

(a) was unused, or

(b) was used only for storage,

throughout the period of one year ending immediately before the date on which the conversion or renovation work began.

(3) Expenditure is not qualifying expenditure if it is incurred on or in connection with—

(a) the acquisition of land or rights in or over land,

(b) the extension of a qualifying building (except to the extent required for the purpose of providing a means of getting to or from a qualifying flat),

(c) the development of land adjoining or adjacent to a qualifying building, or

(d) the provision of furnishings or chattels.

(4) For the purposes of this section, expenditure incurred on repairs to a building is to be treated as capital expenditure if it is not expenditure that would be allowed to be deducted in calculating the profits of a Schedule A business for tax purposes.

(5) Treasury regulations may make further provision as to expenditure which is, or is not, qualifying expenditure.

Chapter 3 U.K. QUALIFYING BUILDINGS AND QUALIFYING FLATS

393C Meaning of “qualifying building” U.K.

(1) In this Part “ qualifying building ” means a building in respect of which the following requirements are met—

(a) all or most of the ground floor of the building must be authorised for business use,

(b) it must appear that, when the building was constructed, the storeys above the ground floor were for use primarily as one or more dwellings,

(c) the building must not have more than 4 storeys above the ground floor, and

(d) the construction of the building must have been completed before 1st January 1980.

(2) In subsection (1)(a) “ authorised for business use ” means—

(a) in the case of a building in England or Wales, authorised for use within class A1, A2, A3, B1 or D1(a) specified in the Schedule to the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987;

(b) in the case of a building in Scotland—

(i) authorised for use within class 1, 2, 3 or 4 specified in the Schedule to the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) (Scotland) Order 1997,

(ii) authorised for a use specified in Article 3(5)(j) of that Order, or

(iii) authorised for use for the provision of medical or health services other than from premises attached to the residence of the consultant or practitioner;

(c) in the case of a building in Northern Ireland—

(i) authorised for use within class 1, 2, 3, 4 or 15(a) specified in the Schedule to the Planning (Use Classes) Order (Northern Ireland) 1989, or

(ii) authorised for a use specified in Article 3(5)(b), (c) or (h) of that Order.

(3) The attic storey does not count for the purposes of subsection (1)(c) unless it is or has been in use as a dwelling or part of a dwelling.

(4) The requirement in subsection (1)(d) is met even if the building has been extended on or after 1st January 1980, provided any extension was completed on or before 31st December 2000.

(5) Treasury regulations may make further provision as to the circumstances in which a building is, or is not, a qualifying building.

393D Meaning of “qualifying flat” U.K.

(1) In this Part “ qualifying flat ” means a flat in respect of which the following requirements are met—

(a) the flat must be in a qualifying building,

(b) the flat must be suitable for letting as a dwelling,

(c) the flat must be held for the purpose of short-term letting,

(d) it must be possible to gain access to the flat without using the part of the ground floor of the building that is authorised for business use (as defined in section 393C(2)),

(e) the flat must not have more than 4 rooms,

(f) the flat must not be a high value flat,

(g) the flat must not be (or have been) created or renovated as part of a scheme involving the creation or renovation of one or more high value flats, and

(h) the flat must not be let to a person connected with the person who incurred the expenditure on its conversion or renovation.

(2) In subsection (1)(c) “ short-term letting ” means letting as a dwelling on a lease for a term (or, in Scotland, period) of not more than 5 years.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1)(e), the following are ignored in determining the number of rooms in a flat—

(a) any kitchen or bathroom, and

(b) any closet, cloakroom or hallway not exceeding 5 square metres in area.

(4) For the purposes of this Part, if a flat is a qualifying flat immediately before a period when it is temporarily unsuitable for letting as a dwelling, it is to be treated as being a qualifying flat during that period.

(5) Treasury regulations may make further provision as to the circumstances in which a flat is, or is not, a qualifying flat.

393E High value flats U.K.

(1) For the purposes of section 393D(1) a flat is a high value flat if the notional rent exceeds the relevant limit set out in the Table in subsection (5).

(2) The “ notional rent ” means the rent that could reasonably be expected for the flat on the relevant date, on the assumption that, on that date—

(a) the conversion or renovation has been completed,

(b) the flat is let furnished,

(c) the lease does not require the tenant to pay a premium or make any other payments to the landlord or a person connected with the landlord,

(d) the tenant is not connected with the person incurring the expenditure on the conversion or renovation of the flat, and

(e) in the case of a flat in England or Wales or Scotland, the flat is let on a shorthold tenancy.

(3) The “ relevant date ” means the date on which expenditure on—

(a) the conversion of part of the building into the flat, or

(b) (as the case may be) the renovation of the flat,

is first incurred.

(4) “ Shorthold tenancy ” means—

(a) in the case of a flat in England or Wales, an assured shorthold tenancy;

(b) in the case of a flat in Scotland, a short assured tenancy.

(5) The limit for the notional rent is as shown in the Table—

TABLE: NOTIONAL RENT LIMITS

Number of rooms in flat	Flats in Greater London	Flats elsewhere
1 or 2 rooms	£350 per week	£150 per week
3 rooms	£425 per week	£225 per week
4 rooms	£480 per week	£300 per week

(6) Treasury regulations may make provision amending the notional rent limits in the Table in subsection (5).

(7) Section 393D(3) (determination of number of rooms in flat) applies for the purposes of this section.

Chapter 4 U.K. THE RELEVANT INTEREST IN THE FLAT

393F General rule as to what is the relevant interest U.K.

(1) The relevant interest in a flat in relation to any qualifying expenditure is the interest in the flat to which the person who incurred the expenditure was entitled when it was incurred.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to the following provisions of this Chapter and to section 393V (provisions applying on termination of lease).

(3) If—

(a) the person who incurred the qualifying expenditure was entitled to more than one interest in the flat when the expenditure was incurred, and

(b) one of those interests was reversionary on all the others,

the reversionary interest is the relevant interest in the flat.

(4) An interest does not cease to be the relevant interest merely because of the creation of a lease or other interest to which that interest is subject.

(5) If—

(a) the relevant interest is a leasehold interest, and

(b) that interest is extinguished on the person entitled to it acquiring the interest which is reversionary on it,

the interest into which the leasehold interest merges becomes the relevant interest when the leasehold interest is extinguished.

393G Interest acquired on completion of conversion U.K.

For the purposes of determining the relevant interest in a flat, a person who—

(a) incurs expenditure on the conversion of part of a building into the flat, and

(b) is entitled to an interest in the flat on or as a result of the completion of the conversion,

is treated as having had that interest when the expenditure was incurred.

Chapter 5 U.K. INITIAL ALLOWANCES

393H Initial allowances U.K.

(1) A person who has incurred qualifying expenditure in respect of a flat is entitled to an initial allowance in respect of the expenditure.

(2) The amount of the initial allowance is 100% of the qualifying expenditure.

(3) A person claiming an initial allowance under this section may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

(4) The initial allowance is made for the chargeable period in which the qualifying expenditure is incurred.

393I Flat not qualifying flat or relevant interest sold before flat first let U.K.

(1) No initial allowance is to be made under section 393H if, at the relevant time, the flat is not a qualifying flat.

(2) An initial allowance which has been made in respect of a flat which is to be a qualifying flat is to be withdrawn if—

(a) the flat is not a qualifying flat at the relevant time, or

(b) the person to whom the allowance was made has sold the relevant interest in the flat before the relevant time.

(3) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to this section.

(4) In this section “ the relevant time ” means the time when the flat is first suitable for letting as a dwelling.

Chapter 6 U.K. WRITING-DOWN ALLOWANCES

393J Entitlement to writing-down allowances U.K.

(1) A person is entitled to a writing-down allowance for a chargeable period if he has incurred qualifying expenditure in respect of a flat and, at the end of the chargeable period—

(a) the person is entitled to the relevant interest in the flat,

(b) the person has not granted a long lease of the flat out of the relevant interest in consideration of the payment of a capital sum, and

(c) the flat is a qualifying flat.

(2) In subsection (1)(b) “ long lease ” means a lease the duration of which exceeds 50 years.

(3) Whether the duration of a lease exceeds 50 years is to be determined—

(a) in accordance with section 38(1) to (4) and (6) of ICTA, and

(b) without regard to section 393V(3) (new lease granted as a result of the exercise of an option treated as continuation of old lease).

(4) A person claiming a writing-down allowance may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

393K Amount of allowance U.K.

(1) The writing-down allowance for a chargeable period is 25% of the qualifying expenditure.

(2) The allowance is proportionately increased or reduced if the chargeable period is more or less than a year.

(3) The amount of the writing-down allowance for a chargeable period is limited to the residue of qualifying expenditure.

(4) For this purpose the residue is ascertained immediately before writing off the writing-down allowance at the end of the chargeable period.

393L Meaning of “the residue of qualifying expenditure” U.K.

The residue of qualifying expenditure is the qualifying expenditure that has not yet been written off in accordance with Chapter 8.

Chapter 7 U.K. BALANCING ADJUSTMENTS

393M When balancing adjustments are made U.K.

(1) A balancing adjustment is made if—

(a) qualifying expenditure has been incurred in respect of a flat, and

(b) a balancing event occurs.

(2) A balancing adjustment is either a balancing allowance or a balancing charge and is made for the chargeable period in which the balancing event occurs.

(3) A balancing allowance or balancing charge is made to or on the person who incurred the qualifying expenditure.

(4) No balancing adjustment is made if the balancing event occurs more than 7 years after the time when the flat was first suitable for letting as a dwelling.

(5) If more than one balancing event occurs, a balancing adjustment is made only on the first of them.

393N Balancing events U.K.

(1) The following are balancing events for the purposes of this Part—

(a) the relevant interest in the flat is sold;

(b) a long lease of the flat is granted out of the relevant interest in consideration of the payment of a capital sum;

(c) if the relevant interest is a lease, the lease ends otherwise than on the person entitled to it acquiring the interest reversionary on it;

(d) the person who incurred the qualifying expenditure dies;

(e) the flat is demolished or destroyed;

(f) the flat ceases to be a qualifying flat (without being demolished or destroyed).

(2) Section 393J(2) and (3) (meaning of “ long lease ”) apply for the purposes of subsection (1)(b).

393O Proceeds from balancing events U.K.

(1) References in this Part to the proceeds from a balancing event are to the amounts received or receivable in connection with the event, as shown in the Table—

TABLE: BALANCING EVENTS AND PROCEEDS

1. Balancing event	2. Proceeds from event
1. The sale of the relevant interest.	The net proceeds of the sale.
2. The grant of a long lease out of the relevant interest.	If the capital sum paid in consideration of the grant is less than the commercial premium, the commercial premium.
	In any other case, the capital sum paid in consideration of the grant.
3. The coming to an end of a lease, where a person entitled to the lease and a person entitled to any superior interest are connected persons.	The market value of the relevant interest in the flat at the time of the event.
4. The death of the person who incurred the qualifying expenditure.	The residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before the death.
5. The demolition or destruction of the flat.	The net amount received for the remains of the flat, together with—
	(a) any insurance money received in respect of the demolition or destruction, and
	(b) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums.
6. The flat ceases to be a qualifying flat.	The market value of the relevant interest in the flat at the time of the event.

(2) The amounts referred to in column 2 of the Table are those received or receivable by the person who incurred the qualifying expenditure.

(3) In Item 2 of the Table “ the commercial premium ” means the premium that would have been given if the transaction had been at arm’s length.

393P Calculation of balancing adjustments U.K.

(1) A balancing allowance is made if—

(a) there are no proceeds from the balancing event, or

(b) the proceeds from the balancing event are less than the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before the event.

(2) The amount of the balancing allowance is the amount of—

(a) the residue (if there are no proceeds);

(b) the difference (if the proceeds are less than the residue).

(3) A balancing charge is made if the proceeds from the balancing event are more than the residue, if any, of qualifying expenditure immediately before the event.

(4) The amount of the balancing charge is the amount of—

(a) the difference, or

(b) the proceeds (if the residue is nil).

(5) The amount of a balancing charge made on a person must not exceed the total amount of—

(a) any initial allowances made to the person in respect of the expenditure, and

(b) any writing-down allowances made to the person in respect of the expenditure for chargeable periods ending on or before the date of the balancing event giving rise to the balancing adjustment.

Chapter 8 U.K. WRITING OFF QUALIFYING EXPENDITURE

393Q Introduction U.K.

For the purposes of this Part qualifying expenditure is written off to the extent and at the times specified in this Chapter.

393R Writing off initial allowances and writing-down allowances U.K.

(1) If an initial allowance is made in respect of the qualifying expenditure, the amount of the allowance is written off at the time when the flat is first suitable for letting as a dwelling.

(2) If a writing-down allowance is made in respect of the qualifying expenditure, the amount of the allowance is written off at the end of the chargeable period for which the allowance is made.

(3) If a balancing event occurs at the end of the chargeable period referred to in subsection (2), the amount written off under that subsection is to be taken into account in calculating the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before the event to determine what balancing adjustment (if any) is to be made.

393S Treatment of demolition costs U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a qualifying flat is demolished, and

(b) the person who incurred the qualifying expenditure incurs the cost of the demolition.

(2) The net cost of the demolition is added to the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before the demolition.

(3) “ The net cost of the demolition ” means the amount, if any, by which the cost of the demolition exceeds any money received for the remains of the flat.

(4) If this section applies, neither the cost of the demolition nor the net cost of the demolition is treated for the purposes of any Part of this Act as expenditure on any other property replacing the flat demolished.

Chapter 9 U.K. SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS

393T Giving effect to allowances and charges U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person is entitled or liable under this Part to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period.

(2) If the person’s interest in the flat is an asset of a Schedule A business carried on by him at any time in that period, the allowance or charge is to be given effect in calculating the profits of that business for that period, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of that business, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of that business.

(3) If the person’s interest in the flat is not an asset of a Schedule A business carried on by him at any time in that period, the allowance or charge is to be given effect by treating him as if he had been carrying on a Schedule A business in that period and as if—

(a) the allowance were an expense of that business, and

(b) the charge were a receipt of that business.

393U Apportionment of sums partly referable to non-qualifying assets U.K.

(1) If the sum paid for the sale of the relevant interest in a flat is attributable—

(a) partly to assets representing expenditure for which an allowance can be made under this Part, and

(b) partly to assets representing other expenditure,

only so much of the sum as on a just and reasonable apportionment is attributable to the assets referred to in paragraph (a) is to be taken into account for the purposes of this Part.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to other proceeds from a balancing event in respect of a flat as it applies to a sum given for the sale of the relevant interest in the flat.

(3) Subsection (1) does not affect any other provision of this Act requiring an apportionment of the proceeds of a balancing event.

393V Provisions applying on termination of lease U.K.

(1) This section applies for the purposes of this Part if a lease is terminated.

(2) If, with the consent of the lessor, the lessee of a flat remains in possession of the flat after the termination without a new lease being granted to him the lease is treated as continuing so long as the lessee remains in possession.

(3) If on the termination a new lease is granted to the lessee as a result of the exercise of an option available to him under the terms of the first lease, the second lease is treated as a continuation of the first.

(4) If on the termination the lessor pays a sum to the lessee in respect of a flat comprised in the lease, the lease is treated as if it had come to an end by surrender in consideration of the payment.

(5) If on the termination—

(a) another lease is granted to a different lessee, and

(b) in connection with the transaction that lessee pays a sum to the person who was the lessee under the first lease,

the two leases are to be treated as if they were the same lease which had been assigned by the lessee under the first lease to the lessee under the second lease in consideration of the payment.

393W Meaning of “lease” etc. U.K.

(1) In this Part “ lease ” includes—

(a) an agreement for a lease if the term to be covered by the lease has begun, and

(b) any tenancy,

but does not include a mortgage (and “ lessee ”, “ lessor ” and “ leasehold interest ” are to be read accordingly).

(2) In the application of this Part to Scotland—

(a) “ leasehold interest ” (or “ leasehold estate ”) means the interest of a tenant in property subject to a lease, and

(b) any reference to an interest which is reversionary on a leasehold interest or on a lease is to be read as a reference to the interest of the landlord in the property subject to the leasehold interest or lease.]

Part 5 U.K. Mineral extraction allowances

Chapter 1 U.K. Introduction

394 Mineral extraction allowances U.K.

(1) Allowances are available under this Part if a person carries on a mineral extraction trade and incurs qualifying expenditure.

(2) In this Part “mineral extraction trade” means a trade which consists of, or includes, the working of a source of mineral deposits.

(3) In this Part “mineral deposits” includes any natural deposits capable of being lifted or extracted from the earth, and for this purpose geothermal energy is to be treated as a natural deposit.

(4) Any reference in this Part to mineral deposits is to mineral deposits of a wasting nature.

(5) In this Part “source of mineral deposits” includes a mine, an oil well and a source of geothermal energy.

395 Qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) In this Part “qualifying expenditure” means—

(a) expenditure on mineral exploration and access which is qualifying expenditure under Chapter 2,

(b) expenditure on acquiring a mineral asset which is qualifying expenditure under Chapter 3,

(c) expenditure which is treated as qualifying expenditure on mineral exploration and access under section 407(5) or 408(2), and

(d) expenditure which is qualifying expenditure under Chapter 5 (expenditure on works likely to become valueless and post-trading restoration expenditure).

But this is subject to subsections (2) and (3).

(2) Expenditure is not qualifying expenditure if it is excluded from being qualifying expenditure by section 399.

(3) Chapter 4 contains provisions limiting in certain cases the amount of expenditure which is qualifying expenditure.

396 Meaning of “mineral exploration and access” U.K.

(1) In this Part “mineral exploration and access” means—

(a) searching for or discovering and testing the mineral deposits of a source, or

(b) winning access to such deposits.

(2) Expenditure on seeking planning permission necessary to enable—

(a) mineral exploration and access to be undertaken at any place, or

(b) any mineral deposits to be worked,

is treated as expenditure on mineral exploration and access if planning permission is not granted.

(3) “Seeking planning permission” includes pursuing an appeal against a refusal to grant planning permission.

397 Meaning of “mineral asset” U.K.

In this Part “mineral asset” means—

(a) any mineral deposits or land comprising mineral deposits, or

(b) any interest in or right over such deposits or land.

398 Relationship between main types of qualifying expenditure U.K.

Subject to Chapter 4, expenditure on—

(a) the acquisition of, or of rights over, the site of a source of mineral deposits, or

(b) the acquisition of, or of rights over, mineral deposits,

is to be treated as expenditure on acquiring a mineral asset and not as expenditure on mineral exploration and access.

399 Expenditure excluded from being qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) Expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery is not qualifying expenditure except as provided by section 402 (pre-trading expenditure on plant or machinery).

(2) Expenditure on works constructed wholly or mainly for subjecting the raw product of a source to any process is not qualifying expenditure, unless the process is designed for preparing the raw product for use as such.

(3) Expenditure on buildings or structures provided for occupation by, or for the welfare of, workers is not qualifying expenditure except as provided by section 415.

(4) Expenditure on a building is not qualifying expenditure if the whole of the building was constructed for use as an office.

(5) Subsection (6) applies if part of a building or structure has been constructed for use as an office.

(6) The expenditure on the office part is not qualifying expenditure if it was more than 10% of the capital expenditure incurred on the construction of the whole.

Chapter 2 U.K. Qualifying expenditure on mineral exploration and access

400 Qualifying expenditure on mineral exploration and access U.K.

(1) Expenditure on mineral exploration and access is qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is capital expenditure, and

(b) it is incurred for the purposes of a mineral extraction trade.

(2) Expenditure on mineral exploration and access incurred by a person in connection with a mineral extraction trade which that person carries on then or subsequently is to be treated as incurred for the purposes of that trade.

(3) But pre-trading expenditure on mineral exploration and access is qualifying expenditure only to the extent provided by—

• section 401 (pre-trading exploration expenditure), or

• section 402 (pre-trading expenditure on plant or machinery).

(4) Any pre-trading expenditure that is qualifying expenditure under either of those sections is to be treated as incurred on the first day of trading.

(5) In this Chapter—

(a) “pre-trading expenditure” means capital expenditure incurred before the day on which a person begins to carry on a mineral extraction trade, and

(b) “the first day of trading”, in relation to a person’s pre-trading expenditure, means the day on which that person begins to carry on the mineral extraction trade.

401 Pre-trading exploration expenditure U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person incurs pre-trading expenditure on mineral exploration and access at a source, and

(b) the expenditure is not incurred on the provision of plant or machinery.

(2) The amount of the expenditure (“pre-trading exploration expenditure”) that is qualifying expenditure depends on whether mineral exploration and access is continuing at the source on the first day of trading.

(3) If it is, so much of the pre-trading exploration expenditure as exceeds any relevant receipts is qualifying expenditure.

(4) If it is not, only so much of the pre-trading exploration expenditure as—

(a) was incurred within 6 years ending on the first day of trading, and

(b) exceeds any relevant receipts,

is qualifying expenditure.

(5) “Relevant receipts” means capital sums received—

(a) by the person incurring the pre-trading exploration expenditure referred to in subsection (3) or (4), and

(b) before the first day of trading,

so far as they are reasonably attributable to that expenditure.

402 Pre-trading expenditure on plant or machinery U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person incurs pre-trading expenditure on the provision of plant or machinery for mineral exploration and access,

(b) the plant or machinery was used in connection with mineral exploration and access at a source, and

(c) before the first day of trading, the plant or machinery is sold, demolished, destroyed or abandoned.

(2) The amount of the expenditure (“pre-trading expenditure on plant or machinery”) that is qualifying expenditure depends on whether mineral exploration and access is continuing at the source on the first day of trading.

(3) If it is, so much of the pre-trading expenditure on plant or machinery as exceeds any relevant receipts is qualifying expenditure.

(4) If it is not, only so much of the pre-trading expenditure on plant or machinery as—

(a) was incurred within 6 years ending on the first day of trading, and

(b) exceeds any relevant receipts,

is qualifying expenditure.

(5) “Relevant receipts” means—

(a) if the plant or machinery is sold, the net proceeds to the person of the sale;

(b) if the plant or machinery is demolished or destroyed, the net amount received by the person for the remains of the plant or machinery, together with—

(i) any insurance money received by him in respect of the demolition or destruction, and

(ii) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums;

(c) if the plant or machinery is abandoned—

(i) any insurance money received by the person in respect of the abandonment, and

(ii) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums.

Chapter 3 U.K. Qualifying expenditure on acquiring a mineral asset

403 Qualifying expenditure on acquiring a mineral asset U.K.

(1) Expenditure on acquiring a mineral asset is qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is capital expenditure, and

(b) it is incurred for the purposes of a mineral extraction trade.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to—

• section 404 (exclusion of undeveloped market value of land), and

• section 406 (reduction where premium relief previously allowed).

(3) In this Chapter “the buyer”, in relation to the acquisition of a mineral asset, means the person acquiring it.

404 Exclusion of undeveloped market value of land U.K.

(1) If the mineral asset is an interest in land, so much of the buyer’s expenditure on acquiring the asset as is equal to the undeveloped market value of the interest is not qualifying expenditure.

(2) “The undeveloped market value of the interest” means the amount that, at the time of the acquisition, the interest might reasonably be expected to fetch on a sale in the open market on the assumptions in subsection (3).

(3) The assumptions are that—

(a) there is no source of mineral deposits on or in the land, and

(b) it will only ever be lawful to carry out existing permitted development.

(4) Development is existing permitted development if at the time of the acquisition—

(a) it has been, or had begun to be, lawfully carried out, or

(b) it could be lawfully carried out under planning permission granted by a general development order.

(5) In applying subsection (4) in relation to land outside the United Kingdom—

(a) whether, at the time of the acquisition, development has been, or had begun to be, lawfully carried out is to be determined according to the law of the territory in which the land is situated, and

(b) whether, at that time, development could be lawfully carried out under planning permission granted by a general development order is to be determined as if the land were in England.

(6) References in this section to the time of acquisition are not affected by section 434 (expenditure incurred before trade carried on).

(7) This section does not apply to the buyer’s expenditure if an election under section 569 (election to treat sale as being for alternative amount) is made in relation to the acquisition.

405 Qualifying expenditure where buildings or structures cease to be used U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) section 404 (exclusion of undeveloped market value of land) applies to limit the buyer’s qualifying expenditure on acquiring the mineral asset,

(b) the undeveloped market value of the interest in land includes the value of any buildings or structures on the land, and

(c) at the time of the acquisition, or at any later time, the buildings or structures permanently cease to be used for any purpose.

(2) The buyer is to be treated—

(a) as having incurred qualifying expenditure, on acquiring a mineral asset, of an amount equal to the unrelieved value of the buildings or structures, and

(b) as having incurred it when the buildings or structures permanently cease to be used for any purpose.

(3) The unrelieved value of the buildings or structures is—

where—

V is the value of the buildings or structures at the date of the acquisition (disregarding any value properly attributable to the land on which they stand),

A is the amount of any allowances made to the buyer under the provisions of this Act other than Part 10 (assured tenancy allowances) in respect of—

(a) the buildings or structures, or

(b) assets in the buildings or structures, and

B is the amount of any balancing charges made on the buyer under those provisions in respect of those buildings or structures or assets in them.

(4) References in this section to the time of acquisition are not affected by section 434 (time when expenditure incurred).

406 Reduction where premium relief previously allowed U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) the mineral asset is or includes an interest in land, and

(b) for chargeable periods previous to the chargeable period for which the buyer first becomes entitled to an allowance under this Part in respect of the expenditure on acquiring the mineral asset, deductions are made under section 87 of ICTA (deductions in calculating trading profits where premiums etc. taxable).

(2) The amount of the expenditure on the acquisition of the mineral asset that is qualifying expenditure is reduced by—

where—

D is the total of the deductions made under section 87 of ICTA in the earlier chargeable periods mentioned in subsection (1)(b),

E is the amount of the capital expenditure on the acquisition of the interest in land that would have been qualifying expenditure if the buyer had been entitled to allowances under this Part in those earlier periods, and

T is the total amount of the capital expenditure on the acquisition of the interest in land.

Chapter 4 U.K. Qualifying expenditure: second-hand assets

Assets reflecting expenditure on mineral exploration and access U.K.

407 Acquisition of mineral asset owned by previous trader U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person carrying on a mineral extraction trade (“the buyer”) incurs capital expenditure on acquiring a mineral asset (“asset X”) for the purposes of that trade, and

(b) the conditions in subsection (3) are met.

(2) In this section “the buyer’s expenditure” means the expenditure referred to in subsection (1)(a), less any amount which, under section 404 (exclusion of undeveloped market value of land), is not qualifying expenditure on the acquisition of the mineral asset.

(3) The conditions are that—

(a) expenditure was previously incurred on acquiring asset X or bringing it into existence by—

(i) the person from whom the buyer acquired asset X, or

(ii) an earlier owner of asset X,

in connection with a mineral extraction trade carried on by the person incurring that expenditure,

(b) part of the value of asset X is properly attributable to expenditure (“E1”) on mineral exploration and access by the previous trader, and

(c) it is just and reasonable to attribute part of the buyer’s expenditure (“E2”) to that part of the value of asset X.

(4) In arriving at E1, any expenditure that is or has been deducted in calculating, for tax purposes, the profits of a trade carried on by the previous trader must be excluded.

(5) If this section applies—

(a) so much of the buyer’s expenditure as is equal to the lesser of E1 and E2 is to be treated as qualifying expenditure on mineral exploration and access, and

(b) the buyer’s expenditure on acquiring the mineral asset is reduced by the same amount.

(6) “The previous trader” means—

(a) the person incurring the expenditure mentioned in subsection (3)(a), or

(b) if there has been more than one such person, the last before the buyer acquired asset X.

(7) In this section references to asset X include—

(a) two or more assets which together make up asset X, and

(b) one asset from which, or two or more assets from the combination of which, asset X is derived.

408 Acquisition of oil licence from non-trader U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person carrying on a mineral extraction trade (“the buyer”) incurs capital expenditure on acquiring an interest in an oil licence for the purposes of that trade,

(b) the person from whom the interest was acquired (“the seller”) disposed of the interest without having carried on a mineral extraction trade,

(c) part of the value of the interest is attributable to expenditure (“E1”) on mineral exploration and access by the seller, and

(d) it is just and reasonable to attribute part of the buyer’s expenditure (“E2”) to that part of the value of the interest.

(2) If this section applies—

(a) so much of the buyer’s expenditure as is equal to the lesser of E1 and E2 is to be treated as qualifying expenditure on mineral exploration and access, and

(b) the buyer’s expenditure on acquiring the interest in the oil licence is reduced by an amount equal to E2.

(3) In this section “oil licence” and “interest in an oil licence” have the same meaning as in Chapter 3 of Part 12.

409 Acquisition of other assets from non-traders U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person carrying on a mineral extraction trade (“the buyer”) incurs capital expenditure on acquiring any assets for the purposes of that trade,

(b) the person from whom the assets were acquired (“the seller”) disposed of the assets without having carried on a mineral extraction trade,

(c) the assets represent expenditure on mineral exploration and access incurred by the seller, and

(d) section 408 (acquisition of oil licence from non-trader) does not apply in relation to the acquisition.

(2) If this section applies, the buyer’s expenditure is qualifying expenditure only to the extent that it does not exceed the amount of the seller’s expenditure on mineral exploration and access that is represented by the assets.

(3) The references in this section to assets representing expenditure on mineral exploration and access include any results obtained from any search, exploration or inquiry on which the expenditure was incurred.

Qualifying expenditure on assets limited by reference to historic costs U.K.

410 UK oil licence: limit is original licence payment U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person carrying on a mineral extraction trade (“the buyer”) incurs capital expenditure on acquiring a mineral asset which is a UK oil licence, or an interest in such a licence, for the purposes of that trade.

(2) If this section applies, the buyer’s expenditure is qualifying expenditure only to the extent that it does not exceed—

(a) the original licence payment, or

(b) if the mineral asset is an interest in a UK oil licence, such part of the original licence payment as it is just and reasonable to attribute to the interest.

(3) In this section “the original licence payment” means the amount paid to the relevant authority for the purpose of obtaining the licence by the person to whom the licence was granted.

(4) This section does not affect any expenditure that is treated as qualifying expenditure on mineral exploration and access under—

• section 407(5) (acquisition of mineral asset owned by previous trader), or

• section 408(2) (acquisition of oil licence from non-trader).

(5) In this section “UK oil licence” and “the relevant authority” have the same meaning as in Chapter 3 of Part 12.

411 Assets generally: limit is residue of previous trader’s qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person carrying on a mineral extraction trade (“the buyer”) incurs capital expenditure on acquiring an asset (“asset X”) for the purposes of that trade, and

(b) expenditure was previously incurred on acquiring asset X or bringing it into existence by—

(i) the person from whom the buyer acquired asset X, or

(ii) an earlier owner of asset X,

in connection with a mineral extraction trade carried on by the person incurring that expenditure.

(2) In this section “the buyer’s expenditure” means the expenditure referred to in subsection (1)(a) less any amount which, under section 404 (exclusion of undeveloped market value of land), is not qualifying expenditure on the acquisition of the mineral asset.

(3) If this section applies, the buyer’s expenditure is qualifying expenditure only to the extent that it does not exceed the residue of the previous trader’s qualifying expenditure.

(4) The residue of the previous trader’s qualifying expenditure is—

where—

QE is so much of the expenditure incurred by the previous trader on the acquisition or bringing into existence of asset X as constitutes qualifying expenditure for the purposes of this Part,

A is the total of any allowances made under this Part in respect of the previous trader’s qualifying expenditure, and

B is the total of any balancing charges made under this Part in respect of the previous trader’s qualifying expenditure.

(5) “The previous trader” means—

(a) the person incurring the expenditure mentioned in subsection (1)(b), or

(b) if there has been more than one such person, the last before the buyer acquired asset X.

(6) In this section references to asset X include—

(a) two or more assets which together make up asset X, and

(b) one asset from which, or two or more assets from the combination of which, asset X is derived.

(7) For the purposes of subsection (4), if the previous trader incurred expenditure on the acquisition or bringing into existence of one or more assets from which asset X is derived, QE is so much of that expenditure as—

(a) was qualifying expenditure for the purposes of this Part, and

(b) is just and reasonable to attribute to asset X;

and a similar apportionment is to be made to arrive at A and B.

(8) This section does not affect any expenditure that is treated as qualifying expenditure on mineral exploration and access under—

• section 407(5) (acquisition of mineral asset owned by previous trader), or

• section 408(2) (acquisition of oil licence from non-trader).

412 Transfers of mineral assets within group: limit is initial group expenditure U.K.

(1) Subject to section 413, this section applies if—

(a) a company (“the buyer”) incurs capital expenditure on acquiring a mineral asset (“asset X”) from another company (“the seller”), and

(b) the seller is a group company in relation to the buyer at the time of the acquisition.

(2) The buyer’s expenditure on acquiring asset X is to be left out of account for the purposes of this Part to the extent that it exceeds—

(a) the capital expenditure incurred by the seller on acquiring asset X, or

(b) if asset X is an interest or right granted by the seller in a mineral asset acquired by the seller (“asset Y”), so much of the capital expenditure incurred by the seller on asset Y as on a just and reasonable apportionment is referable to asset X.

(3) If there is a sequence of acquisitions within subsection (1), apply subsection (2) in the same sequence (starting with the first acquisition in the sequence).

(4) Subsections (5) to (7) apply if—

(a) the buyer is carrying on a mineral extraction trade, and

(b) the asset is an interest in land.

(5) Section 404 (exclusion of undeveloped market value of land) applies to the buyer as if the time of the buyer’s acquisition of the interest in land were—

(a) the time of the seller’s acquisition of the interest, or

(b) if there is a sequence of acquisitions within subsection (1), the time when the interest was acquired by the company which is the seller in the first acquisition in the sequence.

(6) Subject to subsection (7), section 405 (qualifying expenditure where buildings or structures cease to be used) applies to the buyer as if the time of the buyer’s acquisition of the interest in land were the time of the seller’s acquisition of the interest.

(7) If there is a sequence of acquisitions within subsection (1), section 405 applies as if—

(a) the time of the acquisition were the time when the interest was acquired by the company which is the seller in the first acquisition in the sequence, but

(b) the allowances and balancing charges to be taken into account in calculating (under section 405(3)) the unrelieved value of the buildings or structures included any allowances or charges made to or on any seller in the sequence.

413 Transfers of mineral assets within group: supplementary U.K.

(1) For the purposes of section 412, a company is a group company in relation to another company if—

(a) it controls, or is controlled by, the other company, or

(b) both companies are under the control of another person.

(2) Section 412 does not apply if—

(a) section 410 (UK oil licences: limit is original licence payment) applies to the acquisition, or

(b) the acquisition is a sale in respect of which an election is made under section 569 (election to treat sale as being for an alternative amount).

(3) Section 412 applies regardless of section 568 (sales between connected persons etc., or to obtain tax advantage, treated as at market value).

(4) Section 412 does not affect any expenditure that is treated as qualifying expenditure on mineral exploration and access under—

• section 407(5) (acquisition of mineral asset owned by previous trader), or

• section 408(2) (acquisition of oil licence from non-trader).

Chapter 5 U.K. Other kinds of qualifying expenditure

414 Expenditure on works likely to become valueless U.K.

(1) Expenditure is qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is capital expenditure on constructing works in connection with the working of a source of mineral deposits,

(b) it is incurred for the purposes of a mineral extraction trade, and

(c) the works—

(i) are likely to be of little or no value, when the source is no longer worked, to the last person working the source, or

(ii) if the source is worked under a foreign concession, are likely to become valueless, when the concession ends, to the last person working the source under the concession.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), expenditure on constructing works does not include expenditure on acquiring the site of the works or any right in or over the site.

(3) In subsection (1)(c) “foreign concession” means a right or privilege granted by the government of, or any municipality or other authority in, a territory outside the United Kingdom.

415 Contribution to buildings or works for benefit of employees abroad U.K.

(1) Subject to subsection (3), expenditure is qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is incurred by a person carrying on a mineral extraction trade outside the United Kingdom and for the purposes of that trade,

(b) it is a contribution consisting of a capital sum to the cost of buildings or works to which this section applies, and

(c) the buildings or works are likely to be of little or no value, when the source is no longer worked, to the last person working the source.

(2) The buildings or works to which this section applies are—

(a) buildings to be occupied by persons employed at or in connection with the working of a source outside the United Kingdom;

(b) works for the supply of water, gas or electricity wholly or mainly to buildings occupied or to be occupied by persons so employed;

(c) works to be used to provide other services or facilities wholly or mainly for the welfare of persons so employed or their dependants.

(3) Expenditure is not qualifying expenditure if the person making the contribution—

(a) acquires an asset as a result of the expenditure, or

(b) is entitled to an allowance for the expenditure under any other provision of the Tax Acts.

416 Expenditure on restoration within 3 years of ceasing to trade U.K.

(1) If—

(a) a person who has ceased to carry on a mineral extraction trade incurs expenditure on the restoration of a relevant site, and

(b) the expenditure is incurred within 3 years from the last day of trading and meets the further conditions in subsection (3),

the net cost of the restoration is qualifying expenditure.

(2) The qualifying expenditure is treated as incurred on the last day of trading.

(3) The further conditions are that the expenditure—

(a) has not been deducted in calculating for tax purposes the profits of any trade carried on by that person, and

(b) would have been—

(i) deductible in calculating the profits of the trade, or

(ii) capable of being qualifying expenditure under this Chapter,

if the expenditure had been incurred while the trade was being carried on.

(4) If any expenditure incurred by a person is qualifying expenditure under this section—

(a) the whole of the expenditure on the restoration (not just the net cost) is not deductible in calculating the person’s income for any tax purposes, and

(b) none of the amounts subtracted to produce the net cost is to be treated as the person’s income for any tax purposes.

(5) “Restoration” includes—

(a) landscaping,

(b) in relation to land in the United Kingdom, the carrying out of any works required as a condition of granting planning permission for development consisting of the winning and working of minerals, and

(c) in relation to land outside the United Kingdom, the carrying out of any works required by any equivalent condition imposed under the law of the territory in which the land is situated.

(6) A “relevant site” means—

(a) the site of a source to the working of which the mineral extraction trade related, or

(b) land used in connection with working such a source.

(7) “The net cost of the restoration” means the expenditure incurred on the restoration less any amounts—

(a) received within 3 years from the last day of trading, and

(b) attributable to the restoration of the relevant site (for instance, amounts for spoil or other assets removed from the site or for tipping rights).

(8) All such adjustments are to be made, by way of discharge or repayment of tax or otherwise, as are necessary to give effect to this section.

Yn ddilys o 24/07/2002

[F18 Chapter 5A U.K. First-year qualifying expenditure

Textual Amendments

F18 Pt. 5 Ch. 5A inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 63 of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 63, Sch. 21 para. 9

General U.K.

416A First-year allowances available for certain types of qualifying expenditure U.K.

A first-year allowance is not available unless the qualifying expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure under section 416B (expenditure incurred wholly for purposes of a ring fence trade).

Types of expenditure which may qualify for first year allowances U.K.

416B Expenditure incurred by company for purposes of a ring fence trade U.K.

(1) Expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is incurred on or after 17th April 2002,

(b) it is incurred by a company,

(c) it is incurred wholly for the purposes of a ring fence trade, and

(d) it is not excluded by—

(i) subsection (2) (acquisition of mineral asset), or

(ii) subsection (3) (acquisition of asset representing expenditure of connected company).

(2) Expenditure is not first-year qualifying expenditure under this section if it is expenditure on acquiring a mineral asset.

(3) Expenditure is not first-year qualifying expenditure under this section if it is expenditure incurred by a company on the acquisition of an asset representing expenditure incurred by a company connected with that company.

(4) To the extent that references in this section to an asset representing expenditure incurred by a company include a reference to an asset representing expenditure on mineral exploration and access, they also include a reference to any results obtained from any search, exploration or inquiry on which any such expenditure was incurred.

(5) In this section “ring fence trade” means a ring fence trade in respect of which tax is chargeable under section 501A of the Taxes Act 1988 (supplementary charge in respect of ring fence trades).

Supplementary U.K.

416C Time when expenditure is incurred U.K.

(1) In determining whether expenditure is first-year qualifying expenditure under this Chapter, any effect of the provisions specified in subsection (2) on the time at which the expenditure is to be treated as incurred is to be disregarded.

(2) The provisions are—

(a) section 400(4) (which treats certain pre-trading expenditure as incurred on the first day of trading), and

(b) section 434 (which treats certain other expenditure incurred for the purposes of a trade about to be carried on as incurred on that day).]

Chapter 6 U.K. Allowances and charges

Yn ddilys o 24/07/2002

[F19 First-year allowances U.K.

Textual Amendments

F19 S. 416D and preceding crossheading inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 63(3) of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 63, Sch. 21 para. 10

416D First-year allowances U.K.

(1) A person is entitled to a first-year allowance in respect of first-year qualifying expenditure if the expenditure is incurred in a chargeable period to which this Act applies.

(2) Any first-year allowance is made for the chargeable period in which the first-year qualifying expenditure is incurred.

(3) The amount of the allowance is a percentage of the first-year qualifying expenditure in respect of which the allowance is made, as shown in the Table—

Table

Amount of first-year allowances

Type of first-year qualifying expenditure	Amount
Expenditure qualifying under section 416B (expenditure incurred wholly for the purposes of a ring fence trade)	100%

(4) A person who is entitled to a first-year allowance may claim the allowance in respect of the whole or a part of the first-year qualifying expenditure.

(5) This section is subject to section 416E (artificially inflated claims for first-year allowances).

[F20 416E Artificially inflated claims for first-year allowances U.K.

(1) To the extent that a transaction is attributable to arrangements entered into wholly or mainly for a disqualifying purpose, it shall be disregarded in determining for a chargeable period the amount of any first-year allowance to which a person is entitled.

(2) For the purposes of this section, arrangements are entered into wholly or mainly for a “disqualifying purpose” if their main object, or one of their main objects, is to enable a person to obtain—

(a) a first-year allowance to which he would not otherwise be entitled, or

(b) a first-year allowance of a greater amount than that to which he would otherwise be entitled.

(3) In this section “arrangements” includes any scheme, agreement or understanding, whether or not legally enforceable.]]

Textual Amendments

F20 S. 416E inserted (with effect as mentioned in s. 63(3) of the amending Act) by Finance Act 2002 (c. 23), s. 63, Sch. 21 para. 11

Writing-down and balancing allowances and balancing charges U.K.

417 Determination of entitlement or liability U.K.

(1) Whether a person who has incurred qualifying expenditure is entitled to a writing-down allowance or a balancing allowance, or liable to a balancing charge, for a chargeable period depends on—

(a) how much of the expenditure is unrelieved qualifying expenditure for that period (“UQE”), and

(b) the total of any disposal receipts to be brought into account for that period (“TDR”) by reference to the expenditure.

(2) If UQE exceeds TDR, the person is entitled to a writing-down allowance or a balancing allowance for the period.

(3) If TDR exceeds UQE, the person is liable to a balancing charge for the period.

(4) The entitlement under subsection (2) is to a writing-down allowance except in cases for which sections 426 to 431 provide for the entitlement to be to a balancing allowance.

418 Amount of allowances and charges U.K.

(1) The amount of the writing-down allowance to which a person is entitled for any chargeable period in respect of qualifying expenditure is—

(a) in the case of qualifying expenditure on the acquisition of a mineral asset, 10% of the amount by which UQE exceeds TDR;

(b) in the case of other qualifying expenditure, 25% of the amount by which UQE exceeds TDR.

(2) If the chargeable period is more or less than a year, the amount of the writing-down allowance is proportionately increased or reduced.

(3) If the mineral extraction trade has been carried on for part only of the chargeable period, the amount of the writing-down allowance is proportionately reduced.

(4) The amount of the balancing charge to which a person is liable for a chargeable period in respect of qualifying expenditure is—

(a) the amount by which TDR exceeds UQE, or

(b) if less, the allowances for earlier chargeable periods in respect of the expenditure less the total of any balancing charges for those periods in respect of the expenditure.

(5) The amount of the balancing allowance to which a person is entitled for a chargeable period in respect of qualifying expenditure is the amount by which UQE exceeds TDR.

(6) A person claiming a writing-down allowance or a balancing allowance may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

Unrelieved qualifying expenditure U.K.

419 Unrelieved qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) A person’s unrelieved qualifying expenditure for the chargeable period in which the qualifying expenditure is incurred is the whole of it.

(2) A person’s unrelieved qualifying expenditure for a chargeable period after that in which the qualifying expenditure is incurred is the amount, if any, by which it exceeds the aggregate of—

(a) the allowances made in respect of the expenditure for earlier chargeable periods, and

(b) the total of any disposal receipts for earlier chargeable periods.

Disposal values U.K.

420 Meaning of “disposal receipt” U.K.

In sections 417 to 419 “disposal receipt” means a disposal value that a person is required to bring into account in accordance with—

(a) sections 421 to 425, or

(b) paragraph 11 of Schedule 12 to FA 1997 (finance lease or loan: receipt of major lump sum) or any other enactment.

421 Disposal of, or ceasing to use, asset U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person has incurred qualifying expenditure on providing assets (including the construction of works), and

(b) any of those assets—

(i) is disposed of, or

(ii) permanently ceases to be used by him for the purposes of a mineral extraction trade (whether because of the discontinuance of the trade or for any other reason).

(2) The person is required to bring the disposal value of the asset into account for the chargeable period in which the disposal or cessation occurs.

422 Use of asset otherwise than for permitted development etc. U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person has acquired a mineral asset,

(b) at any time after the acquisition, the asset begins to be used (by him or another person) in a way which constitutes development, and

(c) the development is not—

(i) existing permitted development, or

(ii) development for the purposes of a mineral extraction trade carried on by the person.

(2) The person is required to bring the disposal value of the mineral asset into account for the chargeable period in which the use begins.

(3) Development is existing permitted development if at the time of the acquisition—

(a) it has been, or had begun to be, lawfully carried out, or

(b) it could be lawfully carried out under planning permission granted by a general development order.

(4) In applying subsection (3) in relation to land outside the United Kingdom—

(a) whether, at the time of the acquisition, development has been, or had begun to be, lawfully carried out is to be determined according to the law of the territory in which the land is situated, and

(b) whether, at that time, development could be lawfully carried out under planning permission granted by a general development order is to be determined as if the land were in England.

423 Sections 421 and 422: amount of disposal value to be brought into account U.K.

(1) The disposal value to be brought into account under section 421 or 422 depends on the event requiring it to be brought into account, as shown in the Table—

Table

Disposal value for sections 421 and 422

1. Event	2. Disposal value
1. Sale of the asset, except in a case where item 2 applies.	The net proceeds of the sale, together with— (a) any insurance money received in respect of the asset as a result of an event affecting the price obtainable on the sale, and (b) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums.
2. Sale of the asset where— (a) the sale is at less than market value, (b) there is no charge to tax under Schedule E, and (c) the condition in subsection (3) is met by the buyer.	The market value of the asset at the time of the sale.
3. Demolition or destruction of the asset.	The net amount received for the remains of the asset, together with— (a) any insurance money received in respect of the demolition or destruction, and (b) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums.
4. Permanent loss of the asset otherwise than as a result of its demolition or destruction.	Any insurance money received in respect of the loss and, so far as it consists of capital sums, any other compensation of any description so received.
5. Permanent discontinuance of the trade followed by the occurrence of an event within any of items 1 to 4.	The disposal value for the item in question.
6. Any event not falling within any of items 1 to 5.	The market value of the asset at the time of the event.

(2) The amounts referred to in column 2 of the Table are those received by the person required to bring the disposal value into account.

(3) The condition referred to in item 2 of the Table is met by the buyer if—

(a) the buyer’s expenditure on the acquisition of the asset cannot be qualifying expenditure under Part 2 or 6 (plant and machinery and research and development allowances), or

(b) the buyer is a dual resident investing company which is connected with the seller.

424 Disposal value restricted in case of interest in land U.K.

(1) If the asset in relation to which a disposal value is required to be brought into account under section 421 or 422 is an interest in land, the disposal value is restricted by excluding the undeveloped market value of the interest.

(2) “The undeveloped market value of the interest” means the amount that, at the time of the disposal, the interest might reasonably be expected to fetch on a sale in the open market on the assumptions in subsection (3).

(3) The assumptions are that—

(a) there is no source of mineral deposits on or in the land, and

(b) it will only ever be lawful to carry out existing permitted development.

(4) Development is existing permitted development if at the time of the disposal—

(a) it has been, or had begun to be, lawfully carried out, or

(b) it could be lawfully carried out under planning permission granted by a general development order.

(5) In applying subsection (4) in relation to land outside the United Kingdom—

(a) whether, at the time of the disposal, development has been, or had begun to be, lawfully carried out is to be determined according to the law of the territory in which the land is situated, and

(b) whether, at that time, development could be lawfully carried out under planning permission granted by a general development order is to be determined as if the land were in England.

425 Receipt of capital sum U.K.

(1) This section applies if a person—

(a) has incurred qualifying expenditure, and

(b) receives a capital sum which, in whole or in part, it is reasonable to attribute to that expenditure.

(2) The person is required to bring into account as a disposal value for the chargeable period in which the capital sum is received so much of the capital sum as is reasonably attributable to the qualifying expenditure.

(3) This section does not apply if the capital sum falls to be brought into account under section 421 or 422.

Cases in which a person is entitled to a balancing allowance U.K.

426 Pre-trading expenditure U.K.

A person’s entitlement to an allowance for a chargeable period is to a balancing allowance if—

(a) the expenditure is qualifying expenditure under—

(i) section 401(4) (pre-trading exploration expenditure where exploration etc. has ceased before first day of trading), or

(ii) section 402 (pre-trading expenditure on plant or machinery), and

(b) the first day of trading occurs in that chargeable period.

427 Giving up exploration, search or inquiry U.K.

A person’s entitlement to an allowance for a chargeable period is to a balancing allowance if—

(a) the qualifying expenditure is expenditure on mineral exploration and access,

(b) he gives up the exploration, search or inquiry to which the expenditure related in that chargeable period, and

(c) he does not then or later carry on a mineral extraction trade which consists of or includes the working of mineral deposits to which the expenditure related.

428 Ceasing to work mineral deposits U.K.

(1) A person’s entitlement to an allowance for a chargeable period is to a balancing allowance if—

(a) in that chargeable period he permanently ceases to work particular mineral deposits, and

(b) the qualifying expenditure is expenditure incurred—

(i) on mineral exploration and access relating solely to those deposits, or

(ii) on acquiring a mineral asset consisting of those deposits or part of them.

(2) If the person carrying on the mineral extraction trade is entitled to two or more mineral assets which at any time were—

(a) comprised in a single mineral asset, or

(b) otherwise derived from a single mineral asset,

subsection (1) does not apply until such time as the person permanently ceases to work the deposits comprised in all the mineral assets concerned taken together.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), if a mineral asset relates to, but does not actually consist of, mineral deposits, the deposits to which the asset relates are to be treated as comprised in the asset.

429 Buildings etc. for benefit of employees abroad ceasing to be used U.K.

A person’s entitlement to an allowance for a chargeable period is to a balancing allowance if—

(a) the expenditure is qualifying expenditure under section 415 (contributions to buildings or works for benefit of employees abroad), and

(b) in that chargeable period the buildings or works permanently cease to be used for the purposes of or in connection with the mineral extraction trade.

430 Disposal of asset, etc. U.K.

(1) A person’s entitlement to an allowance for a chargeable period is to a balancing allowance if—

(a) the qualifying expenditure was incurred on the provision of any assets, and

(b) in that chargeable period any of those assets—

(i) is disposed of, or

(ii) otherwise permanently ceases to be used by him for the purposes of the mineral extraction trade.

(2) A person’s entitlement to an allowance for a chargeable period is to a balancing allowance if any of the following events occurs in that chargeable period in relation to assets representing the qualifying expenditure—

(a) the person loses possession of the assets in circumstances where it is reasonable to assume that the loss is permanent;

(b) the assets cease to exist as such (as a result of destruction, dismantling or otherwise);

(c) the assets begin to be used wholly or partly for purposes other than those of the mineral extraction trade carried on by the person.

431 Discontinuance of trade U.K.

A person’s entitlement to an allowance for a chargeable period is to a balancing allowance if in that chargeable period the mineral extraction trade is permanently discontinued.

Chapter 7 U.K. Supplementary provisions

432 Giving effect to allowances and charges U.K.

An allowance or charge to which a person is entitled or liable under this Part is to be given effect in calculating the profits of that person’s mineral extraction trade, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of the trade, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of the trade.

433 Treatment of demolition costs U.K.

(1) The net cost to a person of demolishing an asset which represents qualifying expenditure is added to that qualifying expenditure in determining the amount of any balancing allowance or balancing charge for the chargeable period in which the demolition occurs.

(2) “The net cost of the demolition” means the amount, if any, by which the cost of the demolition exceeds any money received for the remains of the asset.

(3) If this section applies, the net cost of the demolition is not treated as expenditure incurred on any other asset which replaces the demolished asset.

434 Time when expenditure incurred U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Part, expenditure incurred for the purposes of a mineral extraction trade by a person about to carry it on is treated as incurred by that person on the first day on which that person does carry it on.

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to pre-trading expenditure on mineral exploration and access (for which specific provision is made by section 400(4)).

435 Shares in assets U.K.

(1) This Part applies in relation to a share in an asset as it applies (under section 571) in relation to a part of an asset.

(2) For the purposes of those provisions, a share in an asset is treated as used for the purposes of a trade so long as, and only so long as, the asset is used for the purposes of the trade.

436 Meaning of “development” etc. U.K.

(1) In this Part—

• “development”

• “development order”,

• “general development order”, and

• “planning permission”,

have the meaning given by the relevant planning enactment.

(2) “The relevant planning enactment” means—

(a) in relation to land in England or Wales, section 336(1) of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (c. 8);

(b) in relation to land in Scotland, section 277(1) of the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997 (c. 8);

(c) in relation to land in Northern Ireland, Article 2(2) of the Planning (Northern Ireland) Order 1991 (S.I.1991/1220 (N.I.11)).

Part 6 U.K. Research and development allowances

Chapter 1 U.K. Introduction

437 Research and development allowances U.K.

(1) Allowances are available under this Part if a person incurs qualifying expenditure on research and development.

(2) In this Part “research and development”—

(a) has the meaning given by section 837A of ICTA (activities falling to be treated as research and development under normal accounting practice, subject to regulations), and

(b) includes oil and gas exploration and appraisal.

438 Expenditure on research and development U.K.

(1) Expenditure on research and development includes all expenditure incurred for—

(a) carrying out research and development, or

(b) providing facilities for carrying out research and development.

(2) But it does not include expenditure incurred in the acquisition of—

(a) rights in research and development, or

(b) rights arising out of research and development.

(3) Nor does it include expenditure on the provision of a dwelling.

(4) But if—

(a) part of a building consists of a dwelling and the rest of the building is used for research and development, and

(b) no more than 25% of the capital expenditure referable to the construction or acquisition of the whole building is referable to the construction or acquisition of the dwelling,

the whole of the building is to be treated as used for research and development.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (4)(b), the expenditure referable to the construction or acquisition of the building is to be apportioned in a just and reasonable manner.

(6) Any additional VAT liability or rebate (as to which see Chapter 4) is to be disregarded in applying subsection (4)(b).

Chapter 2 U.K. Qualifying expenditure

439 Qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) In this Part “qualifying expenditure” means capital expenditure incurred by a person on research and development directly undertaken by him or on his behalf if—

(a) he is carrying on a trade when the expenditure is incurred and the research and development relates to that trade, or

(b) after incurring the expenditure he sets up and commences a trade connected with the research and development.

(2) The same expenditure may not be taken into account as qualifying expenditure in relation to more than one trade.

(3) The trade by reference to which expenditure is qualifying expenditure is referred to in this Part as “the relevant trade” in relation to that expenditure.

(4) If capital expenditure is partly within subsection (1) and partly not, the expenditure is to be apportioned in a just and reasonable manner.

(5) References in this Chapter to research and development related to a trade include—

(a) research and development which may lead to or facilitate an extension of that trade, and

(b) research and development of a medical nature which has a special relation to the welfare of workers employed in that trade.

440 Excluded expenditure: land U.K.

(1) Expenditure on the acquisition of land, or rights in or over land, is not qualifying expenditure.

(2) But that does not prevent such expenditure from being qualifying expenditure so far as it is referable to the acquisition of—

(a) a building or structure already constructed on the land,

(b) rights in or over such a building or structure, or

(c) plant or machinery which forms part of such a building or structure.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), the expenditure is to be apportioned in a just and reasonable manner.

Chapter 3 U.K. Allowances and charges

441 Allowances U.K.

(1) A person who incurs qualifying expenditure is entitled to an allowance in respect of that expenditure for the relevant chargeable period equal to—

(a) the amount of the qualifying expenditure, or

(b) if a disposal value is required to be brought into account for that period in respect of that expenditure, the amount (if any) by which that expenditure exceeds the disposal value.

(2) The relevant chargeable period is—

(a) the chargeable period in which the expenditure is incurred, or

(b) if the expenditure was incurred before the chargeable period in which the relevant trade is set up and commenced, that chargeable period.

(3) A person claiming an allowance under this section may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

442 Balancing charges U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) an allowance is made to a person for a chargeable period in respect of qualifying expenditure, and

(b) the person is required to bring a disposal value into account for a later chargeable period in respect of that expenditure.

(2) The person is liable to a balancing charge for the later chargeable period in respect of the qualifying expenditure.

(3) The amount of the balancing charge is—

(a) the amount (if any) by which the disposal value to be brought into account for the period exceeds any unclaimed allowance, or

(b) if less, the allowance made in respect of the qualifying expenditure.

(4) “Unclaimed allowance” means any part of the allowance to which the person was entitled in respect of the qualifying expenditure but which has not been claimed.

(5) This section is to be read with section 449 (effect on balancing charges of additional VAT rebates in earlier chargeable periods).

443 Disposal values and disposal events U.K.

(1) A person is required to bring a disposal value into account in respect of qualifying expenditure incurred by him if—

(a) he ceases to own an asset representing the expenditure, or

(b) an asset representing the expenditure is demolished or destroyed at a time when he owns the asset.

(2) Subsection (1) is to be read with section 555 (disposal of oil licence with exploitation value).

(3) But a person is not required to bring a disposal value into account under subsection (1) if the disposal event gives rise to a balancing charge under Part 2 or 3 (plant and machinery allowances and industrial buildings allowances).

(4) The disposal value to be brought into account under subsection (1) depends on the disposal event, as shown in the Table—

Table

Disposal values

1. Disposal event	2. Disposal value
1. Sale of the asset at not less than market value.	The net proceeds of the sale.
2. Demolition or destruction of the asset.	The net amount received for the remains of the asset, together with— (a) any insurance money received in respect of the demolition or destruction, and (b) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums.
3. Any event not falling within item 1 or 2.	The market value of the asset at the time of the event.

(5) Subsection (4) is subject to—

• section 445 (costs of demolition),

• section 553 (nil value in case of disposal of oil licence relating to undeveloped area), and

• section 555 (disposal of oil licence with exploitation value).

(6) A person is also required to bring a disposal value into account by section 448 (additional VAT rebate generates disposal value).

(7) In this Chapter “disposal event” means an event of a kind that requires a disposal value to be brought into account under subsection (1).

Modifications etc. (not altering text)

C15 S. 443(4) modified (prosp.) by Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (c. 29), ss. 448, 458(1), Sch. 10 paras. 26, 29

444 Disposal events: chargeable period for which disposal value is to be brought into account U.K.

(1) The chargeable period for which a disposal value is to be brought into account under section 443(1) in respect of qualifying expenditure is given by this section.

(2) Subsection (3) applies if the disposal event occurs in or after the chargeable period for which the allowance in respect of the expenditure is made.

(3) The disposal value is to be brought into account for—

(a) the chargeable period in which the event occurs, or

(b) if the event occurs after the chargeable period in which the relevant trade is permanently discontinued, that chargeable period.

(4) If the disposal event occurs before the chargeable period for which the allowance in respect of the expenditure is made, the disposal value is to be brought into account for that chargeable period.

445 Costs of demolition U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) an asset representing qualifying expenditure incurred by a person is demolished at a time when the person owns the asset, and

(b) the person incurred costs of demolition.

(2) The disposal value which the person is required to bring into account in respect of the qualifying expenditure is to be reduced by the cost to the person of the demolition.

(3) If the amount of the disposal value is reduced to nil (or less than nil) under subsection (2), the person is not required to bring a disposal value into account.

(4) If—

(a) the cost to the person of the demolition exceeds the disposal value, and

(b) before its demolition the asset had not begun to be used for purposes other than research and development related to the relevant trade,

the person is to be treated as incurring qualifying expenditure equal to the excess.

(5) That qualifying expenditure is to be treated as incurred—

(a) when the demolition occurs, or

(b) if that is on or after the date on which the relevant trade is permanently discontinued, immediately before the discontinuance.

(6) If this section applies, the cost to the person of the demolition is not to be treated for the purposes of this Act as expenditure on any property that replaces the demolished asset.

Chapter 4 U.K. Additional VAT liabilities and rebates

446 Introduction U.K.

For the purposes of this Chapter—

(a) “additional VAT liability” and “additional VAT rebate” have the meaning given by section 547,

(b) the time when—

(i) a person incurs an additional VAT liability, or

(ii) an additional VAT rebate is made to a person,

is given by section 548, and

(c) the chargeable period in which, and the time when, an additional VAT liability or an additional VAT rebate accrues are given by section 549.

447 Additional VAT liability treated as additional expenditure etc. U.K.

(1) If a person—

(a) has incurred qualifying expenditure (“the original expenditure”), and

(b) incurs an additional VAT liability in respect of that expenditure,

the liability is to be treated as capital expenditure incurred on the same research and development as the original expenditure.

(2) But subsection (1) does not apply if by the time the liability is incurred—

(a) the person who incurred the original expenditure has ceased to own the asset representing that expenditure, or

(b) that asset has been demolished or destroyed.

(3) Any allowance arising as a result of this section is available for—

(a) the chargeable period in which the liability accrues, or

(b) if the liability accrued before the chargeable period in which the relevant trade is set up and commenced, that chargeable period,

rather than for the relevant chargeable period specified in section 441(2).

448 Additional VAT rebate generates disposal value U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person has incurred qualifying expenditure, and

(b) an additional VAT rebate is made to the person in respect of that expenditure.

(2) But this section does not apply if by the time the rebate is made—

(a) the person has ceased to own the asset representing that expenditure, or

(b) that asset has been demolished or destroyed.

(3) And this section does not apply if the rebate falls to be brought into account for the purpose of making allowances and charges under Part 2 or 3 (plant and machinery allowances and industrial buildings allowances).

(4) The person must bring the amount of the rebate into account—

(a) as a disposal value in respect of the qualifying expenditure for the appropriate chargeable period, or

(b) if the person would have to bring a disposal value into account under section 443(1) in respect of that expenditure for that chargeable period, as an addition to that disposal value.

(5) “Appropriate chargeable period” means—

(a) the chargeable period in which the rebate accrues, or

(b) if the rebate accrued before the chargeable period in which the relevant trade is set up and commenced, that chargeable period.

449 Effect on balancing charges of additional VAT rebates in earlier chargeable periods U.K.

(1) Section 442 (balancing charges) has effect subject to this section if—

(a) an allowance is made to a person for a chargeable period (“the original period”) in respect of qualifying expenditure,

(b) the person is required to bring a disposal value into account for a later chargeable period in respect of that expenditure, and

(c) the person has been required by section 448(4)(a) to bring one or more disposal values (“VAT disposal values”) into account in respect of that expenditure for one or more chargeable periods after the original period but before the later chargeable period.

(2) In relation to the later chargeable period, subsection (3)(a) of section 442 applies as if the unclaimed allowance were reduced by—

where—

DV is the total amount of the VAT disposal values, and

BC is the total amount of any balancing charges to which the person is liable under that section as a result of bringing into account the VAT disposal values.

(3) In relation to the later chargeable period, subsection (3)(b) of section 442 applies as if the allowance made in respect of the qualifying expenditure were reduced by BC.

Chapter 5 U.K. Supplementary provisions

450 Giving effect to allowances and charges U.K.

An allowance or charge to which a person is entitled or liable under this Part for a chargeable period is to be given effect in calculating the profits of the relevant trade, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of the trade, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of the trade.

451 Sales: time of cessation of ownership U.K.

Any reference in this Part to the time when a person ceases to own an asset is to be read, in the case of a sale, as a reference to whichever is the earlier of—

(a) the time of completion, and

(b) the time when possession is given.

Part 7 U.K. Know-how allowances

Chapter 1 U.K. Introduction

452 Know-how allowances U.K.

(1) Allowances are available under this Part if a person incurs qualifying expenditure on the acquisition of know-how.

(2) In this Part “know-how” means any industrial information or techniques likely to assist in—

(a) manufacturing or processing goods or materials,

(b) working a source of mineral deposits (including searching for, discovering or testing mineral deposits or obtaining access to them), or

(c) carrying out any agricultural, forestry or fishing operations.

(3) In subsection (2)(b)—

(a) “mineral deposits” includes any natural deposits capable of being lifted or extracted from the earth and for this purpose geothermal energy is to be treated as a natural deposit, and

(b) “source of mineral deposits” includes a mine, an oil well and a source of geothermal energy.

453 Know-how as property U.K.

(1) Know-how is to be treated as property for the purposes of this Act.

(2) References in this Act to the purchase or sale of property include the acquisition or disposal of know-how.

Chapter 2 U.K. Qualifying expenditure

454 Qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) In this Part “qualifying expenditure” means, subject to section 455, capital expenditure incurred on the acquisition of know-how by a person if—

(a) the person is carrying on a trade at the time of the acquisition and the know-how is acquired for use in that trade,

(b) the person acquires the know-how and subsequently sets up and commences a trade in which it is used,

(c) the person acquires the know-how together with the trade or part of a trade in which it was used and the parties to the acquisition make an election under section 531(3)(a) of ICTA (consideration for know-how on disposal of trade to be treated as payment for goodwill unless parties otherwise elect), or

(d) the person acquires the know-how together with the trade or part of a trade in which it was used and the trade in question was, before the acquisition, carried on wholly outside the United Kingdom.

(2) The same expenditure may not be taken into account as qualifying expenditure in relation to more than one trade.

(3) Qualifying expenditure incurred before the setting up and commencement of the relevant trade is to be treated for the purposes of this Part as incurred when the trade is set up and commenced.

(4) “Relevant trade” means the trade by reference to which expenditure is qualifying expenditure.

455 Excluded expenditure U.K.

(1) Expenditure on the acquisition of know-how is not qualifying expenditure to the extent that it is otherwise deducted for tax purposes.

(2) Expenditure on the acquisition of know-how is not qualifying expenditure if—

(a) the buyer is a body of persons over whom the seller has control,

(b) the seller is a body of persons over whom the buyer has control, or

(c) the buyer and the seller are both bodies of persons and another person has control over both of them.

(3) In subsection (2) “body of persons” includes a partnership.

(4) Expenditure on the acquisition of know-how is not qualifying expenditure if it is treated as a payment for goodwill under section 531(2) of ICTA (consideration for know-how on disposal of trade to be treated as payment for goodwill, unless parties otherwise elect etc.).

Chapter 3 U.K. Allowances and charges

456 Pooling of expenditure U.K.

(1) Qualifying expenditure has to be pooled for the purpose of determining a person’s entitlement to writing-down allowances and balancing allowances and liability to balancing charges.

(2) There is a separate pool for each trade in respect of which the person has qualifying expenditure.

457 Determination of entitlement or liability U.K.

(1) Whether a person is entitled to a writing-down allowance or a balancing allowance, or liable to a balancing charge, for a chargeable period is determined separately for each pool of qualifying expenditure and depends on—

(a) the available qualifying expenditure in that pool for that period (“AQE”), and

(b) the total of any disposal values to be brought into account in that pool for that period (“TDV”).

(2) If AQE exceeds TDV, the person is entitled to a writing-down allowance or a balancing allowance for the period.

(3) If TDV exceeds AQE, the person is liable to a balancing charge for the period.

(4) The entitlement under subsection (2) is to a writing-down allowance except for the final chargeable period when it is to a balancing allowance.

(5) The final chargeable period is the chargeable period in which the trade is permanently discontinued.

458 Amount of allowances and charges U.K.

(1) The amount of the writing-down allowance to which a person is entitled for a chargeable period is 25% of the amount by which AQE exceeds TDV.

(2) If the chargeable period is more or less than a year, the amount is proportionately increased or reduced.

(3) If the trade has been carried on for part only of the chargeable period, the amount is proportionately reduced.

(4) A person claiming a writing-down allowance may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

(5) The amount of the balancing charge to which a person is liable for a chargeable period is the amount by which TDV exceeds AQE.

(6) The amount of the balancing allowance to which a person is entitled for the final chargeable period is the amount by which AQE exceeds TDV.

459 Available qualifying expenditure U.K.

A person’s available qualifying expenditure in a pool for a chargeable period consists of—

(a) any qualifying expenditure allocated to the pool for that period in accordance with section 460, and

(b) any unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward in the pool from the previous chargeable period under section 461.

460 Allocation of qualifying expenditure to pools U.K.

(1) The following rules apply to the allocation of a person’s qualifying expenditure to a pool.

(2) An amount of qualifying expenditure is not to be allocated to the pool for a chargeable period if that amount has been taken into account in determining the person’s available qualifying expenditure for an earlier chargeable period.

(3) Qualifying expenditure is not to be allocated to the pool for a chargeable period before that in which the expenditure is incurred.

461 Unrelieved qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) A person has unrelieved qualifying expenditure to carry forward from a chargeable period if for that period AQE exceeds TDV.

(2) The amount of the unrelieved qualifying expenditure is—

(a) the excess less the writing-down allowance made for the period, or

(b) if no writing-down allowance is claimed for the period, the excess.

(3) No amount may be carried forward as unrelieved qualifying expenditure from the final chargeable period.

462 Disposal values U.K.

(1) A person is required to bring a disposal value into account for the chargeable period in which he sells know-how on which he has incurred qualifying expenditure.

(2) The disposal value to be brought into account is the net proceeds of the sale, so far as they consist of capital sums.

(3) But no disposal value need be brought into account if the consideration received for the sale is treated as a payment for goodwill under section 531(2) of ICTA (consideration for know-how on disposal of trade to be treated as payment for goodwill, unless parties otherwise elect).

463 Giving effect to allowances and charges U.K.

An allowance or charge to which a person is entitled or liable under this Part for a chargeable period is to be given effect in calculating the profits of the trade, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of the trade, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of the trade.

Part 8 U.K. Patent allowances

Chapter 1 U.K. Introduction

464 Patent allowances U.K.

(1) Allowances are available under this Part if a person incurs qualifying expenditure on the purchase of patent rights.

(2) In this Part “patent rights” means the right to do or authorise the doing of anything which would, but for that right, be an infringement of a patent.

465 Future patent rights U.K.

(1) References in this Part to expenditure incurred on the purchase of patent rights include expenditure incurred on obtaining a right to acquire future patent rights.

(2) If a person—

(a) incurs expenditure on obtaining a right to acquire future patent rights, and

(b) subsequently acquires those rights,

the expenditure is to be treated as having been expenditure on the purchase of those rights.

(3) “A right to acquire future patent rights” means a right to acquire in the future patent rights relating to an invention in respect of which the patent has not yet been granted.

(4) References in this Part to the proceeds of a sale of patent rights include a sum received from a person which is treated under this section as expenditure incurred by him on the purchase of patent rights.

466 Grant of licences U.K.

(1) The acquisition of a licence in respect of a patent is to be treated as the purchase of patent rights.

(2) The grant of a licence in respect of a patent is to be treated as a sale of part of patent rights.

(3) But the grant by a person entitled to patent rights of an exclusive licence is to be treated as a sale of the whole of those rights.

(4) “Exclusive licence” means a licence to exercise those rights to the exclusion of the grantor and all other persons for the period remaining until the rights come to an end.

Chapter 2 U.K. Qualifying expenditure

467 Qualifying expenditure U.K.

Expenditure is qualifying expenditure only if it is—

(a) qualifying trade expenditure, or

(b) qualifying non-trade expenditure.

468 Qualifying trade expenditure U.K.

(1) “Qualifying trade expenditure” means capital expenditure incurred by a person on the purchase of patent rights for the purposes of a trade within the charge to tax carried on by the person.

(2) The same expenditure may not be taken into account as qualifying trade expenditure in relation to more than one trade.

(3) Expenditure incurred for the purposes of a trade by a person about to carry on the trade is to be treated as if it had been incurred by him on the first day on which he carries on the trade.

(4) But subsection (3) does not apply if the person has before that day sold all the rights on the purchase of which the expenditure was incurred.

469 Qualifying non-trade expenditure U.K.

“Qualifying non-trade expenditure” means capital expenditure incurred by a person on the purchase of patent rights if—

(a) any income receivable by the person in respect of the rights would be liable to tax, and

(b) the expenditure is not qualifying trade expenditure.

Chapter 3 U.K. Allowances and charges

470 Pooling of expenditure U.K.

(1) Qualifying expenditure has to be pooled for the purpose of determining a person’s entitlement to writing-down allowances and balancing allowances and liability to balancing charges.

(2) There is a separate pool—

(a) for each trade in respect of which the person has qualifying trade expenditure, and

(b) for all of the person’s qualifying non-trade expenditure.

471 Determination of entitlement or liability U.K.

(1) Whether a person is entitled to a writing-down allowance or a balancing allowance, or liable to a balancing charge, for a chargeable period is determined separately for each pool of qualifying expenditure and depends on—

(a) the available qualifying expenditure in that pool for that period (“AQE”), and

(b) the total of any disposal receipts to be brought into account in that pool for that period (“TDR”).

(2) If AQE exceeds TDR, the person is entitled to a writing-down allowance or a balancing allowance for the period.

(3) If TDR exceeds AQE, the person is liable to a balancing charge for the period.

(4) The entitlement under subsection (2) is to a writing-down allowance except for the final chargeable period when it is to a balancing allowance.

(5) The final chargeable period for a pool to which qualifying trade expenditure has been allocated is the chargeable period in which the trade is permanently discontinued.

(6) The final chargeable period for a pool to which qualifying non-trade expenditure has been allocated is the chargeable period in which the last of the patent rights on which the person has incurred qualifying non-trade expenditure—

(a) comes to an end without any of those rights being revived, or

(b) is wholly disposed of.

472 Amount of allowances and charges U.K.

(1) The amount of the writing-down allowance to which a person is entitled for a chargeable period is 25% of the amount by which AQE exceeds TDR.

(2) If the chargeable period is more or less than a year, the amount is proportionately increased or reduced.

(3) If in the case of qualifying trade expenditure the trade has been carried on for part only of the chargeable period, the amount is proportionately reduced.

(4) A person claiming a writing-down allowance may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

(5) The amount of the balancing charge to which a person is liable for a chargeable period is the amount by which TDR exceeds AQE.

(6) The amount of the balancing allowance to which a person is entitled for the final chargeable period is the amount by which AQE exceeds TDR.

473 Available qualifying expenditure U.K.

A person’s available qualifying expenditure in a pool for a chargeable period consists of—

(a) any qualifying expenditure allocated to the pool for that period in accordance with section 474, and

(b) any unrelieved qualifying expenditure carried forward in the pool from the previous chargeable period under section 475.

474 Allocation of qualifying expenditure to pools U.K.

(1) The following rules apply to the allocation of a person’s qualifying expenditure to a pool.

(2) An amount of qualifying expenditure is not to be allocated to the pool for a chargeable period if that amount has been taken into account in determining the person’s available qualifying expenditure for an earlier chargeable period.

(3) Qualifying expenditure is not to be allocated to the pool for a chargeable period before that in which the expenditure is incurred.

(4) Qualifying expenditure incurred on patent rights is not to be allocated to the pool for a chargeable period if in any earlier period those rights—

(a) have come to an end without any of them having been revived, or

(b) have been wholly disposed of.

475 Unrelieved qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) A person has unrelieved qualifying expenditure to carry forward from a chargeable period if for that period AQE exceeds TDR.

(2) The amount of the unrelieved qualifying expenditure is—

(a) the excess less the writing-down allowance made for the period, or

(b) if no writing-down allowance is claimed for the period, the excess.

(3) No amount may be carried forward as unrelieved qualifying expenditure from the final chargeable period.

476 Disposal value of patent rights U.K.

(1) In this Chapter “disposal receipt” means a disposal value that a person is required to bring into account in accordance with—

(a) this section, or

(b) paragraph 11 of Schedule 12 to FA 1997 (finance lease or loan: receipt of major lump sum) or any other enactment.

(2) A person is required to bring a disposal value into account for the chargeable period in which he sells the whole or a part of any patent rights on which he has incurred qualifying expenditure.

(3) Subject to section 477, the disposal value to be brought into account is the net proceeds of the sale, so far as they consist of capital sums.

477 Limit on amount of disposal value U.K.

(1) The amount of any disposal value, or the total amount of any disposal values, required to be brought into account by a person—

(a) on the sale of the whole of any patent rights, or

(b) on one or more sales of part of any patent rights,

is limited to the capital expenditure incurred by the person on purchasing the rights.

(2) But subsection (3) applies if the person acquired the rights as a result of—

(a) a transaction which was between connected persons, or

(b) a series of transactions each of which was between connected persons.

(3) That amount, or total amount, is limited to the capital expenditure on purchasing the rights incurred by whichever party to the transaction, or to any of the transactions, incurred the greatest such expenditure.

Chapter 4 U.K. Giving effect to allowances and charges

478 Persons having qualifying trade expenditure U.K.

An allowance or charge to which a person is entitled or liable under this Part for a chargeable period in respect of qualifying trade expenditure is to be given effect in calculating the profits of the trade, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of the trade, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of the trade.

479 Persons having qualifying non-trade expenditure: income tax U.K.

(1) This section applies for income tax purposes if a person is entitled or liable under this Part to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period (“the current tax year”) in respect of qualifying non-trade expenditure.

(2) An allowance is to be given effect by deducting it from or setting it off against the person’s income from patents for the current tax year.

(3) If the amount to be deducted from or set off against the person’s income from patents for that tax year exceeds the amount of that income, the excess must be deducted from or set off against the person’s income from patents for the next tax year, and so on for subsequent tax years.

(4) A charge is to be given effect by treating the charge as income to be taxed under Case VI of Schedule D.

480 Persons having qualifying non-trade expenditure: corporation tax U.K.

(1) This section applies for corporation tax purposes if a company is entitled or liable under this Part to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period (“the current accounting period”) in respect of qualifying non-trade expenditure.

(2) An allowance is to be given effect by deducting it from the company’s income from patents for the current accounting period.

(3) If the amount to be deducted from the company’s income from patents for that period exceeds the amount of that income, the excess must (if the company remains within the charge to tax) be deducted from its income from patents for the next accounting period, and so on for subsequent accounting periods.

(4) A charge is to be given effect by treating the charge as income of the company from patents.

Chapter 5 U.K. Supplementary provisions

481 Anti-avoidance: limit on qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) In the two cases given below, the amount (if any) by which the capital expenditure incurred by a person (“the buyer”) on the purchase of patent rights exceeds the relevant limit is to be left out of account in determining the buyer’s qualifying expenditure.

(2) The first case is where the buyer and the seller are connected with each other.

(3) The second case is where it appears that the sole or main benefit which (but for this section) might have been expected to accrue to the parties from—

(a) the sale, or

(b) transactions of which the sale is one,

was obtaining an allowance under this Part.

(4) If the seller is required to bring a disposal value into account under this Part because of the sale, the relevant limit is that disposal value.

(5) If subsection (4) does not apply but the seller—

(a) receives a capital sum on the sale, and

(b) is chargeable to tax in respect of that sum in accordance with section 524 of ICTA,

the relevant limit is that sum.

(6) If neither subsection (4) nor subsection (5) applies, the relevant limit is whichever of the following is the smallest—

(a) the market value of the rights;

(b) if the seller incurred capital expenditure on acquiring the rights, the amount of that expenditure;

(c) if a person connected with the seller incurred capital expenditure on acquiring the rights, the amount of that expenditure.

482 Sums paid for Crown use etc. treated as paid under licence U.K.

(1) This section applies if an invention which is the subject of a patent is used by or for the services of—

(a) the Crown under sections 55 to 59 of the Patents Act 1977 (c. 37), or

(b) the government of a country outside the United Kingdom under corresponding provisions of the law of that country.

(2) The use is to be treated as having taken place under a licence.

(3) Sums paid in respect of the use are to be treated as having been paid under a licence.

483 Meaning of “income from patents” U.K.

For the purposes of this Part a person’s “income from patents” means—

(a) royalties or other sums paid in respect of the use of a patent,

(b) balancing charges to which the person is liable under this Part, and

(c) amounts on which tax is payable under section 524 or 525 of ICTA (taxation of receipts from sale of patent rights).

Part 9 U.K. Dredging allowances

Qualifying expenditure on dredging, etc. U.K.

484 Dredging allowances U.K.

(1) Allowances are available under this Part if a person carries on a qualifying trade and qualifying expenditure has been incurred on dredging.

(2) In this Part “qualifying trade” means a trade or undertaking the whole or part of which—

(a) consists of the maintenance or improvement of the navigation of a harbour, estuary or waterway, or

(b) is of a kind listed in Table A or B in section 274 (meaning of qualifying trade for purposes of industrial buildings allowances).

(3) “Dredging” does not include anything done otherwise than in the interests of navigation.

(4) Subject to subsection (3), “dredging” includes—

(a) the removal of anything forming part of, or projecting from the bed of, the sea or any inland water—

(i) by whatever means it is removed, and

(ii) even if, at the time of removal, it is wholly or partly above water, and

(b) the widening of an inland waterway.

485 Qualifying expenditure U.K.

(1) Expenditure on dredging is qualifying expenditure if—

(a) it is capital expenditure,

(b) it is incurred for the purposes of a qualifying trade by the person carrying on the trade, and

(c) if the person does not carry on a qualifying trade within section 484(2)(a), the dredging is for the benefit of vessels coming to, leaving or using a dock or other premises occupied by the person for the purposes of the qualifying trade.

(2) If capital expenditure is incurred—

(a) partly for the purposes of a qualifying trade, and

(b) partly for other purposes,

the qualifying expenditure is the part of the capital expenditure that, on a just and reasonable apportionment, is referable to the purposes of the qualifying trade.

(3) If part only of a trade or undertaking is within section 484(2), subsection (2) of this section applies as if—

(a) the part which is within section 484(2), and

(b) the part which is not,

were separate trades.

486 Pre-trading expenditure of qualifying trades, etc. U.K.

(1) If a person incurs capital expenditure with a view to carrying on a trade or a part of a trade, this Part applies as if the expenditure were incurred by the person on the first day on which the trade or part of the trade is carried on.

(2) If a person incurs capital expenditure—

(a) in connection with a dock or other premises, and

(b) with a view to occupying the dock or premises for the purposes of a qualifying trade which is not a qualifying trade within section 484(2)(a),

this Part applies as if the expenditure were incurred by the person when he first occupies the dock or premises for the purposes of the qualifying trade.

Writing-down and balancing allowances U.K.

487 Writing-down allowances U.K.

(1) A person is entitled to a writing-down allowance for a chargeable period if—

(a) qualifying expenditure has been incurred on dredging,

(b) at any time during the chargeable period, the person is carrying on the qualifying trade for the purposes of which the qualifying expenditure was incurred, and

(c) that time falls within the writing-down period.

(2) The writing-down period, in relation to qualifying expenditure incurred by a person, is 25 years beginning with the first day of the chargeable period of that person in which the qualifying expenditure was incurred.

(3) The amount of the writing-down allowance is 4% of the qualifying expenditure.

(4) The allowance is proportionately increased or reduced if the chargeable period is more or less than a year.

(5) The total amount of any writing-down allowances made in respect of any qualifying expenditure, whether to the same or different persons, must not exceed the amount of the expenditure.

(6) A person claiming a writing-down allowance may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

(7) A person is not entitled to a writing-down allowance for the chargeable period in which a balancing allowance is made to him in respect of the qualifying expenditure.

488 Balancing allowances U.K.

(1) A person is entitled to a balancing allowance for a chargeable period if—

(a) qualifying expenditure has been incurred on dredging,

(b) in that chargeable period, the qualifying trade for the purposes of which the expenditure was incurred has been—

(i) permanently discontinued, or

(ii) sold,

(c) the person is the last person carrying on the qualifying trade before its discontinuance or sale, and

(d) the amount of the expenditure exceeds the amount of the allowances previously made in respect of it, whether to the same or different persons.

(2) The amount of the balancing allowance is the amount of the difference.

(3) For the purposes of subsection (1)—

(a) the permanent discontinuance of a trade does not include an event treated as a permanent discontinuance under section 113(1) or 337(1) of ICTA (change in persons carrying on a trade etc. and effect of company ceasing to trade etc.), and

(b) a sale does not include a sale which is within subsection (4) or (5).

(4) A sale is within this subsection if any of the following conditions is met—

(a) the buyer is a body of persons over whom the seller has control;

(b) the seller is a body of persons over whom the buyer has control;

(c) both the seller and the buyer are bodies of persons and another person has control over both of them;

(d) the seller and the buyer are connected persons.

In this subsection “body of persons” includes a partnership.

(5) A sale is within this subsection if it appears that the sole or main benefit which might be expected to accrue to the parties, or any of them, from—

(a) the sale, or

(b) transactions of which the sale is one,

is the obtaining of a tax advantage under any of the provisions of this Act apart from Part 2 (plant and machinery allowances).

Giving effect to allowances U.K.

489 Giving effect to allowances U.K.

An allowance to which a person is entitled under this Part is to be given effect in calculating the profits of that person’s trade, by treating the allowance as an expense of the trade.

Part 10 U.K. Assured tenancy allowances

Chapter 1 U.K. Introduction

490 Assured tenancy allowances U.K.

(1) Allowances are available under this Part if qualifying expenditure has been incurred on a building which consists of or includes a qualifying dwelling-house.

(2) A dwelling house is not a qualifying dwelling-house unless—

(a) it is let on a tenancy which is for the time being an assured tenancy, or

(b) it has been let on an assured tenancy and the conditions in subsection (4) are met.

(3) “Assured tenancy” means—

(a) an assured tenancy within the meaning of section 56 of the Housing Act 1980 (c. 51), or

(b) an assured tenancy (but not an assured shorthold tenancy) for the purposes of the Housing Act 1988 (c. 50).

(4) The conditions referred to in subsection (2)(b) are that—

(a) the dwelling-house is for the time being subject to a regulated tenancy or a housing association tenancy, and

(b) the landlord under the tenancy is an approved body or was an approved body but has ceased to be such for any reason.

(5) In subsection (4) “regulated tenancy” and “housing association tenancy” have the same meaning as in the Rent Act 1977 (c. 42).

(6) Further requirements that have to be met for a dwelling-house to be a qualifying dwelling-house are given in sections 504 and 505; and subsection (2) is subject to section 506(2)(b) (temporary disuse of dwelling-house ignored).

491 Allowances available in relation to old expenditure only U.K.

(1) Allowances under this Part are not available unless—

(a) the qualifying expenditure was incurred after 9th March 1982 and before 1st April 1992, and

(b) if the tenancy is an assured tenancy for the purposes of the Housing Act 1988, expenditure has been incurred which is within subsection (2) or (3).

(2) Expenditure is within this subsection if it was incurred by—

(a) a company which was an approved body on 15th March 1988, or

(b) a person who sold the relevant interest in the building, before any of the dwelling-houses comprised in it were used, to a company which was an approved body on 15th March 1988,

and either it was incurred before 15th March 1988 or it consists of the payment of sums under a contract entered into before that date.

(3) Expenditure is within this subsection if it was incurred by a company which—

(a) was an approved body on 15th March 1988, and

(b) bought or contracted to buy the relevant interest in the building before that date.

492 Meaning of “approved body” U.K.

In this Part “approved body” has the meaning given in section 56(4) of the Housing Act 1980 (c. 51).

493 Expenditure on the construction of a building U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Part, expenditure on the construction of a building does not include expenditure on the acquisition of land or rights in or over land.

(2) This Part has effect in relation to capital expenditure incurred by a person on repairs to a part of a building as if it were capital expenditure on the construction of that part of the building for the first time.

Chapter 2 U.K. The relevant interest

Introduction U.K.

494 Introduction U.K.

This Chapter identifies, in a case where a person has incurred expenditure on the construction of a building which is to be or include a qualifying dwelling-house—

(a) the relevant interest in the building, and

(b) the relevant interest in a dwelling-house comprised in the building.

The relevant interest in the building U.K.

495 General rule as to what is the relevant interest in the building U.K.

(1) The relevant interest in the building is the interest in the building to which the person who incurred the expenditure on the construction of the building was entitled when the expenditure was incurred.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to the following provisions of this Chapter.

(3) If—

(a) the person who incurred the expenditure on the construction of the building was entitled to more than one interest in the building when the expenditure was incurred, and

(b) one of those interests was reversionary on all the others,

the reversionary interest is the relevant interest.

496 Interest acquired on completion of construction U.K.

For the purpose of determining the relevant interest, a person who—

(a) incurs expenditure on the construction of a building, and

(b) is entitled to an interest in the building on or as a result of the completion of the construction,

is treated as having had that interest when the expenditure was incurred.

497 Effect of creation of subordinate interest U.K.

An interest does not cease to be the relevant interest merely because of the creation of a lease or other interest to which that interest is subject.

498 Merger of leasehold interest U.K.

If the relevant interest is a leasehold interest which is extinguished on—

(a) being surrendered, or

(b) the person entitled to it acquiring the interest which is reversionary on it,

the interest into which the leasehold interest merges becomes the relevant interest when the leasehold interest is extinguished.

499 Provisions applying on termination of lease U.K.

(1) This section applies if the relevant interest in relation to expenditure on the construction of a building is a lease.

(2) If, with the consent of the lessor, the lessee of a building remains in possession after the termination of the lease without a new lease being granted to him, the lease is treated as continuing as long as the lessee remains in possession.

(3) If on the termination of the lease a new lease is granted to the lessee as a result of the exercise of an option available to him under the terms of the first lease, the second lease is treated as a continuation of the first.

(4) If on the termination of the lease the lessor pays a sum to the lessee in respect of a building comprised in the lease, the lease is treated as if it had come to an end by surrender in consideration of the payment.

(5) If on the termination of the lease—

(a) a new lease is granted to a different lessee, and

(b) in connection with the transaction that lessee makes a payment to the former lessee,

the two leases are treated as if they were the same lease which had been assigned by the former lessee to the new lessee in consideration of the payment.

The relevant interest in the dwelling-house U.K.

500 The relevant interest in the dwelling-house U.K.

The relevant interest in a dwelling-house comprised in a building is the relevant interest in the building, to the extent that it subsists in the dwelling-house.

Chapter 3 U.K. Qualifying expenditure

501 Capital expenditure on construction U.K.

If—

(a) capital expenditure has been incurred on the construction of a building which was to be or include a qualifying dwelling-house, and

(b) the relevant interest in the building has not been sold or, if it has been sold, it has been sold only after the first use of the building,

the capital expenditure is qualifying expenditure.

502 Purchase of unused dwelling-house where developer not involved U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) expenditure has been incurred on the construction of a building which was to be or include a qualifying dwelling-house,

(b) the relevant interest was sold before the first use of any dwelling-house comprised in the building,

(c) a capital sum was paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest, and

(d) section 503 (purchase of dwelling-house sold unused by developer) does not apply.

(2) The lesser of—

(a) the capital sum paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest, and

(b) the expenditure incurred on the construction of the building,

is qualifying expenditure.

(3) The qualifying expenditure is to be treated as having been incurred when the capital sum became payable.

(4) If the relevant interest was sold more than once before the first use of any dwelling-house comprised in the building, subsection (2) has effect only in relation to the last of those sales.

503 Purchase of dwelling-house sold unused by developer U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) expenditure has been incurred by a developer on the construction of a building which was to be or include a qualifying dwelling-house, and

(b) the relevant interest was sold by the developer in the course of the development trade before the first use of any dwelling-house comprised in the building.

(2) If—

(a) the sale of the relevant interest by the developer was the only sale of that interest before the first use of any dwelling-house comprised in the building, and

(b) a capital sum was paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest,

the capital sum is qualifying expenditure.

(3) If—

(a) the sale by the developer was not the only sale before the first use of any dwelling-house comprised in the building, and

(b) a capital sum was paid by the purchaser for the relevant interest on the last sale,

the lesser of that capital sum and the price paid for the relevant interest on its sale by the developer is qualifying expenditure.

(4) The qualifying expenditure is treated as having been incurred when the capital sum referred to in subsection (2)(b) or (3)(b) became payable.

(5) For the purposes of this section—

(a) a developer is a person who carries on a trade which consists in whole or in part in the construction of buildings with a view to their sale, and

(b) an interest in a building is sold by the developer in the course of the development trade if the developer sells it in the course of the trade or (as the case may be) that part of the trade that consists in the construction of buildings with a view to their sale.

Chapter 4 U.K. Qualifying dwelling-houses

504 Requirements relating to the landlord U.K.

(1) A dwelling-house is a qualifying dwelling-house only if the landlord is—

(a) a company, and

(b) the person who—

(i) incurred the qualifying expenditure on the building in which the dwelling-house is comprised, or

(ii) is for the time being entitled to the relevant interest in the dwelling-house.

(2) The requirement that the landlord must be a company does not apply in relation to expenditure incurred—

(a) before 5th May 1983, or

(b) on or after that date pursuant to a contract entered into before that date,

unless a person other than a company became entitled to the relevant interest on or after that date.

505 Qualifying dwelling-houses: exclusions U.K.

(1) A dwelling-house is not a qualifying dwelling-house if any of the exclusions given below apply.

Exclusion 1

The landlord under the tenancy is—

(a) a housing association which is approved for the purposes of section 488 of ICTA, or

(b) a self-build society within the meaning of the Housing Associations Act 1985 (c. 69).

Exclusion 2

The landlord and the tenant are connected persons.

Exclusion 3

The tenant is a director of a company which is or is connected with the landlord.

Exclusion 4

The landlord is a close company and the tenant is, for the purposes of Part XI of ICTA—

(a) a participator in that company, or

(b) an associate of such a participator.

Exclusion 5

The tenancy is entered into as part of a mutual arrangement for avoidance.

(2) In exclusion 5, a “mutual arrangement for avoidance” means an arrangement—

(a) between the landlords (or owners) of different dwelling-houses, and

(b) under which one landlord takes a person as a tenant in circumstances in which, if that person was the tenant of a dwelling-house let by the other landlord, that dwelling-house would not be a qualifying dwelling-house because of exclusion 2, 3 or 4.

506 Dwelling-house ceasing to be qualifying dwelling-house U.K.

(1) If a dwelling-house ceases to be a qualifying dwelling-house otherwise than on a sale of the relevant interest in the dwelling-house, this Part has effect as if—

(a) the relevant interest in the dwelling-house had been sold at that time, and

(b) the net proceeds of the sale were equal to the market value of that interest at that time.

(2) For the purposes of this Part—

(a) a dwelling-house is not to be regarded as ceasing altogether to be used merely because it falls temporarily out of use, and

(b) if, immediately before any period of temporary disuse, a dwelling-house is a qualifying dwelling-house, it is to be regarded as continuing to be a qualifying dwelling-house during the period of temporary disuse.

Chapter 5 U.K. Writing-down allowances

Entitlement to and calculation of writing-down allowances U.K.

507 Entitlement to writing-down allowance U.K.

(1) A person is entitled to a writing-down allowance for a chargeable period if—

(a) qualifying expenditure has been incurred on a building,

(b) that person is or has been an approved body,

(c) at the end of that chargeable period the person is entitled to the relevant interest in the building, and

(d) at the end of that chargeable period, the building is or includes a qualifying dwelling-house or two or more qualifying dwelling-houses.

(2) A person claiming a writing-down allowance may require the allowance to be reduced to a specified amount.

508 Basic rule for calculating amount of allowance U.K.

(1) The basic rule is that the writing-down allowance for a chargeable period is 4% of the qualifying expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house or (as the case may be) each dwelling-house falling within section 507(1)(d).

(2) The allowance is proportionately increased or reduced if the chargeable period is more or less than a year.

(3) The basic rule does not apply if section 509 applies.

509 Calculation of allowance after sale of relevant interest U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) the relevant interest in a qualifying dwelling-house is sold, and

(b) a balancing adjustment falls to be made under section 513 as a result of the sale.

(2) If this section applies, the writing-down allowance for any chargeable period ending after the sale is—

where—

RQE is the amount of the residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house immediately after the sale,

A is the length of the chargeable period, and

B is the length of the period from the date of the sale to the end of the period of 25 years beginning with the day on which the dwelling-house was first used.

(3) On any later such sale, the writing-down allowance is further adjusted in accordance with this section.

510 Allowance limited to residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to dwelling-house U.K.

(1) The amount of the writing-down allowance for a chargeable period in respect of a dwelling-house is limited to the residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to it.

(2) For this purpose the residue is ascertained immediately before writing off the writing-down allowance at the end of the chargeable period.

Interpretation U.K.

511 Qualifying expenditure attributable to dwelling-house U.K.

(1) If the building concerned consists of a single qualifying dwelling-house, then, subject to the relevant limit, the whole of the qualifying expenditure is attributable to the dwelling-house.

(2) If the qualifying dwelling-house forms part of a building, the qualifying expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house is, subject to the relevant limit, the total of—

(a) the part of the qualifying expenditure properly attributable to that dwelling-house, and

(b) if there are common parts of the building, such part of the qualifying expenditure on those common parts—

(i) as it is just and reasonable to attribute to that dwelling-house, and

(ii) as does not exceed 10% of the part referred to in paragraph (a).

(3) In this section “the relevant limit” means—

(a) £60,000, if the dwelling-house is in Greater London, and

(b) £40,000, if the dwelling-house is elsewhere.

(4) In subsection (2) “common parts”, in relation to a building, means common parts of the building which—

(a) are not intended to be in separate occupation (whether for domestic, commercial or other purposes), but

(b) are intended to be of benefit to some or all of the qualifying dwelling-houses included in the building.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (2), the qualifying expenditure on any common parts of a building is so much of the expenditure on the construction of the building as it is just and reasonable to attribute to those parts.

512 Residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to dwelling-house U.K.

(1) The residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to a dwelling-house is the qualifying expenditure attributable to that dwelling-house that has not yet been written off in accordance with Chapter 7.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to section 528 (treatment of demolition costs).

Chapter 6 U.K. Balancing adjustments

General U.K.

513 When balancing adjustments are made U.K.

(1) A balancing adjustment is made if—

(a) qualifying expenditure has been incurred on a building, and

(b) a balancing event occurs in relation to a dwelling-house comprised in the building while it is a qualifying dwelling-house.

(2) A balancing adjustment is either a balancing allowance or a balancing charge and is made for the chargeable period in which the balancing event occurs.

(3) A balancing allowance or balancing charge is made to or on the person entitled to the relevant interest in the dwelling-house immediately before the balancing event.

(4) No balancing adjustment is made if the balancing event occurs more than 25 years after the dwelling-house was first used.

514 Balancing events U.K.

The following are balancing events in relation to a qualifying dwelling-house—

(a) the relevant interest in the dwelling-house is sold;

(b) if the relevant interest in the dwelling-house is a lease, the lease ends otherwise than on the person entitled to it acquiring the interest reversionary on it;

(c) the dwelling-house is demolished or destroyed;

(d) the dwelling-house ceases altogether to be used (without being demolished or destroyed).

515 Proceeds from balancing events U.K.

(1) References in this Part to the proceeds from a balancing event are to the amounts received or receivable in connection with the event, as shown in the Table—

Table

Balancing events and proceeds

1. Balancing event	2. Proceeds from event
1. The sale of the relevant interest.	The net proceeds of the sale.
2. The demolition or destruction of the dwelling-house.	The net amount received for the remains of the dwelling-house, together with— (a) any insurance money received in respect of the demolition or destruction, and (b) any other compensation of any description so received, so far as it consists of capital sums.
3. The dwelling-house ceases altogether to be used.	Any compensation of any description received in respect of the event, so far as it consists of capital sums.

(2) The amounts referred to in column 2 of the Table are those received or receivable by the person whose entitlement to a balancing allowance or liability to a balancing charge is in question.

Calculation of balancing adjustments U.K.

516 Dwelling-house a qualifying dwelling-house throughout U.K.

(1) This section provides for balancing adjustments in cases where the dwelling-house was a qualifying dwelling-house for the whole of the relevant period of ownership.

(2) A balancing allowance is made if—

(a) there are no proceeds from the balancing event, or

(b) the proceeds from the balancing event are less than the residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house immediately before the event.

(3) The amount of the balancing allowance is the amount of—

(a) the residue (if there are no proceeds);

(b) the difference (if the proceeds are less than the residue).

(4) A balancing charge is made if the proceeds from the balancing event are more than the residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house immediately before the event.

(5) The amount of the balancing charge is the amount of the difference.

517 Dwelling-house not a qualifying dwelling-house throughout U.K.

(1) This section provides for balancing adjustments where the building was not a qualifying dwelling-house for a part of the relevant period of ownership.

(2) A balancing allowance is made if—

(a) the proceeds from the balancing event are less than the starting expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house, and

(b) the total amount of the relevant allowances in respect of that expenditure is less than the adjusted net cost of the dwelling-house.

(3) The amount of the balancing allowance is the amount of the difference between the adjusted net cost of the dwelling-house and the total amount of the relevant allowances.

(4) A balancing charge is made if the proceeds from the balancing event are equal to or more than the starting expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house.

(5) The amount of the balancing charge is equal to the total amount of the relevant allowances.

(6) A balancing charge is also made if—

(a) the proceeds from the balancing event are less than the starting expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house, and

(b) the total amount of the relevant allowances in respect of that expenditure is more than the adjusted net cost in relation to the dwelling-house.

(7) The amount of the balancing charge is the amount of the difference between the total amount of those allowances and the adjusted net cost.

(8) “The relevant allowances” means—

(a) any initial allowance under paragraph 1 of Schedule 12 to FA 1982, and

(b) any writing-down allowance made for a chargeable period ending on or before the date of the balancing event in question.

518 Overall limit on balancing charge U.K.

(1) The amount of a balancing charge made on a person in respect of any qualifying expenditure attributable to a dwelling-house must not exceed the total amount of the relevant allowances made to that person.

(2) “The relevant allowances” has the meaning given by section 517(8).

519 Recovery of old initial allowances made on incorrect assumptions U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) an initial allowance has been made under paragraph 1 of Schedule 12 to FA 1982 in respect of expenditure relating to a dwelling-house, and

(b) when the dwelling-house comes to be used, it is not a qualifying dwelling-house.

(2) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to secure that, despite the repeal of Schedule 12 to FA 1982, effect is given to the prohibition in paragraph 1(3) of that Schedule (on the making of initial allowances in respect of dwelling-houses which are not qualifying dwelling-houses).

Meaning of “the relevant period of ownership” etc. U.K.

520 The relevant period of ownership U.K.

The relevant period of ownership is the period beginning—

(a) with the day on which the dwelling-house was first used for any purpose, or

(b) if the relevant interest in the dwelling-house has been sold after that day, with the day following that on which the sale (or the last such sale) occurred,

and ending with the day on which the balancing event occurs.

521 Starting expenditure U.K.

(1) This section gives the starting expenditure attributable to a dwelling-house for the purposes of section 517.

(2) If the person to or on whom the balancing allowance or balancing charge falls to be made is the person who incurred the qualifying expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house, that expenditure is the starting expenditure.

(3) Otherwise, the starting expenditure is the residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house at the beginning of the relevant period of ownership.

(4) If section 528 (treatment of demolition costs) applies, the starting expenditure is increased by an amount equal to the net cost of the demolition.

522 Adjusted net cost U.K.

The amount of the adjusted net cost in relation to a dwelling-house is—

where—

S is the starting expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house,

P is the amount of any proceeds from the balancing event,

I is the number of days in the relevant period of ownership on which the dwelling-house was a qualifying dwelling-house, and

R is the number of days in the whole of the relevant period of ownership.

Chapter 7 U.K. Writing off qualifying expenditure attributable to dwelling-house

523 Introduction U.K.

For the purposes of this Part qualifying expenditure attributable to a dwelling-house is written off to the extent and at the times specified in this Chapter.

524 Writing off initial allowances U.K.

If an initial allowance was made under paragraph 1 of Schedule 12 to FA 1982 in respect of a qualifying dwelling-house, the amount of the allowance is written off at the time of the first use of the dwelling-house.

525 Writing off writing-down allowances U.K.

(1) If a writing-down allowance is made in respect of qualifying expenditure attributable to a dwelling-house, the amount of the allowance is written off at the end of the chargeable period for which the allowance is made.

(2) If a balancing event occurs at the end of a chargeable period, the amount written off under subsection (1) is to be taken into account in calculating the residue of qualifying expenditure immediately before the event to determine what balancing adjustment (if any) is to be made.

526 Writing off expenditure for periods when building not used as qualifying dwelling-house U.K.

(1) This section applies if for any period or periods between—

(a) the time when the whole or a part of the building was first used for any purpose, and

(b) the time when the residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to a dwelling-house falls to be ascertained,

the building or part has not been a qualifying dwelling-house.

(2) An amount equal to the notional writing-down allowances for the period or periods is written off at the time when the residue falls to be ascertained.

(3) The notional writing-down allowances are the allowances that would have been made for the period or periods in question (if the building or part had remained a qualifying dwelling-house), at such rate or rates as would have been appropriate, having regard to any relevant sale.

(4) In subsection (3) “relevant sale” means a sale of the relevant interest as a result of which a balancing adjustment falls to be made under section 513.

527 Writing off or increase of expenditure where balancing adjustment made U.K.

(1) This section applies if the relevant interest in the dwelling-house is sold.

(2) If a balancing allowance is made, the amount by which the residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house before the balancing event exceeds the net proceeds from the event is written off at the time of the event.

(3) If a balancing charge is made, the amount of the residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house is increased at the time of the balancing event by the amount of the charge.

(4) But if the balancing charge is made under section 517(6) (difference between relevant allowances and adjusted net cost), the residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to the dwelling-house immediately after the balancing event is limited to the net proceeds from the event.

528 Treatment of demolition costs U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a dwelling-house is demolished, and

(b) the person to or on whom any balancing allowance or balancing charge is or might be made is the person incurring the cost of the demolition.

(2) The net cost of the demolition is added to the residue of qualifying expenditure attributable to the qualifying dwelling-house immediately before the demolition.

(3) “The net cost of the demolition” means the amount, if any, by which the cost of the demolition exceeds any money received for the remains of the property.

(4) If this section applies, the net cost of the demolition is not treated for the purposes of this Part as expenditure on any other property replacing the property demolished.

Chapter 8 U.K. Supplementary provisions

529 Giving effect to allowances and charges U.K.

(1) If a person who is entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period was carrying on a Schedule A business at any time in that period, the allowance or charge is to be given effect in calculating the profits of that business, by treating—

(a) the allowance as an expense of that business, and

(b) the charge as a receipt of that business.

(2) If a person who is entitled or liable to an allowance or charge for a chargeable period was not carrying on a Schedule A business at any time in that period, the allowance or charge is to be given effect by treating him as if he had been carrying on such a business in that period and as if—

(a) the allowance were an expense of that business, and

(b) the charge were a receipt of that business.

530 Apportionment of sums partly referable to non-qualifying assets U.K.

(1) If the sum paid for the sale of the relevant interest in a building is attributable—

(a) partly to assets representing expenditure for which an allowance can be made under this Part, and

(b) partly to assets representing other expenditure,

only so much of the sum paid as on a just and reasonable apportionment is attributable to the assets referred to in paragraph (a) is to be taken into account for the purposes of this Part.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to other proceeds from a balancing event in respect of a building as it applies to a sum given for the sale of the relevant interest in the building.

(3) Subsection (1) does not affect any other provision of this Part requiring an apportionment of the proceeds of a balancing event.

531 Meaning of “dwelling-house”, “lease” etc. U.K.

(1) In this Part “dwelling-house” has the same meaning as in the Rent Act 1977 (c. 42).

(2) In this Part “lease” includes—

(a) an agreement for a lease if the term to be covered by the lease has begun, and

(b) any tenancy,

but does not include a mortgage (and “lessee”, “lessor” and “leasehold interest” are to be read accordingly).

(3) In the application of this Part to Scotland—

(a) “leasehold interest” means the interest of a tenant in property subject to a lease, and

(b) any reference to an interest which is reversionary on a leasehold interest or on a lease is to be read as a reference to the interest of the landlord in the property subject to the leasehold interest or lease.

Part 11 U.K. Contributions

Chapter 1 U.K. Exclusion of expenditure met by contributions

Rules excluding contributions U.K.

532 The general rule excluding contributions U.K.

(1) For the purposes of this Act, the general rule is that a person (“R”) is to be regarded as not having incurred expenditure to the extent that it has been, or is to be, met (directly or indirectly) by—

(a) a public body, or

(b) a person other than R.

(2) In this Chapter “public body” means the Crown or any government or public or local authority (whether in the United Kingdom or elsewhere).

(3) The general rule does not apply for the purposes of Part 9 (dredging allowances).

(4) The general rule is subject to the exceptions in sections 534 to 536.

533 Exclusion of contributions to dredging U.K.

(1) For the purposes of Part 9, a person (“D”) who has incurred expenditure is to be regarded as not having incurred it for the purposes of a trade carried on or to be carried on by D to the extent that it has been, or is to be, met (directly or indirectly) by—

(a) a public body, or

(b) capital sums contributed by another person for purposes other than those of D’s trade.

(2) Subsection (1) is not subject to the exceptions in sections 534 to 536.

Exceptions to the general rule excluding contributions U.K.

534 Northern Ireland regional development grants U.K.

(1) A person is to be regarded as having incurred expenditure (despite section 532(1)) to the extent that it is met (directly or indirectly) by a grant—

(a) made under Northern Ireland legislation, and

(b) declared by the Treasury by order to correspond to a grant under Part II of the Industrial Development Act 1982 (c. 52).

(2) Subject to subsection (3), the grant is to be treated as not falling within subsection (1) if, by virtue of paragraph 8 of Schedule 3 to OTA 1975, expenditure which has been or is to be met by the grant is not to be regarded for any of the purposes of Part I of OTA 1975 as having been incurred by any person.

(3) If only a proportion of the expenditure which has been or is to be met by the grant is expenditure which, if it were not so met, would be allowable under section 3 or 4 of OTA 1975, only a corresponding proportion of the grant is to be treated as not falling within subsection (1).

535 Insurance or compensation money U.K.

A person is to be regarded as having incurred expenditure (despite section 532(1)) to the extent that it is met (directly or indirectly) by—

(a) insurance money, or

(b) other compensation money,

payable in respect of an asset which has been destroyed, demolished or put out of use.

536 Contributions not made by public bodies and not eligible for tax relief U.K.

(1) A person (“R”) is to be regarded as having incurred expenditure (despite section 532(1)) to the extent that the requirements in subsections (2) and (3) are satisfied in relation to the expenditure.

(2) The first requirement is that the person meeting R’s expenditure (“C”) is not a public body.

(3) The second requirement is that—

(a) no allowance can be made under Chapter 2 in respect of C’s expenditure, and

(b) the expenditure is not allowed to be deducted in calculating the profits of a trade or relevant activity carried on by C.

(4) When determining for the purposes of subsection (3)(a) whether an allowance can be made under Chapter 2, assume that C is within the charge to tax.

(5) In subsection (3)(b) “relevant activity” means—

(a) for the purposes of Part 2—

(i) an ordinary Schedule A business;

(ii) a furnished holiday lettings business;

(iii) an overseas property business;

(iv) a profession or vocation;

(v) any concern listed in section 55(2) of ICTA (mines, transport undertakings etc.);

(vi) the management of an investment company;

(b) for other purposes, a profession or vocation.

Chapter 2 U.K. Contribution allowances

Contribution allowances under Parts 2 to 5 U.K.

537 Conditions for contribution allowances under Parts 2 to 5 U.K.

(1) This section gives general conditions for making contribution allowances under Parts 2 to 5.

(2) The general conditions are that—

(a) a person (“C”) has contributed a capital sum to expenditure on the provision of an asset,

(b) the expenditure would (ignoring section 532(1))—

(i) have been regarded as wholly incurred by another person (“R”), and

(ii) if R is not a public body, have entitled R to allowances under Part 2, 3, 4 or 5 or to allocate the expenditure to a pool under Part 2, and

(c) C and R are not connected persons.

(3) In this section “public body” means the Crown or any public or local authority in the United Kingdom.

(4) In this Chapter “relevant activity” has the meaning given by section 536(5).

538 Plant and machinery U.K.

(1) This section is about contribution allowances under Part 2 and applies if—

(a) the general conditions for contribution allowances are met, and

(b) C’s contribution is made for the purposes of a trade or relevant activity carried on, or to be carried on, by C.

(2) C is to be treated for the purposes of allowances under Part 2 as if—

(a) the contribution were expenditure incurred by C on the provision, for the purposes of C’s trade or relevant activity, of the asset provided by means of C’s contribution,

(b) C owned the asset as a result of incurring that expenditure at any time when R owns it or is treated under Part 2 as owning it, and

(c) the asset were at all material times in use for the purposes of C’s trade or relevant activity.

(3) Expenditure treated as incurred under subsection (2)(a), if allocated to any pool, must be allocated to a single asset pool.

(4) Subsections (5) and (6) apply for the purposes of contribution allowances under Part 2 if the whole or a part of the trade or relevant activity for the purposes of which C’s contribution was made is transferred.

(5) If the whole of the trade or relevant activity is transferred, writing-down allowances for chargeable periods ending after the date of the transfer are to be made to the transferee instead of to the transferor.

(6) If a part of the trade or relevant activity is transferred, writing-down allowances for chargeable periods ending after the date of the transfer are to be made to the transferee instead of to the transferor to the extent that they are properly referable to the part transferred.

539 Industrial buildings U.K.

(1) This section is about contribution allowances under Part 3 and applies if—

(a) the general conditions for contribution allowances are met, and

(b) C’s contribution is made for the purposes of a trade or relevant activity carried on, or to be carried on—

(i) by C, or

(ii) by a tenant of land in which C has an interest.

(2) C is to be treated for the purposes of allowances under Part 3 as if—

(a) the contribution were expenditure incurred by C on the provision, for the purposes of the trade or relevant activity, of an asset similar to that provided by means of C’s contribution, and

(b) the asset were at all material times in use for the purposes of the trade or relevant activity.

(3) Subsection (4) applies if—

(a) C’s contribution was made for the purposes of a trade or relevant activity carried on, or to be carried on, by a tenant of land in which C had an interest, and

(b) C was entitled to allowances as a result of subsection (2).

(4) A person is entitled to a writing-down allowance for a chargeable period if at the end of the period the person is entitled to the interest held by C when the contribution was made.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (4), the provisions of Part 3 relating to the relevant interest apply (with any necessary modifications) in relation to the contribution made for the purposes of the trade or relevant activity carried on, or to be carried on, by the tenant as they apply in relation to expenditure incurred on the construction of an industrial building.

(6) Section 311 (calculation of writing-down allowance after sale of relevant interest) does not apply in relation to writing-down allowances to be made in respect of contributions.

540 Agricultural buildings U.K.

(1) This section is about contribution allowances under Part 4 and applies if—

(a) the general conditions for contribution allowances are met, and

(b) C’s contribution is made for the purposes of a trade or relevant activity carried on, or to be carried on—

(i) by C, or

(ii) by a tenant of land in which C has a interest.

(2) C is to be treated for the purposes of allowances under Part 4 as if—

(a) the contribution were expenditure incurred by C on the provision, for the purposes of the trade or relevant activity, of an asset similar to that provided by means of C’s contribution, and

(b) the asset were at all material times in use for the purposes of the trade or relevant activity.

(3) Subsection (4) applies if—

(a) C’s contribution was made for the purposes of a trade or relevant activity carried on, or to be carried on, by a tenant of land in which C had an interest, and

(b) C was entitled to allowances as a result of subsection (2).

(4) A person is entitled to a writing-down allowance for a chargeable period if at the end of the period the person is entitled to the interest held by C when the contribution was made.

(5) For the purposes of subsection (4), the provisions of Part 4 relating to the relevant interest apply (with any necessary modifications) in relation to the contribution made for the purposes of the trade or relevant activity carried on, or to be carried on, by the tenant as they apply in relation to expenditure incurred on the construction of an agricultural building.

541 Mineral extraction U.K.

(1) This section is about contribution allowances under Part 5 and applies if—

(a) the general conditions for contribution allowances are met, and

(b) C’s contribution is made for the purposes of a trade carried on, or to be carried on, by C.

(2) C is to be treated for the purposes of allowances under Part 5 as if—

(a) the contribution were expenditure incurred by C on the provision, for the purposes of C’s trade, of an asset similar to that provided by means of C’s contribution, and

(b) the asset were at all material times in use for the purposes of C’s trade.

Effect of transfers of C’s trade on contribution allowances under Parts 3, 4 and 5 U.K.

542 Transfer of C’s trade or relevant activity U.K.

(1) Subsections (2) and (3) apply for the purposes of contribution allowances under Parts 3 to 5 if—

(a) C’s contribution was made for the purposes of C’s trade or relevant activity, and

(b) the whole or a part of the trade or relevant activity is subsequently transferred.

(2) If the whole of the trade or relevant activity is transferred, writing-down allowances for chargeable periods ending after the date of the transfer are to be made to the transferee instead of to the transferor.

(3) If a part of the trade or relevant activity is transferred, writing-down allowances for chargeable periods ending after the date of the transfer are to be made to the transferee instead of to the transferor to the extent that they are properly referable to the part transferred.

Contribution allowances under Part 9 U.K.

543 Contribution allowances under Part 9 U.K.

A person who contributes a capital sum to expenditure incurred by another person on dredging is to be regarded for the purposes of Part 9 as incurring capital expenditure on that dredging.

Part 12 U.K. Supplementary provisions

Chapter 1 U.K. Life assurance business

544 Management assets U.K.

(1) No allowances are to be given or charges imposed in respect of management assets of any life assurance business carried on by a company except under Part 2 (plant and machinery allowances).

(2) An asset is a management asset of any life assurance business carried on by a company if it is provided for use, or used, for the management of that business of that company.

(3) The management of any life assurance business consists of pursuing those purposes expenditure on which would, on the assumption below, be treated as expenses of management under section 75 of ICTA as applied by 76 of ICTA.

(4) The assumption is that section 76(1)(d) (exclusion from expenses of management of expenses referable to pension business, ISA business, life reinsurance business and overseas life assurance business) is disregarded.

(5) In this Act “life assurance business” has the meaning given by section 431(2) of ICTA.

545 Investment assets U.K.

(1) This section applies if a company which is carrying on any life assurance business holds an asset for purposes other than the management of that business.

(2) “Investment asset” means an asset that is within subsection (1).

[F21 (3) Any allowance under this Act in respect of an investment asset shall be treated as referable to the category or categories of business to which income arising from the asset is or would be referable.

If income so arising is or would be referable to more than one category of business, the allowance shall be apportioned in accordance with sections 432ZA to 432E, or section 438B, of ICTA in the same way as the income.]

(4) If the company is charged to tax in respect of its life assurance business under Case I of Schedule D, no allowance in respect of an investment asset is to be taken into account in calculating the company’s profits from that business.

(5) If the company is charged to tax under—

(a) section 436 of ICTA (pension business and ISA business),

(b) section 439B of ICTA (life reinsurance business), or

(c) section 441 of ICTA (overseas life assurance business),

no allowance in respect of an investment asset is to be taken into account in calculating the company’s profits from the category of life assurance business in question.

Textual Amendments

F21 S. 545(3) substituted (retrospective to 6.4.2001) by Finance Act 2001 (c. 9) , s. 76 , Sch. 25 para. 7

Chapter 2 U.K. Additional VAT liabilities and rebates: interpretation, etc.

546 Introduction U.K.

This Chapter has effect for the interpretation of, and for otherwise supplementing—

(a) Chapter 18 of Part 2 (plant and machinery allowances: additional VAT liabilities and rebates),

(b) Chapter 10 of Part 3 (industrial buildings allowances: additional VAT liabilities and rebates), and

(c) Chapter 4 of Part 6 (research and development allowances: additional VAT liabilities and rebates).

547 “Additional VAT liability” and “additional VAT rebate” U.K.

(1) “Additional VAT liability” means an amount which a person becomes liable to pay by way of adjustment under the VAT capital items legislation in respect of input tax.

(2) “Additional VAT rebate” means an amount which a person becomes entitled to deduct by way of adjustment under the VAT capital items legislation in respect of input tax.

548 Time when additional VAT liability or rebate is incurred or made U.K.

(1) The time when a person incurs an additional VAT liability or an additional VAT rebate is made to a person is the last day of the period—

(a) which is one of the periods making up the VAT period of adjustment applicable to the asset in question under the VAT capital items legislation, and

(b) in which the increase or decrease in use giving rise to the liability or rebate occurs.

(2) “VAT period of adjustment” means a period specified under the VAT capital items legislation by reference to which adjustments are made in respect of input tax.

549 Chargeable period in which, and time when, additional VAT liability or rebate accrues U.K.

(1) The chargeable period in which, and the time when, an additional VAT liability or additional VAT rebate accrues is set out in the Table.

Table

Accrual of VAT liabilities and rebates

Circumstances	Chargeable period	Time of accrual
The liability or rebate is accounted for in a VAT return.	The chargeable period which includes the last day of the period to which the VAT return relates.	The last day of the period to which the VAT return relates.
The Commissioners of Customs and Excise assess the liability or rebate as due before a VAT return is made.	The chargeable period which includes the day on which the assessment is made.	The day on which the assessment is made.
The relevant activity is permanently discontinued before the liability or rebate is accounted for in a VAT return or assessed by the Commissioners.	The chargeable period in which the relevant activity is permanently discontinued.	The last day of the chargeable period in which the relevant activity is permanently discontinued.

(2) In the Table—

(a) “VAT return” means a return made to the Commissioners of Customs and Excise for the purposes of value added tax, and

(b) “the relevant activity” means the trade or, in relation to Part 2, the qualifying activity to which the additional VAT liability or additional VAT rebate relates.

550 Apportionment of additional VAT liabilities and rebates U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) any provision of this Act requires an allowance or charge to which a person is entitled or liable in respect of any qualifying expenditure to be determined by reference to—

(i) a proportion only of that expenditure, or

(ii) a proportion only of what that allowance or charge would have been apart from that provision, and

(b) the person incurs an additional VAT liability or an additional VAT rebate is made to the person in respect of that expenditure.

(2) The additional VAT liability or rebate is subject to the same apportionment as the original expenditure, allowance or charge.

551 Supplementary U.K.

(1) In this Chapter, “the VAT capital items legislation” means any Act or instrument (whenever passed or made) providing for the proportion of input tax on an asset of a specified description which may be deducted by a person from his output tax to be adjusted from time to time as a result of—

(a) an increase, or

(b) a decrease,

in the extent to which the asset is used by him for making taxable supplies (or taxable supplies of a specified class or description) during a specified period.

(2) In this Chapter “the VAT capital items legislation” also includes any other Act or instrument (whenever passed or made) which provides for Article 20(2) to (4) of the Sixth VAT Directive to be given effect.

(3) “The Sixth VAT Directive” means the Sixth Directive (77/388/EEC) of the Council of the European Communities on Value Added Tax, dated 17th May 1977.

(4) In this Chapter “input tax”, “output tax” and “taxable supply” have the same meaning as in VATA 1994.

Chapter 3 U.K. Disposals of oil licences: provisions relating to Parts 5 and 6

Introduction U.K.

552 Meaning of “oil licence” and “interest in an oil licence” U.K.

(1) In this Chapter “oil licence” means a UK oil licence or a foreign oil concession.

(2) In this Chapter “UK oil licence” means a licence under—

(a) Part I of the Petroleum Act 1998 (c. 17) (“the 1998 Act”), or

(b) the Petroleum (Production) Act (Northern Ireland) 1964 (c. 28 (N.I.)) (“the 1964 Act”),

authorising the winning of oil.

(3) In this Chapter “foreign oil concession” means any right which—

(a) is a right to search for or win oil that exists in its natural condition in a place to which neither the 1998 Act nor the 1964 Act applies, and

(b) is conferred or exercisable (whether or not under a licence) in relation to a particular area.

(4) In this Chapter “interest in an oil licence” includes, if there is an agreement which—

(a) relates to oil from the whole or a part of the licensed area, and

(b) was made before the extraction of the oil to which it relates,

any entitlement under the agreement to, or to a share of, that oil or the proceeds of its sale.

Oil licences relating to undeveloped areas U.K.

553 Consideration to be treated as nil U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) there is a material disposal of an oil licence which, at the time of the disposal, relates to an undeveloped area, and

(b) any of the consideration for the disposal consists of—

(i) another oil licence, or an interest in another oil licence, which at that time relates to an undeveloped area, or

(ii) an obligation to undertake exploration work or appraisal work in an area which is or forms part of the licensed area in relation to the licence disposed of.

(2) The value of the consideration within subsection (1)(b) is to be treated as nil for the purposes of—

(a) Part 5 (mineral extraction allowances),

(b) Part 6 (research and development allowances), and

(c) section 555 (disposal of oil licence with exploitation value).

(3) A “material disposal” of an oil licence means any disposal (including a part disposal and a disposal of an interest in an oil licence) other than a disposal in relation to which section 568 or 569 (sales treated as being for alternative amount) has effect.

(4) If—

(a) the material disposal is part of a larger transaction under which one party makes to another material disposals of two or more licences, and

(b) at the time of disposal, each of those licences relates to an undeveloped area,

the licensed area for the purposes of subsection (1)(b) is the totality of the licensed areas in relation to those licences.

(5) In relation to a material disposal of a licence under which the buyer acquires an interest in the licence only so far as it relates to part of the licensed area, any reference in this section and section 554 to the licensed area is to be read as a reference only to that part of the licensed area to which the buyer’s acquisition relates.

(6) In subsection (1)(b)—

• “exploration work”, in relation to an area, means work carried out for the purpose of searching for oil anywhere in that area, and

• “appraisal work”, in relation to an area, means work carried out for the purpose of ascertaining—

  (a)

  the extent or characteristics of any oil-bearing area the whole or part of which lies in that area, or

  (b)

  what the reserves of oil of any such oil-bearing area are.

554 Circumstances in which oil licence relates to undeveloped area U.K.

(1) A UK oil licence relates to an undeveloped area if—

(a) no consent for development has been granted to the licensee for any part of the licensed area by the relevant authority, and

(b) no programme of development has been served on the licensee or approved for any part of the licensed area by the relevant authority.

(2) A foreign oil concession relates to an undeveloped area if—

(a) no development has actually taken place in any part of the licensed area, and

(b) no condition for the carrying out of development anywhere in that area has been satisfied—

(i) by the grant of any consent by the authorities of a country or territory exercising jurisdiction in relation to the area, or

(ii) by the approval or service on the licensee, by any such authorities, of any programme of development.

(3) Subsections (4) and (5) of section 36 of FA 1983 (meaning of development) apply for the purposes of subsections (1) and (2).

(4) In subsection (1) “licensee” means—

(a) the person entitled to the benefit of the licence or, if two or more persons are entitled to the benefit, each of those persons, and

(b) a person who has rights under an agreement which is—

(i) approved by the Board of Inland Revenue, and

(ii) certified by the relevant authority to confer on that person rights which are the same as, or similar to, those conferred by a licence.

(5) In subsection (2) “licensee” means the person with the concession or any person having an interest in it.

Disposal of oil licence with exploitation value U.K.

555 Disposal of oil licence with exploitation value U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person (“the seller”) disposes of an interest in an oil licence to another (“the buyer”), and

(b) part of the value of the interest is attributable to allowable exploration expenditure incurred by the seller.

(2) For the purposes of Part 6 (research and development allowances) the disposal is to be treated as a disposal by which the seller ceases to own an asset representing the allowable exploration expenditure to which that part of the value of the interest is attributable.

(3) Part 6 applies as if the disposal value to be brought into account were equal to so much of the buyer’s expenditure on acquiring the interest as it is just and reasonable to attribute to that part of the value of the interest.

(4) In this section “allowable exploration expenditure” means expenditure which—

(a) is incurred on mineral exploration and access within the meaning of Part 5 (mineral extraction allowances), and

(b) is qualifying expenditure for the purposes of Part 6.

Minor definitions U.K.

556 Minor definitions U.K.

(1) In this Chapter “licensed area” means (subject to section 553(4) and (5))—

(a) in relation to a UK oil licence, the area to which the licence applies, and

(b) in relation to a foreign oil concession, the area in relation to which the right to search for or win oil is conferred or exercisable under the concession.

(2) In this Chapter “the relevant authority”, in relation to a UK oil licence means—

(a) in the case of a licence under Part I of the 1998 Act, the Secretary of State, and

(b) in the case of a licence under the 1964 Act, the Department of Enterprise, Trade and Investment in Northern Ireland.

(3) In this Chapter “oil”—

(a) in relation to a UK oil licence, means any substance won or capable of being won under the authority of a licence granted under Part I of the 1998 Act or the 1964 Act, other than methane gas won in the course of operations for making and keeping mines safe, and

(b) in relation to a foreign oil concession, means any petroleum (as defined by section 1 of the 1998 Act).

Chapter 4 U.K. Partnerships, successions and transfers

557 Application of sections 558 and 559 U.K.

Sections 558 (effect of partnership changes) and 559 (effect of successions) apply for the purposes of this Act other than—

(a) Part 2 (plant and machinery allowances),

(b) Part 6 (research and development allowances), and

(c) Part 10 (assured tenancy allowances).

558 Effect of partnership changes U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a relevant activity has been set up and is at any time carried on in partnership,

(b) there has been a change in the persons engaged in carrying on the relevant activity, and

(c) the change is not treated as a permanent discontinuance of the relevant activity under section 113(1) or 337(1) of ICTA (change in persons carrying on a trade etc. and effect of company ceasing to trade etc.).

(2) In this section—

• “the present partners” means the person or persons for the time being carrying on the relevant activity, and

• “predecessors”, in relation to the present partners, means their predecessors in carrying on the relevant activity.

(3) Any allowance or charge is to be made to or on the present partners.

(4) The amount of any allowance or charge arising under subsection (3) is to be calculated as if—

(a) the present partners had at all times been carrying on the relevant activity, and

(b) everything done to or by their predecessors in carrying on the relevant activity had been done to or by the present partners.

(5) In this section “relevant activity” means a trade, property business, profession or vocation.

559 Effect of successions U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person (“the successor”) succeeds to a relevant activity which until that time was carried on by another person (“the predecessor”), and

(b) the relevant activity is treated as discontinued under section 113(1) or 337(1) of ICTA (change in persons carrying on a trade etc. and effect of company ceasing to trade etc.).

(2) The property in question is to be treated as if—

(a) it had been sold to the successor when the succession takes place, and

(b) the net proceeds of the sale were the market value of the property.

(3) The property in question is any property which—

(a) immediately before the succession, was in use for the purposes of the discontinued relevant activity, and

(b) immediately after the succession, and without being sold, is in use for the purposes of the new relevant activity.

(4) No entitlement to an initial allowance arises under this section.

(5) In this section “relevant activity” means a trade, property business, profession or vocation.

560 Transfer of insurance company business U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) assets are transferred as part of, or in connection with, the transfer of the whole or part of the business of an insurance company to another company,

(b) the transfer is—

(i) in accordance with a scheme sanctioned by a court under Part I of Schedule 2C to the Insurance Companies Act 1982 (c. 50) (transfers of long term business), or

(ii) a qualifying overseas transfer within the meaning of paragraph 4A of Schedule 19AC to ICTA (overseas life insurance companies).

(2) But this section does not apply in relation to any asset transferred to a non-resident company unless the asset will fall to be treated, immediately after the transfer, as an asset which is held for the purposes of the whole or a part of so much of any business carried on by the non-resident company as is carried on through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom.

(3) This section also does not apply if section 561 applies (transfer of a UK trade to a company in another member State).

(4) If this section applies—

(a) any allowances and charges that would have been made to or on the transferor are to be made instead to or on the transferee, and

(b) the amount of any such allowance or charge is to be calculated as if everything done to or by the transferor had been done to or by the transferee,

but no sale or transfer of assets made to the transferee by the transferor is to be treated as giving rise to any such allowance or charge.

(5) In this section—

(a) “insurance company” has the same meaning as in Chapter I of Part XII of ICTA, and

(b) “non-resident company” means a company resident outside the United Kingdom.

561 Transfer of a UK trade to a company in another member State U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a qualifying company resident in one member State (“company A”) transfers the whole or a part of a trade carried on by it in the United Kingdom to a qualifying company resident in another member State (“company B”),

(b) section 140A of TCGA 1992 (transfer of assets treated as no-gain no-loss disposal etc.) applies in relation to the transfer, and

(c) immediately after the transfer company B—

(i) is resident in the United Kingdom, or

(ii) carries on in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency a trade which consists of, or includes, the trade or the part of the trade transferred.

(2) If this section applies—

(a) the transfer itself does not give rise to any allowances or charges under this Act, and

(b) in relation to assets included in the transfer, anything done to or by company A before the transfer is to be treated after the transfer as having been done to or by company B.

(3) If, for the purposes of subsection (2)(b), expenditure falls to be apportioned between assets included in the transfer and other assets, the apportionment is to be made in a just and reasonable manner.

(4) In this section “qualifying company” means a body incorporated under the law of a member State.

(5) If this section applies, section 343(2) of ICTA does not apply (effect of company reconstruction without change of ownership).

Chapter 5 U.K. Miscellaneous

Apportionment U.K.

562 Apportionment where property sold together U.K.

(1) Any reference in this Act to the sale of property includes the sale of that property together with any other property.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), all property sold as a result of one bargain is to be treated as sold together even though—

(a) separate prices are, or purport to be, agreed for separate items of that property, or

(b) there are, or purport to be, separate sales of separate items of that property.

(3) If an item of property is sold together with other property, then, for the purposes of this Act—

(a) the net proceeds of the sale of that item are to be treated as being so much of the net proceeds of sale of all the property as, on a just and reasonable apportionment, is attributable to that item, and

(b) the expenditure incurred on the provision or purchase of that item is to be treated as being so much of the consideration given for all the property as, on a just and reasonable apportionment, is attributable to that item.

(4) This section applies, with the necessary modifications, to other proceeds (consisting of insurance money or other compensation) as it applies in relation to the net proceeds of a sale.

(5) This section applies in relation to Part 5 as if expenditure on the provision or purchase of an item of property included expenditure on the acquisition of—

(a) a mineral asset (as defined by section 397), or

(b) land outside the United Kingdom.

Procedure for determining certain questions U.K.

563 Procedure for determining certain questions affecting two or more persons U.K.

(1) This section applies in relation to the determination of a question if—

(a) at the time when the question falls to be determined, it appears that the determination is material to the liability to tax (for whatever period) of two or more persons, and

(b) section 564 provides for this section to apply.

(2) The Commissioners who are to determine the question, for the purposes of the tax of all the persons concerned, are given in subsections (3) to (5).

(3) If—

(a) the same body of General Commissioners has jurisdiction with respect to all the persons concerned, and

(b) those persons do not agree that the determination is to be made by the Special Commissioners,

the determination is to be made by that body of General Commissioners.

(4) If—

(a) different bodies of General Commissioners have jurisdiction with respect to the persons concerned, and

(b) those persons do not agree that the determination is to be made by the Special Commissioners,

the determination is to be made by such of those bodies of General Commissioners as the Board of Inland Revenue may direct.

(5) In any other case, the determination is to be made by the Special Commissioners.

(6) The Commissioners must determine the question in the same way as an appeal, but all the persons concerned are entitled—

(a) to appear before and be heard by the Commissioners, or

(b) to make representations to them in writing.

564 Questions to which procedure in section 563 applies U.K.

(1) Section 563 applies in relation to the determination for the purposes of any of Parts 3 to 11 or this Part of any question about the way in which a sum is to be apportioned.

(2) Section 563 applies in relation to any determination of the market value of property for the purposes of—

(a) any provision of Part 2 (plant and machinery allowances),

(b) section 423 (mineral extraction allowances: amount of disposal value to be brought into account),

(c) section 559 (effect of successions),

(d) section 568 or 569 (sales treated as being for alternative amount), or

(e) section 573 (transfers treated as sales).

(3) Section 563 applies in relation to any determination of the amount of any sums paid or proceeds for the purposes of section 357 (industrial buildings allowances: arrangements having an artificial effect on pricing).

(4) If section 561 (transfer of a UK trade to a company in another member State) applies, section 563 applies—

(a) for the purposes of the tax of both company A and company B referred to in that section, and

(b) in relation to the determination of any question of apportionment of expenditure under section 561(3).

Tax agreements for income tax purposes U.K.

565 Tax agreements for income tax purposes U.K.

(1) This section applies if—

(a) a person is entitled to an allowance for income tax purposes,

(b) that person enters into a tax agreement with the Inland Revenue for the tax year in which the allowance would be given effect, and

(c) no assessment giving effect to the allowance is made for that tax year.

(2) In this section “tax agreement” means an agreement in writing as to the extent to which the allowance in question is to be given effect for the tax year in question.

(3) If this section applies, the allowance is to be treated as if it had been given effect under an assessment—

(a) for the tax year for which the tax agreement is made, and

(b) to the extent set out in the tax agreement.

(4) A tax agreement may relate to any method by which allowances are given effect under this Act.

Companies not resident in the United Kingdom U.K.

566 Companies not resident in the United Kingdom U.K.

(1) This section applies if a company not resident in the United Kingdom is—

(a) within the charge to corporation tax in respect of one source of income, and

(b) within the charge to income tax in respect of another source.

(2) Allowances related to any source of income are to be given effect against income chargeable to the same tax as is chargeable on income from that source.

Sales treated as being for alternative amount U.K.

567 Sales treated as being for alternative amount: introductory U.K.

(1) Sections 568 to 570 apply for the purposes of Parts 3, 4, 5, 6 and 10.

(2) For the purposes of sections 568 to 570, the control test is met if—

(a) the buyer is a body of persons over whom the seller has control,

(b) the seller is a body of persons over whom the buyer has control,

(c) both the seller and the buyer are bodies of persons and another person has control over both of them, or

(d) the seller and the buyer are connected persons.

(3) In subsection (2) “body of persons” includes a partnership.

(4) For the purposes of sections 568 to 570, the tax advantage test is met if it appears that the sole or main benefit which might be expected to accrue from—

(a) the sale, or

(b) transactions of which the sale is one,

is the obtaining of a tax advantage by all or any of the parties under any provision of this Act except Part 2.

(5) Sections 568 to 570 do not apply if section 561 applies (transfer of a UK trade to a company in another member State).

568 Sales treated as being at market value U.K.

(1) A sale of property that is not at market value is treated as being at market value if—

(a) the control test is met, or

(b) the tax advantage test is met.

(2) This section is subject to any election under section 569.

569 Election to treat sale as being for alternative amount U.K.

(1) The parties to a sale of property that is not for the alternative amount may elect for the sale to be treated as being for the alternative amount if—

(a) the control test is met or section 573 applies (transfers treated as sales), and

(b) the tax advantage test is not met.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to section 570.

(3) The alternative amount is the lower of market value and—

(a) if the sale is relevant for the purposes of Part 3 or 10, the residue of the qualifying expenditure immediately before the sale;

(b) if the sale is relevant for the purposes of Part 5, the unrelieved qualifying expenditure immediately before the sale;

(c) if the sale is relevant for the purposes of Part 6—

(i) in a case where an allowance under Part 6 is given for the expenditure represented by the asset sold, nil;

(ii) in any other case, the qualifying expenditure represented by the asset sold.

(4) In subsection (3) “residue of qualifying expenditure”, “unrelieved qualifying expenditure” and “qualifying expenditure” have the same meaning as in the Part for the purposes of which the sale is relevant.

(5) If the sale—

(a) is relevant for the purposes of Part 3 or 10, and

(b) is treated as being for the residue of the qualifying expenditure immediately before the sale,

no balancing adjustment is to be made as a result of the sale under section 319 (building not an industrial building, etc. throughout) or 517 (building not a qualifying dwelling-house throughout).

(6) If, after the date of the sale, an event occurs as a result of which a balancing charge would have fallen to be made on the seller if—

(a) he had continued to own the property, and

(b) he had done all such things, and been allowed all such allowances, as were done by or allowed to the buyer,

the balancing charge is to be made on the buyer.

(7) All such assessments and adjustments of assessments are to be made as are necessary to give effect to the election.

(8) For the purposes of this section and section 570, a sale is relevant for the purposes of a Part if it is of property of a kind that is relevant for deciding whether an allowance or charge is made under that Part.

570 Elections: supplementary U.K.

(1) Section 569(1) does not apply to a sale that is relevant for the purposes of Part 4.

(2) No election under section 569 may be made if—

(a) the circumstances of the sale or the parties to it mean that a relevant allowance or charge will not be capable of falling to be made, or

(b) the buyer is a dual resident investing company.

(3) In subsection (2)(a) “relevant allowance or charge” means an allowance or charge under Part 3, 5, 6, 9 or 10 which (ignoring the circumstances mentioned in subsection (2)(a)) would or might fall to be made, as a result of the sale, to or on any of the parties to it.

(4) If the sale is relevant for the purposes of Part 10, no election under section 569 may be made unless, at the time of the sale or any earlier time, both the seller and the buyer are or have been approved bodies (as defined in section 492).

(5) An election under section 569 must be made by notice to the Inland Revenue not later than 2 years after the sale.

Chapter 6 U.K. Final provisions

General interpretation U.K.

571 Application of Act to parts of assets U.K.

(1) In this Act references to an asset of any kind (including a building or structure, plant or machinery or works) include a part of an asset.

(2) But subsection (1) does not apply if the context otherwise requires.

572 References to sale of property and time of sale U.K.

(1) In this Act references to the sale of property include—

(a) the exchange of property, and

(b) the surrender for valuable consideration of a leasehold interest (or, in Scotland, the interest of the tenant in property subject to a lease).

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), any provision of this Act referring to a sale has effect with the necessary modifications, including, in particular, those in subsection (3).

(3) The modifications are that—

(a) references to the net proceeds of sale and to the price include the consideration for the exchange or surrender, and

(b) references to capital sums included in the net proceeds of sale or paid on a sale include so much of the consideration for the exchange or surrender as would have been a capital sum if it had been a money payment.

(4) Any reference in this Act (except in Part 6) to the time of any sale is to be read as a reference to whichever is the earlier of—

(a) the time of completion, and

(b) the time when possession is given.

573 Transfers treated as sales U.K.

(1) This section applies for the purposes of Parts 3, 4 and 10 and other provisions of this Act relevant to those Parts if—

(a) there is a transfer of the interest which is the relevant interest for the purposes of the Part in question, and

(b) the transfer is not a sale.

(2) The transfer is treated as a sale of the relevant interest.

(3) The sale is treated as being at market value, subject to any election under section 569 (election to treat sale as being for alternative amount).

(4) This section does not apply if section 561 applies (transfer of a UK trade to a company resident in another member State).

574 Meaning of “control” U.K.

(1) In this Act “control” is used in the sense given in this section.

(2) In relation to a body corporate (“company A”), “control” means the power of a person (“P”) to secure—

(a) by means of the holding of shares or the possession of voting power in relation to that or any other body corporate, or

(b) as a result of any powers conferred by the articles of association or other document regulating that or any other body corporate,

that the affairs of company A are conducted in accordance with P’s wishes.

(3) In relation to a partnership, “control” means the right to a share of more than half of the assets, or of more than one half of the income, of the partnership.

575 Connected persons U.K.

(1) Section 839 of ICTA (how to tell whether persons are connected) applies for the purposes of this Act.

(2) Subsection (1) is subject to—

(a) section 156 (connected persons for purposes of deferring balancing charges in respect of ships),

(b) section 232 (connected persons for purposes of Chapter 17 of Part 2—anti-avoidance),

(c) section 246(2) (connected persons where additional VAT liability is incurred in anti-avoidance case), and

(d) section 266(5) (elections where predecessor and successor are connected persons),

(which give “connected person” an extended meaning).

576 Meaning of “the Inland Revenue” etc. U.K.

(1) Subject to subsection (2), in this Act “the Inland Revenue” means any officer of the Board of Inland Revenue.

(2) In section 51(1) and (3)(a) (disclosure by or to Inland Revenue of information relating to first-year allowances in Northern Ireland cases) “the Inland Revenue” means the Board of Inland Revenue or any officer of the Board.

(3) In this Act “the Board of Inland Revenue” means the Commissioners of Inland Revenue (as to which, see in particular the Inland Revenue Regulation Act 1890 (c. 21)).

577 Other definitions U.K.

(1) In this Act—

• “dual resident investing company” has the same meaning as in section 404 of ICTA (limitation of group relief in relation to certain dual resident companies);

• “market value”, in relation to any asset, means the price the asset would fetch in the open market;

• “the normal time limit for amending a tax return”, in relation to a tax year, means the first anniversary of the 31st January following the tax year;

• “notice” means a notice in writing;

• “property business” means a Schedule A business or an overseas property business;

• “tax return” has the meaning given by section 3(3);

• “tax year” means, in relation to income tax, a year for which any Act provides for income tax to be charged;

• “the tax year 2001—02” means the tax year beginning on 6th April 2001 (and any corresponding expression in which two years are similarly mentioned is to be read in the same way).

(2) Any reference to the setting up, commencement or permanent discontinuance of—

(a) a trade,

(b) a property business,

(c) a profession, or

(d) a vocation,

includes, except where the contrary is expressly provided, the occurring of an event which, under any provision of the Income Tax Acts or Corporation Tax Acts, is to be treated as equivalent to the setting up, commencement or permanent discontinuance of a trade, property business, profession or vocation.

(3) Any reference in this Act to an allowance made includes an allowance which would be made but for an insufficiency of profits, or other income, against which to make it.

(4) For the purposes of this Act a person obtains a tax advantage if he—

(a) obtains an allowance or a greater allowance, or

(b) avoids a charge or secures the reduction of a charge.

(5) In Schedule 1—

(a) Part 1 gives the meaning of abbreviated references in this Act to Acts about tax, and

(b) Part 2 lists where expressions used in this Act are defined or otherwise explained.

Amendments, repeals, citation etc. U.K.

578 Consequential amendments U.K.

Schedule 2 contains consequential amendments.

579 Commencement and transitional provisions and savings U.K.

(1) This Act has effect—

(a) for income tax purposes, as respects allowances and charges falling to be made for chargeable periods ending on or after 6th April 2001, and

(b) for corporation tax purposes, as respects allowances and charges falling to be made for chargeable periods ending on or after 1st April 2001.

(2) References in this Act to a chargeable period to which this Act applies are to the chargeable periods given in subsection (1).

(3) Subsection (1) is subject to Schedule 3, which contains transitional provisions and savings.

580 Repeals U.K.

Schedule 4 contains repeals.

581 Citation U.K.

This Act may be cited as the Capital Allowances Act 2001.